雜阿含經 卷第三Saṃyukta Āgama · Fascicle 3
卷第三第七十三經說了四個名字:重擔、取擔、捨擔、擔者。重擔是五受陰。取擔是「當來有愛,貪、喜俱,彼彼樂著」〔T02 0019a19〕。捨擔是把這愛放下。擔者呢?經文答:「謂士夫是,士夫者,如是名,如是生,如是姓族,如是食,如是受苦樂,如是長壽,如是久住,如是壽命齊限。」〔T02 0019a22〕有名字、有出身、吃什麼、受什麼苦樂、活多久——那個人。這一卷二十九經,說的就是這個擔子怎麼上肩,怎麼下肩。
怎麼上肩
卷首第一經一句話:「愛喜集是色集,愛喜滅是色滅」〔T02 0015b15〕。色不是從外面來的,是愛喜餵出來的。第六十四經說得更形象:識「攀緣四識住」〔T02 0017a01〕,住在色、受、想、行上,「攀緣、愛樂、增進廣大生長」〔T02 0017a02〕。像藤攀著牆長。第六十五至六十八經把這條路一節一節數出來:觸、受、愛、取、有、生、老死。擔子不是一下子壓上來的,是一節一節自己接上的。
為什麼要背
第八十一經有一個答案。外道富蘭那說,眾生有垢沒有原因,清淨也沒有原因。世尊說有:「以色非一向是苦,是樂、隨樂、樂所長養、不離樂,是故眾生於色染著」〔T02 0021a03〕。色裡面有樂。如果色純是苦,誰也不會去背它。正因它有樂,人才攬上肩;也正因它有苦,「是故眾生厭離於色;厭故不樂,不樂故解脫」〔T02 0021a15〕。同一個擔子,樂讓你拿起,苦讓你放下。兩邊都有因有緣。
怎麼下肩
第七十七經只有幾句:「當斷色欲貪,欲貪斷已,則色斷;色斷已,得斷知;得斷知已,則根本斷。如截多羅樹頭,未來不復更生。」〔T02 0019c26〕注意斷的是欲貪,不是色。擔子不用砸掉,手鬆開就好。第六十四經說,手一鬆,「識不復住,無復增進廣大生長」〔T02 0017a09〕,然後一連串:不增長故無所為作,無所為作故則住,住故知足,知足故解脫。第八十經加了一層:空、無相、無所有都觀過了,還「未離慢」〔T02 0020b14〕,因為還沒看見我、我所從哪裡生。看見了「從若見、若聞、若嗅、若甞、若觸、若識而生」〔T02 0020b18〕,而這些的因緣都無常,慢才落下。
擔者
回到擔者。經文說擔者是士夫——有名有姓那個人。它沒有說擔者是五陰之外的一個我,也沒有說沒有擔者。它說:世俗叫作一個人的那些事,名字、出身、飯食、苦樂、壽命,就是背擔子的。前一經說阿羅漢「諸數永滅」〔T02 0019a12〕——那些可以拿來數他的東西沒有了。擔子放下,不是那個人消失,是再沒有「如是名,如是生」可以拿來指著說:這是他。偈說:「已捨於重擔,不復應更取」〔T02 0019a26〕。這一卷讀完,記得一件事就夠:你背的這個,是你自己一節一節接上去的;接的是愛喜,不是色。鬆開的,也只需要是愛喜。
The seventy-third discourse of Fascicle 3 gives four names: the heavy burden, taking up the burden, laying down the burden, and the bearer of the burden. The heavy burden is the five aggregates of clinging. Taking it up is “craving for future existence, together with greed and delight, delighting here and there.” Laying it down is letting that craving go. And the bearer? The discourse answers: “The person: the person who has such a name, such a birth, such a clan, such food, such experience of pleasure and pain, such a length of life, such a span of abiding, such a limit to his life.” Someone with a name, a family, who eats this, suffers and enjoys that, lives so long: that one. The twenty-nine discourses of this fascicle are about how that burden gets onto the shoulder and how it comes off.
How It Gets On
The first discourse of the fascicle says it in one line: “the arising of craving and delight is the arising of form; the ceasing of craving and delight is the ceasing of form.” Form does not come from outside; it is fed into being by craving and delight. The sixty-fourth discourse gives the picture: consciousness “grasps at the four stations of consciousness,” stationed in form, feeling, perception, and formations, “grasping at, delighting, increasing, growing broad and great.” Like a vine growing up a wall. The sixty-fifth through sixty-eighth discourses count the road out link by link: contact, feeling, craving, clinging, existence, birth, aging and death. The burden is not dropped on you all at once; you join it on, one link at a time.
Why Anyone Carries It
The eighty-first discourse has an answer. The outsider teacher Pūraṇa said that beings are defiled for no reason and purified for no reason. The World-Honored One said there is a reason: “because form is not wholly suffering, but pleasant, accompanied by pleasure, nourished by pleasure, not apart from pleasure, beings are stained by form.” There is pleasure in form. If form were pure suffering, no one would pick it up. It is because there is pleasure in it that people take it on their shoulders; and it is because there is pain in it that “beings grow weary of form; weary, they do not delight; not delighting, they are liberated.” The same burden: its pleasure makes you lift it, its pain makes you set it down. Both have a cause and a condition.
How It Comes Off
The seventy-seventh discourse is only a few lines: “Cut off desire and craving for form; when desire and craving are cut off, form is cut off; when form is cut off, one abandons and fully knows; having abandoned and fully known, the root is cut off. Like a palm tree with its crown cut, it does not grow again in the future.” Notice that what is cut is desire and craving, not form. The burden need not be smashed; the hand only has to open. The sixty-fourth discourse says that once the hand opens, “consciousness no longer stations itself and no longer increases and grows broad and great,” and then a chain follows: not growing, it has nothing to do; having nothing to do, it abides; abiding, it is content; content, it is liberated. The eightieth discourse adds one more layer: even after contemplating emptiness, signlessness, and nothingness, one is “still not free of conceit,” because one has not yet seen where self and what belongs to self come from. Once it is seen that they arise “from what is seen, heard, smelled, tasted, touched, or cognized,” and that the causes and conditions of these are all impermanent, conceit falls away.
The Bearer
Back to the bearer. The discourse says the bearer is the person, the one with a name and a family. It does not say the bearer is a self outside the five aggregates, and it does not say there is no bearer. It says: the things the world calls a person, the name, the birth, the food, the pleasure and pain, the length of life, these are what carries the burden. The discourse before says of the arhat that “all reckonings are extinguished forever”: the things by which he could be counted are gone. When the burden is laid down the person does not vanish; there is simply no longer any “such a name, such a birth” to point at and say, that is him. The verse says: “Having laid down the heavy burden, one should not take it up again.” When you finish this fascicle, one thing is enough to remember: what you carry, you joined on yourself, link by link; and what you joined on was craving and delight, not form. What has to be let go of is also only the craving and delight.
宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯《雜阿含經》〈五取蘊相應·卷第三〉· 大正藏 T02n0099〔起 T02 0015b07〕。段/行首〔T02 …〕=大正藏頁・欄・行錨;「(N)」=底本經序(本卷29經)。
〔T02 0015b07〕雜阿含經卷第三 宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯 〔T02 0015b10〕(五九) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有五受陰。云何為五?色受陰,受、想、行、識受陰。觀此五受陰,是生滅法。所謂此色、此色集、此色滅;此受、想、行、識,此識集、此識滅。云何色集?云何色滅?云何受、想、行、識集?云何受、想、行、識滅?愛喜集是色集,愛喜滅是色滅;觸集是受、想、行集,觸滅是受、想、行滅;名色集是識集,名色滅是識滅。比丘!如是色集、色滅,是為色集、色滅;如是受、想、行、識集,受、想、行、識滅,是為受、想、行、識集,受、想、行、識滅。」佛說此經已,時諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0015b22〕(六〇) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有五受陰。何等為五?所謂色受陰,受、想、行、識受陰。善哉,比丘不樂於色,不讚歎色,不取於色,不著於色。善哉,比丘不樂於受、想、行、識,不讚歎識,不取於識,不著於識。所以者何?若比丘不樂於色,不讚歎色,不取於色,不著於色,則於色不樂,心得解脫。如是受、想、行、識,不樂於識,不讚歎識,不取於識,不著於識,則於識不樂,心得解脫,若比丘不樂於色,心得解脫。如是受、想、行、識不樂,心得解脫,不滅不生,平等捨住,正念正智。「彼比丘如是知、如是見者,前際俱見,永盡無餘;前際俱見,永盡無餘已;後際俱見,亦永盡無餘;後際俱見,永盡無餘已;前後際俱見,永盡無餘,無所封著。無所封著者,於諸世間都無所取;無所取者,亦無所求;無所求者,自覺涅槃:『我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。』」佛說此經已,時諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0015c14〕(六一) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有五受陰。何等為五?謂色受陰,受、想、行、識受陰。「云何色受陰?所有色,彼一切四大,及四大所造色,是名為色受陰。復次,彼色是無常、苦、變易之法。若彼色受陰,永斷無餘,究竟捨離、滅盡、離欲、寂、沒,餘色受陰更不相續、不起、不出,是名為妙,是名寂靜,是名捨離一切有餘愛盡、無欲、滅盡、涅槃。「云何受受陰?謂六受身。何等為六?謂眼觸生受,耳、鼻、舌、身、意觸生受,是名受受陰。復次,彼受受陰無常、苦、變易之法,乃至滅盡、涅槃。「云何想受陰?謂六想身。何等為六?謂眼觸生想,乃至意觸生想,是名想受陰。復次,彼想受陰無常、苦、變易之法,乃至滅盡、涅槃。「云何行受陰?謂六思身。何等為六?謂眼觸生思,乃至意 〔T02 0016a01〕觸生思,是名行受陰。復次,彼行受陰無常、苦、變易之法,乃至滅盡、涅槃。「云何識受陰?謂六識身。何等為六?謂眼識身,乃至意識身,是名識受陰。復次,彼識受陰是無常、苦、變易之法,乃至滅盡、涅槃。「比丘!若於此法以智慧思惟、觀察、分別、忍,是名隨信行;超昇離生,越凡夫地,未得須陀洹果,中間不死,必得須陀洹果。「比丘!若於此法增上智慧思惟、觀察、忍,是名隨法行;超昇離生,越凡夫地,未得須陀洹果,中間不死,必得須陀洹果。「比丘!於此法如實正慧等見,三結盡斷知,謂身見、戒取、疑。比丘!是名須陀洹果,不墮惡道,必定正趣三菩提,七有天人往生,然後究竟苦邊。「比丘!若於此法如實正慧等見,不起心漏,名阿羅漢,諸漏已盡,所作已作,捨離重擔,逮得己利,盡諸有結,正智心得解脫。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0016a19〕(六二) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有五受陰,謂色受陰,受、想、行、識受陰。愚癡無聞凡夫無慧無明,於五受陰生我見繫著,使心繫著而生貪欲。比丘!多聞聖弟子有慧有明,於此五受陰不為見我繫著,使心結縛而起貪欲。「云何愚癡無聞凡夫無慧無明,於五受陰見我繫著,使心結縛而生貪欲?比丘!愚癡無聞凡夫無慧無明,見色是我、異我、相在。如是受、想、行、識,是我、異我、相在。如是愚癡無聞凡夫無慧無明,於五受陰說我繫著,使心結縛而生貪欲。「比丘!云何聖弟子有慧有明,不說我繫著,使結縛心而生貪欲?聖弟子不見色是我、異我、相在。如是受、想、行、識,不見是我、異我、相在。如是,多聞聖弟子有慧有明,於五受陰不見我繫著,使結縛心而生貪欲,若所有色,若過去、若未來、若現在,若內、若外,若麤、若細,若好、若醜,若遠、若近,彼一切正觀皆悉無常。如是受、想、行、識,若過去、若未來、若現在,若內、若外、若麤、若細,若好、若醜,若遠、若近,彼一切正觀皆悉無常。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0016b13〕(六三) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有五受陰,謂色受陰,受、想、行、識受陰。比丘!若沙門、婆羅門計有我,一切皆於此五受陰計有我。何等為五?諸沙門、婆羅門於色見是我、異我、相在;如是受、想、行、識,見是我、異我、相在。如是愚癡無聞凡夫,計我、無明、分別如是觀,不離我所;不離我所者,入於諸根;入於諸根已,而生於觸;六觸入所觸,愚癡無聞凡夫生苦樂,從是生此等及餘。謂六觸身,云何為六?謂眼觸入處,耳、鼻、舌、身、意觸入處。比丘!有意界、法界、無明界,無明觸所觸。愚癡無聞凡夫言有、言無、言有無、言非有非無、言我最勝、言我相似,我知、我見。「復次,比丘!多聞聖弟子住六觸入處,而能厭離無明,能生於明。彼於無明離欲而生於明,不有、不無、非有無、非不有無、非有我勝、非有我劣、非有我相似,我知、我見。作如是知、如是見已,所起前無明觸滅,後明觸集起。」佛說是經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0016c04〕(六四) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國東園鹿子母講堂。爾時,世尊晡時從禪起,出講堂,於堂陰中大眾前,敷座而坐。爾時,世尊歎優陀那偈: 「法無有吾我,亦復無我所; 我既非當有,我所何由生? 比丘解脫此,則斷下分結。」 時,有一比丘從座起,偏袒右肩,右膝著地,合掌白佛言:「世尊!云何『無吾我,亦無有我所;我既非當有,我所何由生?比丘解脫此,則斷下分結。』?」佛告比丘:「愚癡無聞凡夫計色是我、異我、相在;受、想、行、識,是我、異我、相在。多聞聖弟子不見色是我、異我、相在,不見受、想、行、識,是我、異我、相在;亦非知者,亦非見者。此色是無常,受、想、行、識是無常;色是苦,受、想、行、識是苦;色是無我,受、想、行、識是無我;此色非當有,受、想、行、識非當有;此色壞有,受、想、行、識壞有;故非我、非我所,我、我所非當有。如是解脫者,則斷五下分結。」時,彼比丘白佛言:「世尊!斷五下分結已,云何漏盡,無漏心解脫、慧解脫,現法自知作證具足住:『我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。』?」佛告比丘:「愚癡凡夫、無聞眾生於無畏處而生恐畏。愚癡凡夫、無聞眾生怖畏 無我、無我所,二俱非當生, 〔T02 0017a01〕攀緣四識住。何等為四?謂色識住,色攀緣、色愛樂、增進廣大生長;於受、想、行識住,攀緣、愛樂、增進廣大生長。比丘!識於此處,若來、若去、若住、若起、若滅,增進廣大生長。若作是說:『更有異法,識若來、若去、若住、若起、若滅、若增進廣大生長。』者,但有言說,問已不知,增益生癡,以非境界故。所以者何?比丘!離色界貪已,於色意生縛亦斷,於色意生縛斷已,識攀緣亦斷;識不復住,無復增進廣大生長,受、想、行界離貪已,於受、想、行意生縛亦斷。受、想、行意生縛斷已,攀緣亦斷,識無所住,無復增進廣大生長。識無所住故不增長,不增長故無所為作,無所為作故則住,住故知足,知足故解脫,解脫故於諸世間都無所取,無所取故無所著,無所著故自覺涅槃:『我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。』比丘!我說識不住東方、南、西、北方、四維、上、下,除欲見法,涅槃、滅盡、寂靜、清涼。」 佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 生滅以不樂及三種分別 貪著等觀察是名優陀那 〔T02 0017a23〕(六五) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「常當修習方便禪思,內寂其心。所以者何?比丘常當修習方便禪思,內寂其心,如實觀察。云何如實觀察?此是色、此是色集、此是色滅;此是受、想、行、識,此是識集、此是識滅。「云何色集,受、想、行、識集?愚癡無聞凡夫於苦、樂、不苦不樂受,不如實觀察;此受集、受滅、受味、受患、受離不如實觀察故,於受樂著生取,取緣有,有緣生,生緣老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦。如是純大苦聚從集而生,是名色集,是名受、想、行、識集。「云何色滅,受、想、行、識滅?多聞聖弟子受諸苦、樂、不苦不樂受,如實觀察,受集、受滅、受味、受患、受離如實觀察故,於受樂著滅,著滅故取滅,取滅故有滅,有滅故生滅,生滅故老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦滅,如是純大苦聚皆悉得滅,是名色滅,受、想、行、識滅。「是故,比丘!常當修習方便禪思,內寂其心。比丘!禪思住,內寂其心,精勤方便,如實觀察。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。如觀察,如是分別、種種分別、知、廣知、種種知、親近、親近修習、入、觸、證二經,亦如是廣說。 〔T02 0017b16〕(六六) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「常當修習方便禪思,內寂其心。所以者何?修習方便禪思,內寂其心已,如實觀察。云何如實觀察?如實觀察此色、此色集、此色滅,此受、想、行、識,此識集、此識滅。「云何色集?云何受、想、行、識集?比丘!愚癡無聞凡夫不如實觀察色集、色味、色患、色離故,樂彼色,讚歎愛著,於未來世色復生。」受、想、行、識亦如是廣說。「彼色生,受、想、行、識生已,不解脫於色,不解脫於受、想、行、識。我說彼不解脫生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦,純大苦聚,是名色集,受、想、行、識集。「云何色滅,受、想、行、識滅?多聞聖弟子如實觀察色集、色滅、色味、色患、色離,如實知。如實知故,不樂於色,不讚歎色,不樂著色,亦不生未來色。」受、想、行、識亦如是廣說。「色不生,受、想、行、識不生故,於色得解脫,於受、想、行、識得解脫。我說彼解脫生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦聚,是名色滅,受、想、行、識滅。「是故,比丘!常當修習方便禪思,內寂其心,精勤方便,如實觀察。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。如觀察,如是乃至作證十二經,亦應廣說。 〔T02 0017c10〕(六七) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「常當修習方便禪思,內寂其心。所以者何?比丘!修習方便禪思,內寂其心已,如實觀察。云何如實觀察?如實知此色、此色集、此色滅;此受、想、行、識,此識集、此識滅。「云何色集,受、想、行、識集?愚癡無聞凡夫不如實知色集、色滅、色味、色患、色離。不如實知故,樂著彼色,讚歎於色;樂著於色,讚歎色故取;取緣有,有緣生,生緣老、死、憂、悲、惱、苦。如是純大苦聚生,是名色集,受、想、行、識集。「云何色滅,受、想、行、識滅?多聞聖弟子如實知色集、色滅、色味、色患、色離。如實知故,不樂著色,不讚歎色;不樂著、讚歎色故,愛樂滅;愛樂滅故取滅,取滅故有滅,有滅故生滅,生滅故老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦滅,如是純大苦聚滅。云何多聞聖弟子如實知受、想、行、識?識集、識滅、識味、識患、識離如實知?知彼故不樂著彼識,不讚歎於識;不樂著、讚歎識故,樂愛滅;樂愛滅故取滅,取滅故有滅,有滅故生滅,生滅故老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、 〔T02 0018a01〕苦滅,如是純大苦聚滅,皆悉得滅。比丘!是名色滅,受、想、行、識滅。「比丘!常當修習方便禪思,內寂其心。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。如觀察,乃至作證十二經,亦如是廣說。 〔T02 0018a06〕(六八) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「常當修習方便禪思,內寂其心,如實觀察。云何如實觀察?如實知此色、此色集、此色滅;此受、想、行、識,此識集、此識滅。「云何色集,受、想、行、識集?緣眼及色眼識生,三事和合生觸,緣觸生受,緣受生愛,乃至純大苦聚生,是名色集。如是,緣耳、鼻、舌、身、意,緣意及法生意識,三事和合生觸,緣觸生受,緣受生愛。如是乃至純大苦聚生,是名色集,受、想、行、識集。「云何色滅,受、想、行、識滅?緣眼及色眼識生,三事和合生觸,觸滅則受滅,乃至純大苦聚滅,如是耳、鼻、舌、身、意,緣意及法意識生,三事和合生觸,觸滅則受滅、受滅,乃至純大苦聚滅,是名色滅,受、想、行、識滅。「是故,比丘!常當修習方便禪思,內寂其心。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。如觀察,乃至作證十二經,亦如是廣說。 受與生及樂亦說六入處 一一十二種禪定三昧經 〔T02 0018a26〕(六九) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「我今當說有身集趣道及有身集滅道。云何有身集趣道?愚癡無聞凡夫,不如實知色集、色滅、色味、色患、色離。不如實知故,樂色、歎色、著色、住色;樂色、歎色、著色、住色故,愛樂取;緣取有,緣有生,緣生、老、病、死、憂、悲、苦、惱。如是純大苦聚生。如是受、想、行、識廣說,是名有身集趣道。比丘!有身集趣道,當知即是苦集趣道。「云何有身集滅道?多聞聖弟子如實知色、色集、色滅、色味、色患、色離。如實知故,於色不樂、不歎、不著、不住;不樂、不歎、不著、不住故,彼色愛樂滅;愛樂滅則取滅,取滅則有滅,有滅則生滅,生滅則老、病、死、憂、悲、苦、惱,純大苦聚滅。如色,受、想、行、識亦如是,是名有身滅道跡。有身滅道跡,則是苦滅道跡,是故說有身滅道跡。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。如當說,有及當知,亦如是說。 〔T02 0018b16〕(七〇) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「我今當說有身苦邊、有身集邊、有身滅邊。諦聽,善思念之,當為汝說。云何有身苦邊?謂五受陰。云何為五?色受陰,受、想、行、識受陰,是名有身苦邊。云何有身集邊?謂受當來有愛,貪、喜俱,彼彼樂著,是名有身集邊。云何有身滅邊?即此受當來有愛,貪、喜俱,彼彼樂著無餘斷、吐、盡、離欲、滅、寂、沒,是名有身滅邊。是故當說有身苦邊、有身集邊、有身滅邊。」佛說是經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。如當說,有及當知,亦如是說。 〔T02 0018b28〕(七一) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「我今當說有身、有身集、有身滅、有身滅道跡。諦聽,善思,當為汝說。云何有身?謂五受陰。云何為五?色受陰,受、想、行、識受陰,是名有身。云何有身集?當來有愛,貪、喜俱,彼彼染著,是名有身集。云何有身滅?當來有愛,貪、喜俱,彼彼樂著無餘斷、吐、盡、離欲、滅,是名有身滅。「云何有身滅道跡?謂八聖道,正見、正志、正語、正業、正命、正方便、正念、正定,是名有身滅道跡。是名當說有身、有身集、有身滅、有身滅道跡。」佛說是經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。餘如是說。差別者:「當知有身,當知斷有身集,當知證有身滅,當知修斷有身道跡。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。如當說,有及當知,亦如是說。又復差別者:「比丘知有身,斷有身集,證有身滅,修斷有身道,是名比丘斷愛欲縛諸結等法,修無間等,究竟苦邊。」又復差別者:「是名比丘究竟邊際,究竟離垢,究竟梵行,純淨上士。」又復差別者:「是名比丘阿羅漢盡諸有漏,所作已作,已捨重擔,逮得己利,盡諸有結,正智心解脫。」又復差別者:「是名比丘斷關、度塹,超越境界,脫諸防邏,建聖法幢。」又復差別者:「云何斷關?謂斷五下分結。云何度塹?謂度無明深塹。云何超越境界?謂究竟無始生死。云何脫諸防邏?謂有愛盡。云何建聖法幢?謂我慢盡。」又復差別者:「是名比丘斷五枝,成六枝,守護一,依四種,棄捨諸諦,離諸求,淨諸覺,身行息,心善 〔T02 0019a01〕解脫,慧善解脫,純一立梵行,無上士。」 其道有三種實覺亦三種 有身四種說羅漢有六種 〔T02 0019a04〕(七二) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「當說所知法、智及智者。諦聽,善思,當為汝說。云何所知法?謂五受陰。何等為五?色受陰,受、想、行、識受陰,是名所知法。「云何為智?調伏貪欲、斷貪欲、越貪欲,是名為智。「云何智者?阿羅漢是。阿羅漢者,非有他世死、非無他世死、非有無他世死、非非有無他世死,廣說無量,諸數永滅。「是名說所知法、智及智者。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0019a15〕(七三) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「我今當說重擔、取擔、捨擔、擔者。諦聽,善思,當為汝說。云何重擔?謂五受陰。何等為五?色受陰,受、想、行、識受陰。「云何取擔?當來有愛,貪、喜俱,彼彼樂著。「云何捨擔?若當來有愛,貪、喜俱,彼彼樂著永斷無餘已、滅已,吐、盡、離欲、滅、沒。「云何擔者?謂士夫是,士夫者,如是名,如是生,如是姓族,如是食,如是受苦樂,如是長壽,如是久住,如是壽命齊限。是名為重擔、取擔、捨擔、擔者。」爾時,世尊而說偈言: 「已捨於重擔,不復應更取, 重任為大苦,捨任為大樂, 當斷一切愛,則盡一切行, 曉了有餘境,不復轉還有。」 佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0019b02〕(七四) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有五受陰。何等為五?色受陰,受、想、行、識受陰。愚癡無聞凡夫不如實知色、色集、色滅、色味、色患、色離。不如實知故,於色所樂、讚歎、繫著住,色縛所縛,內縛所縛,不知根本,不知邊際,不知出離,是名愚癡無聞凡夫。以縛生,以縛死,以縛從此世至他世;於彼亦復以縛生,以縛死,是名愚癡無聞凡夫。隨魔自在,入魔網中,隨魔所化,魔縛所縛,為魔所牽。受、想、行、識亦復如是。「多聞聖弟子如實知色、色集、色滅、色味、色患、色離。如實知故,不貪喜色,不讚歎,不繫著住,非色縛所縛,非內縛所縛,知根本,知津濟,知出離,是名多聞聖弟子。不隨縛生,不隨縛死,不隨縛從此世至他世,不隨魔自在,不入魔手,不隨魔所作,非魔所縛,解脫魔縛,離魔所牽;受、想、行、識亦復如是。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0019b21〕(七五) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有五受陰。何等為五?謂色受陰,比丘於色厭、離欲、滅、不起、解脫,是名如來、應、等正覺;如是受、想、行、識,厭、離欲、滅、不起、解脫,是名如來、應、等正覺。比丘亦於色厭、離欲、滅,名阿羅漢慧解脫;如是受、想、行、識,厭、離欲、滅,名阿羅漢慧解脫。比丘!如來、應、等正覺,阿羅漢慧解脫,有何差別?」比丘白佛:「如來為法根、為法眼、為法依,唯願世尊為諸比丘廣說此義,諸比丘聞已,當受奉行。」佛告比丘:「諦聽,善思,當為汝說。如來、應、等正覺未曾聞法,能自覺法,通達無上菩提,於未來世開覺聲聞而為說法,謂四念處、四正勤、四如意足、五根、五力、七覺、八道。比丘!是名如來、應、等正覺未得而得,未利而利,知道、分別道、說道、通道,復能成就諸聲聞教授教誡;如是說正順欣樂善法,是名如來、羅漢差別。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0019c12〕(七六) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有五受陰。何等為五?色受陰,受、想、行、識受陰。汝等比丘當觀察於色,觀察色已,見有我、異我、相在不?」諸比丘白佛言:「不也,世尊!」佛告比丘:「善哉!善哉!色無我,無我者則無常,無常者則是苦。若苦者,彼一切非我、不異我、不相在,當作是觀。受、想、行、識亦復如是。多聞聖弟子於此五受陰觀察非我、非我所。如是觀察已,於世間都無所取;無所取者,則無所著;無所著者,自覺涅槃:『我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。』」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0019c25〕(七七) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「當斷色欲貪,欲貪斷已,則色斷;色斷已,得斷知;得斷知已,則根本斷。如截多羅樹頭,未來不復更生。如是受、想、行、識欲貪斷,乃至未來世 〔T02 0020a01〕不復更生。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0020a03〕(七八) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「若色起、住、出,則苦於此起,病於此住,老、死於此出;受、想、行、識亦如是說。比丘!若色滅、息、沒,苦於此滅,病於此息,老、死於此沒;受、想、行、識亦復如是。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0020a10〕(七九) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「過去、未來色尚無常,況復現在色!多聞聖弟子如是觀察已,不顧過去色,不欣未來色,於現在色厭、離欲、滅寂靜;受、想、行、識亦復如是。「比丘!若無過去色者,多聞聖弟子無不顧過去色;以有過去色故,多聞聖弟子不顧過去色。若無未來色者,多聞聖弟子無不欣未來色;以有未來色故,多聞聖弟子不欣未來色。若無現在色者,多聞聖弟子不於現在色生厭、離欲、滅盡向;以有現在色故,多聞聖弟子於現在色生厭、離欲、滅盡向。受、想、行、識亦如是說。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。如無常,苦、空、非我三經,亦如是說。 〔T02 0020a25〕(八〇) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「當說聖法印及見清淨。諦聽,善思。若有比丘作是說:『我於空三昧未有所得,而起無相、無所有、離慢知見。』者,莫作是說。所以者何?若於空未得者而言我得無相、無所有、離慢知見者,無有是處!若有比丘作是說:『我得空,能起無相、無所有、離慢知見。』者,此則善說。所以者何?若得空已,能起無相、無所有、離慢知見者,斯有是處!云何為聖法印及見清淨?」比丘白佛:「佛為法根、法眼、法依,唯願為說!諸比丘聞說法已,如說奉行。」佛告比丘:「若比丘於空閑處樹下坐,善觀色無常、磨滅、離欲之法。如是觀察受、想、行、識,無常、磨滅、離欲之法。觀察彼陰無常、磨滅、不堅固、變易法,心樂、清淨、解脫,是名為空。如是觀者,亦不能離慢、知見清淨。「復有正思惟三昧,觀色相斷,聲、香、味、觸、法相斷,是名無相。如是觀者,猶未離慢、知見清淨。「復有正思惟三昧,觀察貪相斷,瞋恚、癡相斷,是名無所有。如是觀者,猶未離慢、知見清淨。「復有正思惟三昧,觀察我、我所從何而生?「復有正思惟三昧,觀察我、我所,從若見、若聞、若嗅、若甞、若觸、若識而生。「復作是觀察:『若因、若緣而生識者,彼識因、緣,為常、為無常?』「復作是思惟:『若因、若緣而生識者,彼因、彼緣皆悉無常。』復次,彼因、彼緣皆悉無常,彼所生識云何有常?「無常者,是有為、行、從緣起,是患法、滅法、離欲法、斷知法,是名聖法印、知見清淨;是名比丘當說聖法印、知見清淨……」如是廣說。佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0020b28〕(八一) 如是我聞:一時,佛住毘耶離獼猴池側重閣講堂。爾時,有離車名摩訶男,日日遊行,往詣佛所。時,彼離車作是念:「若我早詣世尊所者,世尊及我知識比丘皆悉禪思,我今當詣七菴羅樹阿耆毘外道所。」即往詣彼富蘭那迦葉住處。時,富蘭那迦葉——外道眾主,與五百外道前後圍遶,高聲嬉戲,論說俗事。時,富蘭那迦葉遙見離車摩訶男來,告其眷屬,令寂靜住:「汝等默然!是離車摩訶男是沙門瞿曇弟子,此是沙門瞿曇白衣弟子,毘耶離中最為上首,常樂寂靜,讚歎寂靜,彼所之詣寂靜之眾,是故汝等應當寂靜。」時,摩訶男詣彼眾富蘭那所,與富蘭那共相問訊,相慰勞已,却坐一面。時,摩訶男語富蘭那言:「我聞富蘭那為諸弟子說法:『無因、無緣,眾生有垢;無因、無緣,眾生清淨。』世有此論,汝為審有此,為是外人相毀之言?世人所撰,為是法、為非法,頗有世人共論、難問、嫌責以不?」富蘭那迦葉言:「實有此論,非世妄傳。我立此論,是如法論,我說此法,皆是順法,無有世人來共難問而呵責者。所以者何?摩訶男!我如是見、如是說:『無因、無緣,眾生有垢;無因、無緣,眾生清淨。』」時,摩訶男聞富蘭那所說,心不喜樂,呵罵已,從坐起去,向世尊所,頭面禮足,却坐一面,以向與富蘭那所論事,向佛廣說。佛告離車摩訶男:「彼富蘭那為出意語,不足記也。如是富蘭那愚癡,不辨、不善、非因而作是說:『無因、無緣,眾生有垢;無因、無緣,眾生清淨。』所以者何?有因、有緣,眾生有垢;有因、有緣,眾生清淨。「摩訶男!何因、何緣眾生有 〔T02 0021a01〕垢,何因、何緣眾生清淨?摩訶男!若色一向是苦,非樂、非隨樂、非樂長養、離樂者,眾生不應因此而生樂著。摩訶男!以色非一向是苦,是樂、隨樂、樂所長養、不離樂,是故眾生於色染著;染著故繫,繫故有惱。摩訶男!若受、想、行、識一向是苦,非樂、非隨樂、非樂長養、離樂者,眾生不應因此而生樂著。摩訶男!以識非一向是苦,是樂,隨樂、樂所長養、不離樂,是故眾生於識染著;染著故繫,繫故生惱。摩訶男!是名有因、有緣眾生有垢。「摩訶男!何因、何緣眾生清淨?摩訶男!若色一向是樂,非苦、非隨苦、非憂苦長養、離苦者,眾生不應因色而生厭離。摩訶男!以色非一向樂,是苦、隨苦、憂苦長養、不離苦,是故眾生厭離於色;厭故不樂,不樂故解脫。摩訶男!若受、想、行、識一向是樂,非苦、非隨苦、非憂苦長養、離苦者,眾生不應因識而生厭離。摩訶男!以受、想、行、識非一向樂,是苦、隨苦、憂苦長養、不離苦,是故眾生厭離於識;厭故不樂,不樂故解脫。摩訶男!是名——有因、有緣,眾生清淨。」時,摩訶男聞佛所說,歡喜隨喜,禮佛而退。 知法及重擔往詣、觀、欲貪 生及與略說法印、富蘭那 〔T02 0021a25〕(八二) 如是我聞:一時,佛住支提竹園精舍。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「多聞聖弟子於何所而見無常、苦?」諸比丘白佛言:「世尊為法根、法眼、法依,唯願為說!諸比丘聞已,當如說奉行。」佛告比丘:「諦聽,善思,當為汝說。多聞聖弟子於色見無常、苦,於受、想、行、識,見無常、苦。比丘!色為是常、無常耶?」比丘白佛:「無常。世尊!」「比丘!無常者是苦耶?」比丘白佛:「是苦。世尊!」「比丘!若無常、苦,是變易法,多聞聖弟子寧於中見我、異我、相在不?」比丘白佛:「不也,世尊!」「受、想、行、識亦復如是。是故,比丘!所有諸色,若過去、若未來、若現在,若內、若外,若麤、若細,若好、若醜,若遠、若近,彼一切皆非我、非異我、不相在。受、想、行、識亦復如是。多聞聖弟子如是觀察,厭於色,厭受、想、行、識,厭故不樂,不樂故解脫,解脫故:『我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。』」時,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0021b14〕(八三) 如是我聞:一時,佛住毘耶離獼猴池側重閣講堂。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「多聞聖弟子於何所見非我、不異我、不相在。如是平等正觀,如實知見?」比丘白佛:「世尊為法根、法眼、法依,唯願為說!諸比丘聞已,如說奉行。」佛告比丘:「諦聽,善思,當為汝說。多聞聖弟子於色見非我、不異我、不相在,是名如實正觀。受、想、行、識亦復如是。」佛告諸比丘:「色為是常、為無常耶?」比丘白佛:「無常。世尊!」又告比丘:「若無常者,是苦不?」比丘白佛:「是苦。世尊!」「比丘!若無常、苦,是變易法,多聞聖弟子於中寧見有我、異我、相在不?」比丘白佛:「不也,世尊!」「受、想、行、識亦復如是。是故,比丘!所有諸色,若過去、若未來、若現在,若內、若外,若麤、若細,若好、若醜,若遠、若近,彼一切皆非我、不異我、不相在,是名如實正觀。受、想、行、識亦復如是。多聞聖弟子如是觀察,於色得解脫,於受、想、行、識得解脫。我說彼解脫生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦,純大苦聚。」佛說此經時,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0021c05〕(八四) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「色是無常,無常則苦,苦則非我;非我者,彼一切非我、不異我、不相在,如實知,是名正觀。受、想、行、識亦復如是。多聞聖弟子於此五受陰非我、非我所觀察;如是觀察,於諸世間都無所取,無所取故無所著,無所著故自覺涅槃:『我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。』」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0021c15〕(八五) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「比丘!於何所不見我、異我、相在?」比丘白佛:「世尊為法根、法眼、法依,唯願為說!諸比丘聞已,如說奉行。」佛告比丘:「諦聽,善思,當為汝說。於色不見有我、異我、相在不?於受、想、行、識亦復如是。比丘!色為是常、無常耶?」比丘白佛:「無常。世尊!」佛言:「比丘!若無常者,是苦不?」比丘白佛:「是苦。世尊!」「比丘!若無常、苦,是變易法,多聞聖弟子寧於中見我、異我、相在不?」比丘白佛:「不也,世尊!」「受、想、行、識亦復如是。是故,比丘!諸所有色,若過去、若未來、若現在,若內、若外,若麤、若細,若好、若醜,若遠、若近,彼一切非我、不異我、不相在。受、想、行、識亦復如是。比丘!多聞聖弟子觀察五受陰非我、 〔T02 0022a01〕非我所。如是觀察者,於諸世間都無所取,無所取者無所著,無所著故自覺涅槃:『我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。』」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0022a06〕(八六) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「若無常色有常者,彼色不應有病、有苦,亦不應於色有所求,欲令如是、不令如是。以色無常故,於色有病、有苦生,亦得不欲令如是、不令如是。受、想、行、識亦復如是。比丘!於意云何?色為常、為無常耶?」比丘白佛:「無常。世尊!」「比丘!無常為是苦不?」比丘白佛:「是苦。世尊!」「比丘!若無常、苦,是變易法,多聞聖弟子於中寧見是我、異我、相在不?」比丘白佛:「不也,世尊!」「受、想、行、識亦復如是。是故,比丘!諸所有色,若過去、若未來、若現在,若內、若外,若麤、若細,若好、若醜,若遠、若近,彼一切非我、非我所如實知。受、想、行、識亦復如是。多聞聖弟子正觀於色,正觀已,於色生厭、離欲、不樂、解脫;受、想、行、識,生厭、離欲、不樂、解脫:『我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。』」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0022a25〕(八七) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「色是苦。若色非是苦者,不應於色有病、有苦生,亦不欲令如是,亦不令不如是。以色是苦,以色是苦故,於色病生,亦得於色欲令如是、不令如是。受、想、行、識亦復如是。比丘!色為常、無常耶?」比丘白佛:「無常。世尊!」「比丘!無常者是苦不?」比丘白佛:「是苦。世尊!」「比丘!若無常、苦,是變易法,多聞聖弟子寧於中見我、異我、相在不?」比丘白佛:「不也,世尊!」「受、想、行、識亦復如是。是故,比丘!諸所有色,若過去、若未來、若現在,若內、若外,若麤、若細,若好、若醜,若遠、若近,彼一切非我、不異我,不相在,如實觀察。受、想、行、識亦復如是。多聞聖弟子於色得解脫,於受、想、行、識得解脫;我說彼解脫生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦,純大苦聚。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 雜阿含經卷第三
The canonical text stands in Chinese only. This edition renders the essence, the plain reading, the exposition and the apparatus into English — never the sūtra itself. Switch to 漢讀本 or 並行雙語 above to read it.
宋求那跋陀羅譯《雜阿含經》卷第三,承卷第一、卷第二,仍屬五取蘊相應,自經五十九至經八十七,凡二十九經;其間有結集者所立之攝頌四首,各隨所攝諸經之後;卷末經八十二至八十七六經之後,本卷未見攝頌。段首(…)=大正藏頁·欄·行錨。
〔0·題署〕(0015b07)經名是「雜阿含經」,這是「卷第三」。譯者署名「宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯」——宋代從天竺來的三藏法師求那跋陀羅所翻譯。本卷收經二十九部,卷末仍以「雜阿含經卷第三」作結。
〔59·有五受陰〕(0015b10)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有五受陰。哪五種呢?就是色受陰,受、想、行、識受陰。要觀察這五受陰是生滅之法。就是說:這是色、這是色的集起、這是色的滅去;這是受、想、行、識,這是識的集起、這是識的滅去。什麼是色的集起?什麼是色的滅去?什麼是受、想、行、識的集起?什麼是受、想、行、識的滅去?愛喜集起,就是色的集起;愛喜滅去,就是色的滅去。觸集起,就是受、想、行的集起;觸滅去,就是受、想、行的滅去。名色集起,就是識的集起;名色滅去,就是識的滅去。比丘!像這樣的色集起、色滅去,就是所謂色的集起、色的滅去;像這樣的受、想、行、識集起,受、想、行、識滅去,就是所謂受、想、行、識的集起,受、想、行、識的滅去。』佛說完這部經,當時諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔60·有五受陰〕(0015b22)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有五受陰。哪五種呢?就是色受陰,受、想、行、識受陰。好啊,比丘不愛樂於色,不讚歎色,不取於色,不執著於色。好啊,比丘不愛樂於受、想、行、識,不讚歎識,不取於識,不執著於識。為什麼呢?如果比丘不愛樂於色,不讚歎色,不取於色,不執著於色,就對色不再愛樂,心得到解脫。像這樣,對於受、想、行、識,不愛樂於識,不讚歎識,不取於識,不執著於識,就對識不再愛樂,心得到解脫。如果比丘對色不愛樂,心得到解脫;像這樣對受、想、行、識不愛樂,心得到解脫,就不滅、不生,平等地安住於捨,具足正念、正智。那位比丘這樣知、這樣見的話,與前際相俱的見,永遠窮盡無餘;與前際相俱的見永遠窮盡無餘之後,與後際相俱的見也永遠窮盡無餘;與後際相俱的見永遠窮盡無餘之後,與前後際相俱的見永遠窮盡無餘,無所封著。無所封著的人,對於一切世間都無所取;無所取的人,也無所求;無所求的人,自己覺證涅槃:我的生已經窮盡,清淨的梵行已經建立,應當作的已經作完,自己知道不再承受後世的有。』佛說完這部經,當時諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔61·有五受陰〕(0015c14)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有五受陰。哪五種呢?就是色受陰,受、想、行、識受陰。什麼是色受陰?所有的色,那一切四大,以及四大所造的色,這名為色受陰。再者,那色是無常、苦、變易之法。如果那色受陰永遠斷除無餘,究竟捨離、滅盡、離欲、寂靜、沒息,其餘的色受陰再也不相續、不生起、不出現,這名為微妙,這名為寂靜,這名為捨離一切有餘、愛盡、無欲、滅盡、涅槃。什麼是受受陰?就是六受身。哪六種呢?就是眼觸所生的受,耳、鼻、舌、身、意觸所生的受,這名為受受陰。再者,那受受陰是無常、苦、變易之法,乃至滅盡、涅槃。什麼是想受陰?就是六想身。哪六種呢?就是眼觸所生的想,乃至意觸所生的想,這名為想受陰。再者,那想受陰是無常、苦、變易之法,乃至滅盡、涅槃。什麼是行受陰?就是六思身。哪六種呢?就是眼觸所生的思,乃至意觸所生的思,這名為行受陰。再者,那行受陰是無常、苦、變易之法,乃至滅盡、涅槃。什麼是識受陰?就是六識身。哪六種呢?就是眼識身,乃至意識身,這名為識受陰。再者,那識受陰是無常、苦、變易之法,乃至滅盡、涅槃。比丘!如果對於這些法,以智慧思惟、觀察、分別、忍可,這名為隨信行;他超昇而入於離生,越過凡夫地,雖然還未得須陀洹果,卻不會在中間死去,必定得到須陀洹果。比丘!如果對於這些法,以增上的智慧思惟、觀察、忍可,這名為隨法行;他超昇而入於離生,越過凡夫地,雖然還未得須陀洹果,卻不會在中間死去,必定得到須陀洹果。比丘!對於這些法,以如實的正慧平等地見到,三結斷盡而知——就是身見、戒取、疑。比丘!這名為須陀洹果:不墮惡道,必定正向三菩提,在天上與人間往返受生七次,然後究竟苦的邊際。比丘!如果對於這些法,以如實的正慧平等地見到,不生起心的諸漏,名為阿羅漢:諸漏已經窮盡,應當作的已經作完,捨離了重擔,獲得了自己的利益,窮盡了諸有之結,以正智而心得到解脫。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔62·有五受陰〕(0016a19)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有五受陰,就是色受陰,受、想、行、識受陰。愚癡無聞的凡夫,無慧、無明,對於五受陰生起我見而繫著,使心繫著而生起貪欲。比丘!多聞的聖弟子有慧、有明,對於這五受陰,不因見我而繫著,不使心結縛而生起貪欲。怎樣是愚癡無聞的凡夫無慧、無明,對於五受陰見我而繫著,使心結縛而生起貪欲呢?比丘!愚癡無聞的凡夫無慧、無明,見色是我、異於我、相互在對方之中;像這樣,見受、想、行、識是我、異於我、相互在對方之中。像這樣,愚癡無聞的凡夫無慧、無明,對於五受陰說我而繫著,使心結縛而生起貪欲。比丘!怎樣是聖弟子有慧、有明,不說我而繫著,不使結縛其心而生起貪欲呢?聖弟子不見色是我、異於我、相互在對方之中;像這樣,對於受、想、行、識,不見是我、異於我、相互在對方之中。像這樣,多聞的聖弟子有慧、有明,對於五受陰不見我而繫著,不使結縛其心而生起貪欲。所有的色,無論是過去的、未來的、現在的,無論是內的、外的,無論是粗的、細的,無論是好的、醜的,無論是遠的、近的,那一切都正觀為無常。像這樣,受、想、行、識,無論是過去的、未來的、現在的,無論是內的、外的、粗的、細的,無論是好的、醜的,無論是遠的、近的,那一切都正觀為無常。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔63·有五受陰〕(0016b13)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有五受陰,就是色受陰,受、想、行、識受陰。比丘!如果沙門、婆羅門計執有我,一切都是在這五受陰中計執有我。是哪五種呢?諸沙門、婆羅門對於色,見是我、異於我、相互在對方之中;像這樣,對於受、想、行、識,見是我、異於我、相互在對方之中。像這樣,愚癡無聞的凡夫計我、無明,分別而這樣觀察,不離我所;不離我所,就入於諸根;入於諸根之後,就生起觸;被六觸入所觸,愚癡無聞的凡夫生起苦、樂,從這裡生出這些以及其餘種種。所謂六觸身,是哪六種呢?就是眼觸入處,耳、鼻、舌、身、意觸入處。比丘!有意界、法界、無明界,被無明觸所觸,愚癡無聞的凡夫就說有、說無、說亦有亦無、說非有非無,說我最殊勝、說我與他相似,說我知、我見。再者,比丘!多聞的聖弟子安住於六觸入處,而能厭離無明,能生起明。他對無明離欲而生起明,就不說有、不說無、不說亦有亦無、不說非有非無,不說有我殊勝、不說有我低劣、不說有我與他相似;他如此知、如此見。這樣知、這樣見之後,先前所起的無明觸滅去,後來的明觸集起。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔64·世尊晡時從禪〕(0016c04)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國東園的鹿子母講堂。那時,世尊在午後從禪定起身,走出講堂,在講堂的蔭涼處、大眾之前,敷座而坐。那時,世尊歎說優陀那偈:
『法中沒有吾我,也沒有我所;
我既然不會再有,我所又從何而生?
比丘若於此得解脫,就斷除下分結。』
那時,有一位比丘從座位起身,偏袒右肩,右膝著地,合掌對佛說:『世尊!怎樣是——
沒有吾我,也沒有我所;
我既然不會再有,我所又從何而生?
比丘若於此得解脫,就斷除下分結——
這是什麼意思呢?』佛告訴比丘:『愚癡無聞的凡夫計執色是我、異於我、相互在對方之中;計執受、想、行、識是我、異於我、相互在對方之中。多聞的聖弟子不見色是我、異於我、相互在對方之中,不見受、想、行、識是我、異於我、相互在對方之中;也不是知者,也不是見者。這色是無常的,受、想、行、識是無常的;色是苦的,受、想、行、識是苦的;色是無我的,受、想、行、識是無我的;這色將不會再有,受、想、行、識將不會再有;這色是會壞滅的有,受、想、行、識是會壞滅的有;所以不是我、不是我所,我與我所都將不會再有。這樣解脫的人,就斷除五下分結。』
那時,那位比丘對佛說:『世尊!斷除五下分結之後,怎樣才能漏盡,得無漏的心解脫、慧解脫,在現法中自己知道、親身作證、具足而住:我的生已經窮盡,清淨的梵行已經建立,應當作的已經作完,自己知道不再承受後世的有?』佛告訴比丘:『愚癡凡夫、無聞眾生在無可畏懼之處而生起恐懼。愚癡凡夫、無聞眾生所怖畏的是:
沒有我、沒有我所,二者都將不會生起——
於是攀緣四識住。是哪四種呢?就是色識住:攀緣色、愛樂色,增進、廣大、生長;在受、想、行的識住中,攀緣、愛樂,增進、廣大、生長。比丘!識在這些處所,或來、或去、或住、或起、或滅,增進、廣大、生長。如果有人這樣說:另外還有別的法,識在其中或來、或去、或住、或起、或滅、或增進廣大生長——那只是言說而已,被問了就不知道,增益而生起愚癡,因為那不是它的境界的緣故。為什麼呢?比丘!對色界離貪之後,對色由意所生的縛也就斷了;對色由意所生的縛斷了之後,識的攀緣也就斷了;識不再住,不再增進、廣大、生長。對受、想、行界離貪之後,對受、想、行由意所生的縛也就斷了;對受、想、行由意所生的縛斷了之後,攀緣也就斷了,識無所住,不再增進、廣大、生長。識因為無所住,所以不增長;因為不增長,所以無所造作;因為無所造作,所以就住;因為住,所以知足;因為知足,所以解脫;因為解脫,所以對一切世間都無所取;因為無所取,所以無所著;因為無所著,所以自己覺證涅槃:我的生已經窮盡,清淨的梵行已經建立,應當作的已經作完,自己知道不再承受後世的有。比丘!我說識不住於東方、南、西、北方、四維、上、下,除了欲見法——涅槃、滅盡、寂靜、清涼。』
佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔攝頌·經59–64〕(0017a21)以上六經,結集者以一首頌收攝其名:「生滅」,說觀此五受陰是生滅法——『經59』;「以不樂」,說比丘不樂於色而心得解脫——『經60』;「及三種分別」,頌中此句所指未能確定,或指以隨信行、隨法行、須陀洹果三種分別於法——『經61』;「貪著」,說愚癡凡夫於五受陰見我繫著而生貪欲——『經62』;「等觀察」,頌中此句所指未能確定,或指沙門、婆羅門於五受陰計我而分別如是觀——『經63』;「是名優陀那」,世尊歎優陀那偈——『經64』。
〔65·常當修習方便〕(0017a23)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『應當常常修習方便禪思,在內寂靜其心。為什麼呢?比丘常常修習方便禪思,在內寂靜其心,就能如實觀察。怎樣如實觀察呢?這是色、這是色的集起、這是色的滅去;這是受、想、行、識,這是識的集起、這是識的滅去。怎樣是色的集起,受、想、行、識的集起?愚癡無聞的凡夫對於苦受、樂受、不苦不樂受,不如實觀察;因為對這受的集起、受的滅去、受的滋味、受的過患、受的出離不如實觀察,所以對受樂著而生起取;取緣有,有緣生,生緣老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦。這樣,純粹的大苦聚從集起而生,這名為色的集起,這名為受、想、行、識的集起。怎樣是色的滅去,受、想、行、識的滅去?多聞的聖弟子領受種種苦受、樂受、不苦不樂受,如實觀察;因為對受的集起、受的滅去、受的滋味、受的過患、受的出離如實觀察,所以對受的樂著滅了;樂著滅了,所以取滅;取滅了,所以有滅;有滅了,所以生滅;生滅了,所以老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦滅,這樣,純粹的大苦聚全都得以滅盡,這名為色的滅去,受、想、行、識的滅去。所以,比丘!應當常常修習方便禪思,在內寂靜其心。比丘!安住於禪思,在內寂靜其心,精勤方便,如實觀察。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。如同說觀察這樣,說分別、種種分別、知、廣知、種種知、親近、親近修習、入、觸、證的二經,也都這樣廣說。
〔66·常當修習方便〕(0017b16)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『應當常常修習方便禪思,在內寂靜其心。為什麼呢?修習方便禪思、在內寂靜其心之後,就能如實觀察。怎樣如實觀察呢?如實觀察這是色、這是色的集起、這是色的滅去,這是受、想、行、識,這是識的集起、這是識的滅去。怎樣是色的集起?怎樣是受、想、行、識的集起?比丘!愚癡無聞的凡夫不如實觀察色的集起、色的滋味、色的過患、色的出離,所以愛樂那色,讚歎、愛著,於是在未來世色又再生起。』受、想、行、識也這樣廣說。『那色生起,受、想、行、識生起之後,就不能從色中解脫,不能從受、想、行、識中解脫。我說他不能從生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦,純粹的大苦聚中解脫,這名為色的集起,受、想、行、識的集起。怎樣是色的滅去,受、想、行、識的滅去?多聞的聖弟子如實觀察色的集起、色的滅去、色的滋味、色的過患、色的出離,如實了知。因為如實了知,所以不愛樂於色,不讚歎色,不樂著色,也不生起未來的色。』受、想、行、識也這樣廣說。『色不生起,受、想、行、識不生起,所以從色中得到解脫,從受、想、行、識中得到解脫。我說他從生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦聚中解脫,這名為色的滅去,受、想、行、識的滅去。所以,比丘!應當常常修習方便禪思,在內寂靜其心,精勤方便,如實觀察。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。如同說觀察這樣,乃至說作證的十二經,也應當廣說。
〔67·常當修習方便〕(0017c10)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『應當常常修習方便禪思,在內寂靜其心。為什麼呢?比丘!修習方便禪思、在內寂靜其心之後,就能如實觀察。怎樣如實觀察呢?如實了知這是色、這是色的集起、這是色的滅去;這是受、想、行、識,這是識的集起、這是識的滅去。怎樣是色的集起,受、想、行、識的集起?愚癡無聞的凡夫不如實了知色的集起、色的滅去、色的滋味、色的過患、色的出離。因為不如實了知,所以樂著那色,讚歎於色;因為樂著於色、讚歎色,所以取;取緣有,有緣生,生緣老、死、憂、悲、惱、苦。這樣,純粹的大苦聚生起,這名為色的集起,受、想、行、識的集起。怎樣是色的滅去,受、想、行、識的滅去?多聞的聖弟子如實了知色的集起、色的滅去、色的滋味、色的過患、色的出離。因為如實了知,所以不樂著色,不讚歎色;因為不樂著、不讚歎色,所以愛樂滅去;愛樂滅去,所以取滅;取滅,所以有滅;有滅,所以生滅;生滅,所以老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦滅,這樣,純粹的大苦聚滅去。怎樣是多聞的聖弟子如實了知受、想、行、識?如實了知識的集起、識的滅去、識的滋味、識的過患、識的出離呢?了知那些,所以不樂著那識,不讚歎於識;因為不樂著、不讚歎識,所以樂愛滅去;樂愛滅去,所以取滅;取滅,所以有滅;有滅,所以生滅;生滅,所以老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦滅,這樣,純粹的大苦聚滅去,全都得以滅盡。比丘!這名為色的滅去,受、想、行、識的滅去。比丘!應當常常修習方便禪思,在內寂靜其心。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。如同說觀察這樣,乃至說作證的十二經,也這樣廣說。
〔68·常當修習方便〕(0018a06)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『應當常常修習方便禪思,在內寂靜其心,如實觀察。怎樣如實觀察呢?如實了知這是色、這是色的集起、這是色的滅去;這是受、想、行、識,這是識的集起、這是識的滅去。怎樣是色的集起,受、想、行、識的集起?緣於眼以及色,眼識生起,三事和合而生觸,緣觸生受,緣受生愛,乃至純粹的大苦聚生起,這名為色的集起。像這樣,緣於耳、鼻、舌、身、意——緣於意以及法而生意識,三事和合而生觸,緣觸生受,緣受生愛。像這樣,乃至純粹的大苦聚生起,這名為色的集起,受、想、行、識的集起。怎樣是色的滅去,受、想、行、識的滅去?緣於眼以及色,眼識生起,三事和合而生觸,觸滅則受滅,乃至純粹的大苦聚滅去;像這樣,耳、鼻、舌、身、意——緣於意以及法,意識生起,三事和合而生觸,觸滅則受滅;受滅了,乃至純粹的大苦聚滅去,這名為色的滅去,受、想、行、識的滅去。所以,比丘!應當常常修習方便禪思,在內寂靜其心。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。如同說觀察這樣,乃至說作證的十二經,也這樣廣說。
〔攝頌·經65–68〕(0018a24)以上四經,結集者以一首頌收攝其名:「受」,說於受樂著而生取——『經65』;「與生」,說於未來世色又再生起——『經66』;「及樂」,說樂著那色——『經67』;「亦說六入處」,依位次當經68,經文舉眼與色乃至意與法而說——『經68』;「一一十二種」,四經之末各言其餘諸經亦如是廣說,經66–68 末作「十二經」,經65 末作「二經」——『經65–68』;「禪定三昧經」,四經皆以應當常常修習方便禪思、在內寂靜其心為首——『經65–68』。
〔69·我今當說有身〕(0018a26)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『我現在要說有身集趣道,以及有身集滅道。什麼是有身集趣道?愚癡無聞的凡夫,不如實了知色的集起、色的滅去、色的滋味、色的過患、色的出離。因為不如實了知,所以愛樂色、讚歎色、執著色、住於色;因為愛樂色、讚歎色、執著色、住於色,所以愛樂而取;緣取而有有,緣有而有生,緣生而有老、病、死、憂、悲、苦、惱。這樣,純粹的大苦聚生起。像這樣,受、想、行、識也廣說,這名為有身集趣道。比丘!有身集趣道,應當知道就是苦集趣道。什麼是有身集滅道?多聞的聖弟子如實了知色、色的集起、色的滅去、色的滋味、色的過患、色的出離。因為如實了知,所以對色不愛樂、不讚歎、不執著、不住;因為不愛樂、不讚歎、不執著、不住,所以對那色的愛樂滅去;愛樂滅去則取滅,取滅則有滅,有滅則生滅,生滅則老、病、死、憂、悲、苦、惱,純粹的大苦聚滅去。如同色,受、想、行、識也是這樣,這名為有身滅道跡。有身滅道跡,就是苦滅道跡,所以說有身滅道跡。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。如同說「當說」這樣,說「有」以及「當知」,也這樣說。
〔70·我今當說有身〕(0018b16)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『我現在要說有身苦邊、有身集邊、有身滅邊。仔細聽,好好思念,我將為你們解說。什麼是有身苦邊?就是五受陰。是哪五種呢?色受陰,受、想、行、識受陰,這名為有身苦邊。什麼是有身集邊?就是承受當來之有的愛,與貪、喜俱起,對種種處處樂著,這名為有身集邊。什麼是有身滅邊?就是這承受當來之有的愛,與貪、喜俱起,對種種處處樂著,無餘地斷除、吐棄、窮盡、離欲、滅去、寂靜、沒息,這名為有身滅邊。所以說應當說有身苦邊、有身集邊、有身滅邊。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。如同說「當說」這樣,說「有」以及「當知」,也這樣說。
〔71·我今當說有身〕(0018b28)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『我現在要說有身、有身集、有身滅、有身滅道跡。仔細聽,好好思念,我將為你們解說。什麼是有身?就是五受陰。是哪五種呢?色受陰,受、想、行、識受陰,這名為有身。什麼是有身集?當來之有的愛,與貪、喜俱起,對種種處處染著,這名為有身集。什麼是有身滅?當來之有的愛,與貪、喜俱起,對種種處處樂著,無餘地斷除、吐棄、窮盡、離欲、滅去,這名為有身滅。什麼是有身滅道跡?就是八聖道:正見、正志、正語、正業、正命、正方便、正念、正定,這名為有身滅道跡。這就是所說的有身、有身集、有身滅、有身滅道跡。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
其餘也這樣說。差別在於:『應當知道有身,應當知道要斷有身集,應當知道要證有身滅,應當知道要修斷有身的道跡。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。如同說「當說」這樣,說「有」以及「當知」,也這樣說。
又有一種差別:『比丘了知有身,斷有身集,證有身滅,修斷有身的道,這名為比丘斷除愛欲、繫縛諸結等法,修習無間等,究竟苦的邊際。』
又有一種差別:『這名為比丘究竟邊際,究竟離垢,究竟梵行,是純淨的上士。』
又有一種差別:『這名為比丘是阿羅漢,諸有漏已經窮盡,應當作的已經作完,已經捨下重擔,獲得了自己的利益,窮盡了諸有之結,以正智而心得解脫。』
又有一種差別:『這名為比丘斷除了關閂、渡過了壕塹、超越了境界、脫離了種種防邏、建立了聖法之幢。』
又有一種差別:『什麼是斷關?就是斷除五下分結。什麼是度塹?就是渡過無明的深塹。什麼是超越境界?就是究竟了無始以來的生死。什麼是脫諸防邏?就是有愛窮盡。什麼是建聖法幢?就是我慢窮盡。』
又有一種差別:『這名為比丘斷除五枝,成就六枝,守護一,依於四種,棄捨諸諦,遠離諸求,淨化諸覺,身行止息,心善解脫,慧善解脫,純一而建立梵行,是無上士。』
〔攝頌·經69–71〕(0019a02)以上三經,結集者以一首頌收攝其名:「其道有三種」,說有身集趣道與有身滅道跡,經末並言「當說」「有」「當知」三種皆這樣說——『經69』;「實覺亦三種」,依位次當經70,經文說有身苦邊、有身集邊、有身滅邊三種,經文中沒有「實覺」一詞——『經70』;「有身四種說」,說有身、有身集、有身滅、有身滅道跡四種——『經71』;「羅漢有六種」,經71 之末以「又復差別者」六次說比丘究竟之相,其中明言阿羅漢——『經71』。
〔72·當說所知法、智〕(0019a04)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『應當說所知法、智以及智者。仔細聽,好好思念,我將為你們解說。什麼是所知法?就是五受陰。是哪五種呢?色受陰,受、想、行、識受陰,這名為所知法。什麼是智?調伏貪欲、斷除貪欲、超越貪欲,這名為智。什麼是智者?就是阿羅漢。阿羅漢這個人,既不是他世有死,也不是他世無死,也不是他世亦有亦無死,也不是他世非有非無死;廣說則無量,一切名數永遠滅盡。這就是所說的所知法、智以及智者。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔73·我今當說重擔〕(0019a15)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『我現在要說重擔、取擔、捨擔、擔者。仔細聽,好好思念,我將為你們解說。什麼是重擔?就是五受陰。是哪五種呢?色受陰,受、想、行、識受陰。什麼是取擔?當來之有的愛,與貪、喜俱起,對種種處處樂著。什麼是捨擔?如果當來之有的愛,與貪、喜俱起,對種種處處樂著,已經永遠斷除無餘、已經滅去,吐棄、窮盡、離欲、滅去、沒息。什麼是擔者?就是士夫。所謂士夫,是這樣的名字,這樣的出生,這樣的姓族,這樣的飲食,這樣地領受苦樂,這樣地長壽,這樣地久住,這樣的壽命齊限。這名為重擔、取擔、捨擔、擔者。』那時,世尊說偈道:
『已經捨下了重擔,就不應再去拿取;
擔起重任是大苦,捨下重任是大樂;
應當斷除一切愛,就窮盡了一切行;
明了那有餘的境界,不再輾轉回到有。』
佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔74·有五受陰〕(0019b02)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有五受陰。是哪五種呢?色受陰,受、想、行、識受陰。愚癡無聞的凡夫不如實了知色、色的集起、色的滅去、色的滋味、色的過患、色的出離。因為不如實了知,所以對色愛樂、讚歎、繫著而住,被色縛所縛,被內縛所縛,不知根本,不知邊際,不知出離,這名為愚癡無聞的凡夫。以縛而生,以縛而死,以縛從此世到他世;在那裡也還是以縛而生,以縛而死,這名為愚癡無聞的凡夫。隨順魔的自在,進入魔網之中,隨順魔所化,被魔縛所縛,被魔所牽引。受、想、行、識也是這樣。多聞的聖弟子如實了知色、色的集起、色的滅去、色的滋味、色的過患、色的出離。因為如實了知,所以不貪喜色,不讚歎,不繫著而住,不被色縛所縛,不被內縛所縛,知道根本,知道渡越的津濟,知道出離,這名為多聞的聖弟子。不隨縛而生,不隨縛而死,不隨縛從此世到他世,不隨順魔的自在,不入魔手,不隨順魔所作,不被魔所縛,解脫魔縛,離開魔的牽引;受、想、行、識也是這樣。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔75·有五受陰〕(0019b21)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有五受陰。是哪五種呢?就是色受陰——比丘對於色厭離、離欲、滅盡、不起、解脫,這名為如來、應、等正覺;像這樣,對於受、想、行、識厭離、離欲、滅盡、不起、解脫,這名為如來、應、等正覺。比丘也對於色厭離、離欲、滅盡,名為阿羅漢慧解脫;像這樣,對於受、想、行、識厭離、離欲、滅盡,名為阿羅漢慧解脫。比丘們!如來、應、等正覺,與阿羅漢慧解脫,有什麼差別?』比丘對佛說:『如來是法的根本、法的眼目、法的依止,唯願世尊為諸比丘廣說這個義理,諸比丘聽了之後,當會受持奉行。』佛告訴比丘們:『仔細聽,好好思念,我將為你們解說。如來、應、等正覺對於未曾聽聞的法,能自己覺悟其法,通達無上菩提,在未來世開覺聲聞而為他們說法,就是四念處、四正勤、四如意足、五根、五力、七覺、八道。比丘們!這名為如來、應、等正覺未得而得,未利而利,知道、分別道、說道、通道,又能成就諸聲聞,教授、教誡;像這樣說正確隨順、欣樂善法,這名為如來與羅漢的差別。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔76·有五受陰〕(0019c12)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有五受陰。是哪五種呢?色受陰,受、想、行、識受陰。你們比丘應當觀察色;觀察色之後,見到有我、異於我、相互在對方之中嗎?』諸比丘對佛說:『沒有,世尊!』佛告訴比丘們:『好啊!好啊!色是無我的;無我的就是無常的;無常的就是苦的。如果是苦的,那一切都不是我、不異於我、不相互在對方之中,應當這樣觀察。受、想、行、識也是這樣。多聞的聖弟子對於這五受陰,觀察它們不是我、不是我所。這樣觀察之後,對於世間都無所取;無所取的人,就無所著;無所著的人,自己覺證涅槃:我的生已經窮盡,清淨的梵行已經建立,應當作的已經作完,自己知道不再承受後世的有。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔77·當斷色欲貪〕(0019c25)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『應當斷除對色的欲貪;欲貪斷了之後,色就斷了;色斷了之後,就得到斷知;得到斷知之後,根本就斷了。如同截斷多羅樹的樹頭,未來不再生長。像這樣,對受、想、行、識的欲貪斷了,乃至未來世不再生起。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔78·若色起、住、出〕(0020a03)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『如果色生起、住立、出現,苦就在此生起,病就在此住立,老、死就在此出現;受、想、行、識也這樣說。比丘!如果色滅去、止息、沒去,苦就在此滅去,病就在此止息,老、死就在此沒去;受、想、行、識也是這樣。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔79·過去、未來色尚〕(0020a10)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『過去、未來的色尚且無常,何況現在的色!多聞的聖弟子這樣觀察之後,不顧戀過去的色,不欣求未來的色,對現在的色厭離、離欲、滅盡而寂靜;受、想、行、識也是這樣。比丘!如果沒有過去的色,多聞的聖弟子就談不上不顧戀過去的色;因為有過去的色,所以多聞的聖弟子不顧戀過去的色。如果沒有未來的色,多聞的聖弟子就談不上不欣求未來的色;因為有未來的色,所以多聞的聖弟子不欣求未來的色。如果沒有現在的色,多聞的聖弟子就不會對現在的色生起厭離、離欲,趣向滅盡;因為有現在的色,所以多聞的聖弟子對現在的色生起厭離、離欲,趣向滅盡。受、想、行、識也這樣說。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。如同說無常這樣,說苦、空、非我的三經,也這樣說。
〔80·當說聖法印及〕(0020a25)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『應當說聖法印以及見清淨。仔細聽,好好思念。如果有比丘這樣說:我對於空三昧還沒有任何所得,卻生起了無相、無所有、離慢的知見——不要這樣說。為什麼呢?如果對於空還沒有得到,卻說我得了無相、無所有、離慢的知見,沒有這樣的道理!如果有比丘這樣說:我得了空,能生起無相、無所有、離慢的知見——這就是善說。為什麼呢?如果得空之後,能生起無相、無所有、離慢的知見,就有這樣的道理!什麼是聖法印以及見清淨?』比丘對佛說:『佛是法的根本、法的眼目、法的依止,唯願為我們解說!諸比丘聽了說法之後,當會如所說而奉行。』佛告訴比丘們:『如果比丘在空閑之處、樹下而坐,善於觀察色是無常、磨滅、離欲之法。像這樣觀察受、想、行、識是無常、磨滅、離欲之法。觀察那些陰是無常、磨滅、不堅固、變易之法,心中愛樂、清淨、解脫,這名為空。這樣觀察的人,也還不能離慢、知見清淨。又有正思惟三昧,觀察色相斷,聲、香、味、觸、法相斷,這名為無相。這樣觀察的人,仍未離慢、知見清淨。又有正思惟三昧,觀察貪相斷,瞋恚、癡相斷,這名為無所有。這樣觀察的人,仍未離慢、知見清淨。又有正思惟三昧,觀察我、我所從何而生。又有正思惟三昧,觀察我、我所,是從見、從聞、從嗅、從嘗、從觸、從識而生。又作這樣的觀察:如果由因、由緣而生識,那識的因、緣,是常,還是無常?又作這樣的思惟:如果由因、由緣而生識,那因、那緣都是無常。再者,那因、那緣都是無常,它們所生的識怎麼會是常的?無常的,是有為、是行、從緣而起,是患法、滅法、離欲法、斷知法,這名為聖法印、知見清淨;這名為比丘應當說的聖法印、知見清淨……』像這樣廣說。佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔81·有離車名摩訶〕(0020b28)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在毘耶離獼猴池旁的重閣講堂。那時,有一位離車,名叫摩訶男,每天出遊,前往佛的住處。那時,那位離車心中這樣想:『如果我太早到世尊那裡,世尊以及與我相識的比丘們都在禪思;我現在不如先到七菴羅樹阿耆毘外道那裡去。』於是就前往那富蘭那迦葉的住處。那時,富蘭那迦葉——外道的眾主——與五百外道前後圍繞,高聲嬉戲,談論世俗之事。那時,富蘭那迦葉遠遠看見離車摩訶男前來,就告訴他的眷屬,令他們寂靜而住。富蘭那迦葉說:『你們安靜!這位離車摩訶男是沙門瞿曇的弟子,這是沙門瞿曇的白衣弟子,在毘耶離城中最為上首,常樂於寂靜,讚歎寂靜,他所往來的都是寂靜的大眾,所以你們應當寂靜。』
那時,摩訶男來到那群人中富蘭那的處所,與富蘭那互相問訊,互相慰勞之後,退坐一旁。那時,摩訶男對富蘭那說:『我聽說富蘭那為諸弟子說法:無因、無緣,眾生有垢;無因、無緣,眾生清淨。世間有這種論說,你是確實有此說,還是外人詆毀你的話?世人所撰述的,是法、還是非法?有沒有世人與你共同討論、詰難質問、嫌責你呢?』外道富蘭那迦葉說:『確實有這種論說,不是世間妄傳。我立此論,是如法之論;我說此法,都是隨順於法,沒有世人來與我共同詰難質問而呵責的。為什麼呢?摩訶男!我是這樣見、這樣說的:無因、無緣,眾生有垢;無因、無緣,眾生清淨。』
那時,摩訶男聽了富蘭那所說,心中不喜樂,呵罵之後,從座位起身離去,前往世尊的住處,以頭面禮佛足,退坐一旁,把先前與富蘭那所談論的事,向佛詳細述說。佛告訴離車摩訶男:『那富蘭那說的是隨意出口的話,不值得記取。像這樣,富蘭那愚癡、不明辨、不善巧,不依於因而作這樣的說法:無因、無緣,眾生有垢;無因、無緣,眾生清淨。為什麼呢?有因、有緣,眾生有垢;有因、有緣,眾生清淨。摩訶男!以什麼因、什麼緣,眾生有垢?以什麼因、什麼緣,眾生清淨?摩訶男!如果色一向是苦,不是樂、不隨順樂、不為樂所長養、遠離樂,眾生就不應當因此而生起樂著。摩訶男!因為色並非一向是苦,它是樂、隨順樂、為樂所長養、不離樂,所以眾生對色染著;因為染著而被繫縛,因為被繫縛而有苦惱。摩訶男!如果受、想、行、識一向是苦,不是樂、不隨順樂、不為樂所長養、遠離樂,眾生就不應當因此而生起樂著。摩訶男!因為識並非一向是苦,它是樂、隨順樂、為樂所長養、不離樂,所以眾生對識染著;因為染著而被繫縛,因為被繫縛而生苦惱。摩訶男!這名為有因、有緣,眾生有垢。摩訶男!以什麼因、什麼緣,眾生清淨?摩訶男!如果色一向是樂,不是苦、不隨順苦、不為憂苦所長養、遠離苦,眾生就不應當因色而生起厭離。摩訶男!因為色並非一向是樂,它是苦、隨順苦、為憂苦所長養、不離苦,所以眾生厭離於色;因為厭離而不樂,因為不樂而解脫。摩訶男!如果受、想、行、識一向是樂,不是苦、不隨順苦、不為憂苦所長養、遠離苦,眾生就不應當因識而生起厭離。摩訶男!因為受、想、行、識並非一向是樂,它是苦、隨順苦、為憂苦所長養、不離苦,所以眾生厭離於識;因為厭離而不樂,因為不樂而解脫。摩訶男!這名為——有因、有緣,眾生清淨。』那時,摩訶男聽了佛所說的,歡喜隨喜,禮佛而退去。
〔攝頌·經72–81〕(0021a23)以上十經,結集者以一首頌收攝其名:「知法」,說所知法、智以及智者——『經72』;「及重擔」,說重擔、取擔、捨擔、擔者——『經73』;「往詣」,頌中此句所指未能確定,或指頌中未有他句所收的兩經——『經74–75』;「觀」,說應當觀察於色——『經76』;「欲貪」,說應當斷除對色的欲貪——『經77』;「生」,依位次當經78,經文作色的生起、住立、出現——『經78』;「及與略說」,說過去、未來的色尚且無常,經末略說苦、空、非我三經——『經79』;「法印」,說聖法印以及見清淨——『經80』;「富蘭那」,離車摩訶男先詣富蘭那迦葉,後詣世尊——『經81』。
〔82·多聞聖弟子於〕(0021a25)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在支提的竹園精舍。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『多聞的聖弟子在什麼地方見到無常、苦?』諸比丘對佛說:『世尊是法的根本、法的眼目、法的依止,唯願為我們解說!諸比丘聽了之後,當會如所說而奉行。』佛告訴比丘們:『仔細聽,好好思念,我將為你們解說。多聞的聖弟子在色上見到無常、苦,在受、想、行、識上見到無常、苦。比丘!色是常的,還是無常的呢?』比丘對佛說:『無常,世尊!』『比丘!無常的是苦嗎?』比丘對佛說:『是苦,世尊!』『比丘!如果是無常、是苦,是變易之法,多聞的聖弟子難道會在其中見到我、異於我、相互在對方之中嗎?』比丘對佛說:『不會,世尊!』『受、想、行、識也是這樣。所以,比丘!所有的色,無論是過去的、未來的、現在的,無論是內的、外的,無論是粗的、細的,無論是好的、醜的,無論是遠的、近的,那一切都不是我、不異於我、不相互在對方之中。受、想、行、識也是這樣。多聞的聖弟子這樣觀察,厭離於色,厭離受、想、行、識;因為厭離而不樂,因為不樂而解脫,因為解脫:我的生已經窮盡,清淨的梵行已經建立,應當作的已經作完,自己知道不再承受後世的有。』那時,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔83·多聞聖弟子於〕(0021b14)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在毘耶離獼猴池旁的重閣講堂。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『多聞的聖弟子在什麼地方見到不是我、不異於我、不相互在對方之中,這樣平等正觀,如實知見?』比丘對佛說:『世尊是法的根本、法的眼目、法的依止,唯願為我們解說!諸比丘聽了之後,當會如所說而奉行。』佛告訴比丘們:『仔細聽,好好思念,我將為你們解說。多聞的聖弟子在色上見到不是我、不異於我、不相互在對方之中,這名為如實正觀。受、想、行、識也是這樣。』佛告訴諸比丘:『色是常的,還是無常的呢?』比丘對佛說:『無常,世尊!』又告訴比丘們:『如果是無常的,是苦嗎?』比丘對佛說:『是苦,世尊!』『比丘!如果是無常、是苦,是變易之法,多聞的聖弟子在其中難道會見到有我、異於我、相互在對方之中嗎?』比丘對佛說:『不會,世尊!』『受、想、行、識也是這樣。所以,比丘!所有的色,無論是過去的、未來的、現在的,無論是內的、外的,無論是粗的、細的,無論是好的、醜的,無論是遠的、近的,那一切都不是我、不異於我、不相互在對方之中,這名為如實正觀。受、想、行、識也是這樣。多聞的聖弟子這樣觀察,從色中得到解脫,從受、想、行、識中得到解脫。我說他從生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦,純粹的大苦聚中解脫。』佛說這部經時,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔84·色是無常〕(0021c05)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『色是無常的,無常的就是苦,苦的就是非我;非我的,那一切都不是我、不異於我、不相互在對方之中,如實了知,這名為正觀。受、想、行、識也是這樣。多聞的聖弟子對於這五受陰,觀察它們不是我、不是我所;這樣觀察,對於一切世間都無所取;因為無所取,所以無所著;因為無所著,所以自己覺證涅槃:我的生已經窮盡,清淨的梵行已經建立,應當作的已經作完,自己知道不再承受後世的有。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔85·於何所不見我〕(0021c15)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『比丘們!在什麼地方不見我、異於我、相互在對方之中?』比丘對佛說:『世尊是法的根本、法的眼目、法的依止,唯願為我們解說!諸比丘聽了之後,當會如所說而奉行。』佛告訴比丘們:『仔細聽,好好思念,我將為你們解說。在色上不見有我、異於我、相互在對方之中嗎?對於受、想、行、識也是這樣。比丘!色是常的,還是無常的呢?』比丘對佛說:『無常,世尊!』佛說:『比丘!如果是無常的,是苦嗎?』比丘對佛說:『是苦,世尊!』『比丘!如果是無常、是苦,是變易之法,多聞的聖弟子難道會在其中見到我、異於我、相互在對方之中嗎?』比丘對佛說:『不會,世尊!』『受、想、行、識也是這樣。所以,比丘!所有的色,無論是過去的、未來的、現在的,無論是內的、外的,無論是粗的、細的,無論是好的、醜的,無論是遠的、近的,那一切都不是我、不異於我、不相互在對方之中。受、想、行、識也是這樣。比丘!多聞的聖弟子觀察五受陰不是我、不是我所。這樣觀察的人,對於一切世間都無所取;無所取的人無所著;因為無所著,所以自己覺證涅槃:我的生已經窮盡,清淨的梵行已經建立,應當作的已經作完,自己知道不再承受後世的有。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔86·若無常色有常〕(0022a06)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『如果無常的色是常的,那色就不應當有病、有苦,也不應當對於色有所求,要它這樣、不要它這樣。因為色是無常的,所以在色上有病、有苦生起,也就有了不想要它這樣、不讓它這樣的情形。受、想、行、識也是這樣。比丘!你的意思如何?色是常的,還是無常的呢?』比丘對佛說:『無常,世尊!』『比丘!無常的是苦嗎?』比丘對佛說:『是苦,世尊!』『比丘!如果是無常、是苦,是變易之法,多聞的聖弟子在其中難道會見到是我、異於我、相互在對方之中嗎?』比丘對佛說:『不會,世尊!』『受、想、行、識也是這樣。所以,比丘!所有的色,無論是過去的、未來的、現在的,無論是內的、外的,無論是粗的、細的,無論是好的、醜的,無論是遠的、近的,那一切都不是我、不是我所,如實了知。受、想、行、識也是這樣。多聞的聖弟子正觀於色;正觀之後,對於色生起厭離、離欲、不樂、解脫;對於受、想、行、識,生起厭離、離欲、不樂、解脫:我的生已經窮盡,清淨的梵行已經建立,應當作的已經作完,自己知道不再承受後世的有。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔87·色是苦〕(0022a25)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『色是苦的。如果色不是苦的,就不應當在色上有病、有苦生起,也不會想要令它這樣,也不會令它不這樣。正因為色是苦的,因為色是苦的緣故,所以在色上有病生起,也就得以對色要它這樣、不要它這樣。受、想、行、識也是這樣。比丘!色是常的,還是無常的呢?』比丘對佛說:『無常,世尊!』『比丘!無常的是苦嗎?』比丘對佛說:『是苦,世尊!』『比丘!如果是無常、是苦,是變易之法,多聞的聖弟子難道會在其中見到我、異於我、相互在對方之中嗎?』比丘對佛說:『不會,世尊!』『受、想、行、識也是這樣。所以,比丘!所有的色,無論是過去的、未來的、現在的,無論是內的、外的,無論是粗的、細的,無論是好的、醜的,無論是遠的、近的,那一切都不是我、不異於我、不相互在對方之中,要如實觀察。受、想、行、識也是這樣。多聞的聖弟子從色中得到解脫,從受、想、行、識中得到解脫;我說他從生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦,純粹的大苦聚中解脫。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
Fascicle 3 of the Saṃyukta Āgama, translated in the Song by Guṇabhadra: continuing from Fascicles 1 and 2 and still within the Connected Discourses on the Five Aggregates of Clinging, from the fifty-ninth discourse to the eighty-seventh, twenty-nine discourses in all; among them stand four summary verses set by the compilers, each placed after the discourses it gathers; after the six discourses from the eighty-second to the eighty-seventh at the end of the fascicle, no summary verse is found in this fascicle. The figures (…) at the head of each segment give the Taishō page, register, and line.
〔0 · Title〕(0015b07)The title of the sūtra is “Saṃyukta Āgama,” and this is “Fascicle 3.” The translator’s attribution reads “translated by Guṇabhadra, Tripiṭaka master from India, in the Song”—translated by Guṇabhadra, the Tripiṭaka master who came from India in the time of the Song. The fascicle holds twenty-nine discourses, and at the end of the fascicle it closes again with “Saṃyukta Āgama, Fascicle 3.”
〔59 · There are five aggregates of clinging〕(0015b10)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are five aggregates of clinging. What are the five? Namely, the form aggregate of clinging, and the feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness aggregates of clinging. Contemplate these five aggregates of clinging as dharmas of arising and ceasing. That is to say: this is form, this is the arising of form, this is the cessation of form; this is feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness, this is the arising of consciousness, this is the cessation of consciousness. What is the arising of form? What is the cessation of form? What is the arising of feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness? What is the cessation of feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness? The arising of craving and delight is the arising of form; the cessation of craving and delight is the cessation of form. The arising of contact is the arising of feeling, perception, and formations; the cessation of contact is the cessation of feeling, perception, and formations. The arising of name and form is the arising of consciousness; the cessation of name and form is the cessation of consciousness. Bhikṣus! Such an arising of form and cessation of form is what is called the arising of form and the cessation of form; such an arising of feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness and cessation of feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness is what is called the arising of feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness and the cessation of feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus at that time, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔60 · There are five aggregates of clinging〕(0015b22)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are five aggregates of clinging. What are the five? Namely, the form aggregate of clinging, and the feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness aggregates of clinging. It is good when a bhikṣu does not delight in form, does not praise form, does not cling to form, and is not attached to form. It is good when a bhikṣu does not delight in feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness, does not praise consciousness, does not cling to consciousness, and is not attached to consciousness. Why? If a bhikṣu does not delight in form, does not praise form, does not cling to form, and is not attached to form, then he no longer delights in form, and his mind is liberated. In the same way, toward feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness, if he does not delight in consciousness, does not praise consciousness, does not cling to consciousness, and is not attached to consciousness, then he no longer delights in consciousness, and his mind is liberated. If a bhikṣu does not delight in form and his mind is liberated, and in the same way does not delight in feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness and his mind is liberated, then there is no ceasing and no arising; he dwells evenly in equanimity, endowed with right mindfulness and right knowing. If that bhikṣu knows thus and sees thus, the views that go together with the former limit are exhausted forever without remainder; when the views that go together with the former limit are exhausted forever without remainder, the views that go together with the latter limit are also exhausted forever without remainder; when the views that go together with the latter limit are exhausted forever without remainder, the views that go together with both the former and the latter limit are exhausted forever without remainder, and he is fastened to nothing. One fastened to nothing clings to nothing in all the world; one who clings to nothing also seeks nothing; one who seeks nothing realizes nirvāṇa for himself: ‘My births are exhausted, pure conduct has been established, what was to be done has been done; I know of myself that I will undergo no further existence.’” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus at that time, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔61 · There are five aggregates of clinging〕(0015c14)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are five aggregates of clinging. What are the five? Namely, the form aggregate of clinging, and the feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness aggregates of clinging. What is the form aggregate of clinging? All form whatever—all the four great elements, and the form made of the four great elements—this is called the form aggregate of clinging. Further, that form is impermanent, suffering, and subject to change. If that form aggregate of clinging is cut off forever without remainder, ultimately relinquished, extinguished, free from desire, stilled, and passed away, and the remaining form aggregate of clinging no longer continues, no longer arises, and no longer appears, this is called the sublime, this is called stillness, this is called the relinquishing of all that remains, the ending of craving, desirelessness, extinction, nirvāṇa. What is the feeling aggregate of clinging? Namely, the six classes of feeling. What are the six? Namely, feeling born of eye-contact, and feeling born of ear-, nose-, tongue-, body-, and mind-contact; this is called the feeling aggregate of clinging. Further, that feeling aggregate of clinging is impermanent, suffering, and subject to change, up to extinction and nirvāṇa. What is the perception aggregate of clinging? Namely, the six classes of perception. What are the six? Namely, perception born of eye-contact, up to perception born of mind-contact; this is called the perception aggregate of clinging. Further, that perception aggregate of clinging is impermanent, suffering, and subject to change, up to extinction and nirvāṇa. What is the formations aggregate of clinging? Namely, the six classes of volition. What are the six? Namely, volition born of eye-contact, up to volition born of mind-contact; this is called the formations aggregate of clinging. Further, that formations aggregate of clinging is impermanent, suffering, and subject to change, up to extinction and nirvāṇa. What is the consciousness aggregate of clinging? Namely, the six classes of consciousness. What are the six? Namely, the class of eye-consciousness, up to the class of mind-consciousness; this is called the consciousness aggregate of clinging. Further, that consciousness aggregate of clinging is impermanent, suffering, and subject to change, up to extinction and nirvāṇa. Bhikṣus! If one reflects on these dharmas with wisdom, contemplates them, discriminates them, and accepts them, this is called one who follows by faith; he rises up and enters the leaving of birth, passes beyond the stage of ordinary persons, and though he has not yet attained the fruit of stream-entry, he will not die in between; he is certain to attain the fruit of stream-entry. Bhikṣus! If one reflects on these dharmas with superior wisdom, contemplates them, and accepts them, this is called one who follows by Dharma; he rises up and enters the leaving of birth, passes beyond the stage of ordinary persons, and though he has not yet attained the fruit of stream-entry, he will not die in between; he is certain to attain the fruit of stream-entry. Bhikṣus! Seeing these dharmas evenly with right wisdom as they really are, he knows that the three bonds are cut off—namely, the view of the body, clinging to precepts, and doubt. Bhikṣus! This is called the fruit of stream-entry: he does not fall into the evil destinies, he is certain to be rightly directed toward saṃbodhi, he goes back and forth among gods and humans for seven rebirths, and then makes an end of suffering. Bhikṣus! If, seeing these dharmas evenly with right wisdom as they really are, one gives rise to no outflows of the mind, one is called an arhat: the outflows are exhausted, what was to be done has been done, the heavy burden has been laid down, one’s own benefit has been attained, the bonds of existence are exhausted, and with right knowledge the mind is liberated.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔62 · There are five aggregates of clinging〕(0016a19)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are five aggregates of clinging: namely, the form aggregate of clinging, and the feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness aggregates of clinging. The foolish, unlearned, ordinary person, without wisdom and without knowledge, gives rise to the view of self toward the five aggregates of clinging and is bound and attached, so that the mind is bound and attached and gives rise to craving and desire. Bhikṣus! The learned noble disciple, with wisdom and with knowledge, regarding these five aggregates of clinging, is not bound and attached through seeing a self, and does not let the mind be bound up and give rise to craving and desire. How is it that the foolish, unlearned, ordinary person, without wisdom and without knowledge, sees a self toward the five aggregates of clinging and is bound and attached, so that the mind is bound up and gives rise to craving and desire? Bhikṣus! The foolish, unlearned, ordinary person, without wisdom and without knowledge, sees form as self, as other than self, or as within one another; in the same way, he sees feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness as self, as other than self, or as within one another. In this way the foolish, unlearned, ordinary person, without wisdom and without knowledge, speaks of a self toward the five aggregates of clinging and is bound and attached, so that the mind is bound up and gives rise to craving and desire. Bhikṣus! How is it that the noble disciple, with wisdom and with knowledge, does not speak of a self and is not bound and attached, and does not let his mind be bound up and give rise to craving and desire? The noble disciple does not see form as self, as other than self, or as within one another; in the same way, regarding feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness, he does not see them as self, as other than self, or as within one another. In this way the learned noble disciple, with wisdom and with knowledge, does not see a self toward the five aggregates of clinging and is not bound and attached, and does not let his mind be bound up and give rise to craving and desire. All form whatever—whether past, future, or present, whether internal or external, whether coarse or subtle, whether fine or ugly, whether far or near—all of it he contemplates rightly as impermanent. In the same way, feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness—whether past, future, or present, whether internal or external, coarse or subtle, whether fine or ugly, whether far or near—all of it he contemplates rightly as impermanent.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔63 · There are five aggregates of clinging〕(0016b13)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are five aggregates of clinging: namely, the form aggregate of clinging, and the feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness aggregates of clinging. Bhikṣus! If ascetics and brahmins reckon that there is a self, all of them reckon that there is a self within these five aggregates of clinging. What are the five? Ascetics and brahmins see form as self, as other than self, or as within one another; in the same way, they see feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness as self, as other than self, or as within one another. In this way the foolish, unlearned, ordinary person, reckoning a self, in ignorance, discriminates and contemplates in this way, and does not depart from what is mine; not departing from what is mine, he enters into the faculties; having entered the faculties, contact arises; touched by the six sense bases of contact, the foolish, unlearned, ordinary person gives rise to pain and pleasure, and from this arise these and all the various other things. What are the so-called six classes of contact? Namely, the eye sense base of contact, and the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind sense bases of contact. Bhikṣus! There are the mind element, the dharma element, and the element of ignorance; touched by contact with ignorance, the foolish, unlearned, ordinary person speaks of existing, speaks of not existing, speaks of both existing and not existing, speaks of neither existing nor not existing; says ‘I am the most superior,’ says ‘I am similar to others,’ says ‘I know, I see.’ Further, bhikṣus, the learned noble disciple, dwelling in the six sense bases of contact, can grow weary of ignorance and can give rise to knowledge. Free from desire for ignorance and giving rise to knowledge, he does not speak of existing, does not speak of not existing, does not speak of both existing and not existing, does not speak of neither existing nor not existing; does not say there is a self that is superior, does not say there is a self that is inferior, does not say there is a self similar to others; he knows thus and sees thus. Having known thus and seen thus, contact with ignorance that arose before ceases, and contact with knowledge that comes after arises.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔64 · In the late afternoon the World-Honored One rose from meditation〕(0016c04)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Hall of Deer Mother in the Eastern Park. At that time the World-Honored One rose from meditation in the late afternoon, came out of the hall, and in the shade of the hall, before the assembly, spread his seat and sat down. At that time the World-Honored One uttered an udāna verse:
“In the Dharma there is no I, and nothing that is mine;
since I will not come to be, from where would what is mine arise?
A bhikṣu liberated in this cuts off the lower bonds.”
At that time a bhikṣu rose from his seat, bared his right shoulder, knelt on his right knee, joined his palms, and said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! How is it that—
there is no I, and nothing that is mine;
since I will not come to be, from where would what is mine arise?
a bhikṣu liberated in this cuts off the lower bonds—
what does this mean?” The Buddha said to the bhikṣu: “The foolish, unlearned, ordinary person reckons form as self, as other than self, or as within one another; he reckons feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness as self, as other than self, or as within one another. The learned noble disciple does not see form as self, as other than self, or as within one another, and does not see feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness as self, as other than self, or as within one another; nor is it a knower, nor is it a seer. This form is impermanent; feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness are impermanent. Form is suffering; feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness are suffering. Form is without self; feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness are without self. This form will not come to be; feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness will not come to be. This form is an existence that will perish; feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness are an existence that will perish. Therefore it is not self and not mine, and self and mine will both not come to be. One who is liberated in this way cuts off the five lower bonds.”
At that time that bhikṣu said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! Having cut off the five lower bonds, how does one end the outflows, attain liberation of mind and liberation by wisdom without outflows, and in this very life know it for oneself, realize it in one’s own person, and dwell having attained it: ‘My births are exhausted, pure conduct has been established, what was to be done has been done; I know of myself that I will undergo no further existence’?” The Buddha said to the bhikṣu: “Foolish ordinary persons, unlearned beings, give rise to fear where there is nothing to fear. What foolish ordinary persons, unlearned beings, fear is:
no self and nothing that is mine—the two will both not arise—
and so they grasp at the four stations of consciousness. What are the four? Namely, the station of consciousness in form: grasping at form, delighting in form, it advances, broadens, and grows; in the stations of consciousness of feeling, perception, and formations, grasping and delighting, it advances, broadens, and grows. Bhikṣus! In these places consciousness comes or goes, abides or arises or ceases, advances, broadens, and grows. If someone were to say: ‘There is yet another dharma apart from these, in which consciousness comes or goes, abides or arises or ceases, or advances, broadens, and grows’—that is only talk; when questioned he does not know, and it only increases and gives rise to delusion, because it is not within his domain. Why? Bhikṣus! When one is free of craving for the element of form, the bond born of the mind toward form is cut; when the bond born of the mind toward form is cut, consciousness’s grasping is cut as well; consciousness no longer abides, and no longer advances, broadens, and grows. When one is free of craving for the elements of feeling, perception, and formations, the bond born of the mind toward feeling, perception, and formations is cut; when the bond born of the mind toward feeling, perception, and formations is cut, grasping is cut as well; consciousness has no abiding, and no longer advances, broadens, and grows. Because consciousness has no abiding, it does not increase; because it does not increase, it makes nothing; because it makes nothing, it abides; because it abides, it is content; because it is content, it is liberated; because it is liberated, it clings to nothing in all the world; because it clings to nothing, it is attached to nothing; because it is attached to nothing, one realizes nirvāṇa for oneself: ‘My births are exhausted, pure conduct has been established, what was to be done has been done; I know of myself that I will undergo no further existence.’ Bhikṣus! I say that consciousness does not abide in the east, the south, the west, or the north, in the four intermediate directions, above or below—except in the wish to see the Dharma: nirvāṇa, extinction, stillness, coolness.”
When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔Summary verse · Discourses 59–64〕(0017a21)The six discourses above are gathered by name by the compilers in a single verse: “arising and ceasing”—teaching that these five aggregates of clinging are contemplated as dharmas of arising and ceasing (Discourse 59); “by not delighting”—teaching that a bhikṣu who does not delight in form has his mind liberated (Discourse 60); “and three kinds of discrimination”—what this line of the verse refers to cannot be determined; perhaps it refers to discriminating the Dharma in three kinds: one who follows by faith, one who follows by Dharma, and the fruit of stream-entry (Discourse 61); “craving and attachment”—teaching that the foolish ordinary person sees a self in the five aggregates of clinging, is bound and attached, and gives rise to craving and desire (Discourse 62); “contemplating alike”—what this line of the verse refers to cannot be determined; perhaps it refers to ascetics and brahmins who reckon a self in the five aggregates of clinging and discriminate and contemplate in this way (Discourse 63); “this is called the udāna”—the World-Honored One utters the udāna verse (Discourse 64).
〔65 · One should always cultivate skilful means〕(0017a23)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “You should always cultivate skilful means and meditative reflection, inwardly stilling the mind. Why? A bhikṣu who always cultivates skilful means and meditative reflection, inwardly stilling the mind, can contemplate as it really is. How does he contemplate as it really is? This is form, this is the arising of form, this is the cessation of form; this is feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness, this is the arising of consciousness, this is the cessation of consciousness. What is the arising of form, the arising of feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness? The foolish, unlearned, ordinary person does not contemplate as they really are painful feeling, pleasant feeling, and feeling that is neither painful nor pleasant; because he does not contemplate as it really is the arising of this feeling, the cessation of feeling, the gratification of feeling, the danger of feeling, and the escape from feeling, he delights in and is attached to feeling and gives rise to clinging; clinging conditions existence, existence conditions birth, birth conditions old age, sickness, death, grief, lamentation, distress, and pain. Thus this whole great mass of suffering arises from its arising; this is called the arising of form, this is called the arising of feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness. What is the cessation of form, the cessation of feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness? The learned noble disciple, experiencing the various painful, pleasant, and neither-painful-nor-pleasant feelings, contemplates them as they really are; because he contemplates as it really is the arising of feeling, the cessation of feeling, the gratification of feeling, the danger of feeling, and the escape from feeling, his delight in and attachment to feeling ceases; because delight and attachment cease, clinging ceases; because clinging ceases, existence ceases; because existence ceases, birth ceases; because birth ceases, old age, sickness, death, grief, lamentation, distress, and pain cease; thus this whole great mass of suffering is entirely brought to cessation; this is called the cessation of form, the cessation of feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness. Therefore, bhikṣus, you should always cultivate skilful means and meditative reflection, inwardly stilling the mind. Bhikṣus! Dwelling in meditative reflection, inwardly stilling the mind, diligent in skilful means, contemplate as it really is.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly. As with the teaching on contemplating, so the two discourses teaching discriminating, discriminating in various ways, knowing, knowing broadly, knowing in various ways, drawing near, drawing near and cultivating, entering, touching, and realizing are all likewise taught at length.
〔66 · One should always cultivate skilful means〕(0017b16)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “You should always cultivate skilful means and meditative reflection, inwardly stilling the mind. Why? Having cultivated skilful means and meditative reflection and inwardly stilled the mind, one can contemplate as it really is. How does one contemplate as it really is? One contemplates as it really is: this is form, this is the arising of form, this is the cessation of form; this is feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness, this is the arising of consciousness, this is the cessation of consciousness. What is the arising of form? What is the arising of feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness? Bhikṣus! The foolish, unlearned, ordinary person does not contemplate as it really is the arising of form, the gratification of form, the danger of form, and the escape from form, and so he delights in that form, praises it, and is attached to it, and so in a future life form arises again.” Feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness are likewise taught at length. “When that form arises, and feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness arise, he is not liberated from form, not liberated from feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness. I say that he is not liberated from birth, old age, sickness, death, grief, lamentation, distress, and pain—from this whole great mass of suffering; this is called the arising of form, the arising of feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness. What is the cessation of form, the cessation of feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness? The learned noble disciple contemplates as it really is the arising of form, the cessation of form, the gratification of form, the danger of form, and the escape from form, and knows it as it really is. Because he knows it as it really is, he does not delight in form, does not praise form, is not attached to form, and does not give rise to future form.” Feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness are likewise taught at length. “Because form does not arise, and feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness do not arise, he is liberated from form and liberated from feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness. I say that he is liberated from birth, old age, sickness, death, grief, lamentation, distress, and pain—from the mass of suffering; this is called the cessation of form, the cessation of feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness. Therefore, bhikṣus, you should always cultivate skilful means and meditative reflection, inwardly stilling the mind, diligent in skilful means, and contemplate as it really is.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly. As with the teaching on contemplating, so the twelve discourses, up to the one teaching realizing, should also be taught at length.
〔67 · One should always cultivate skilful means〕(0017c10)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “You should always cultivate skilful means and meditative reflection, inwardly stilling the mind. Why? Bhikṣus! Having cultivated skilful means and meditative reflection and inwardly stilled the mind, one can contemplate as it really is. How does one contemplate as it really is? One knows as it really is: this is form, this is the arising of form, this is the cessation of form; this is feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness, this is the arising of consciousness, this is the cessation of consciousness. What is the arising of form, the arising of feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness? The foolish, unlearned, ordinary person does not know as it really is the arising of form, the cessation of form, the gratification of form, the danger of form, and the escape from form. Because he does not know as it really is, he delights in and is attached to that form and praises form; because he delights in and is attached to form and praises form, there is clinging; clinging conditions existence, existence conditions birth, birth conditions old age, death, grief, lamentation, distress, and pain. Thus this whole great mass of suffering arises; this is called the arising of form, the arising of feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness. What is the cessation of form, the cessation of feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness? The learned noble disciple knows as it really is the arising of form, the cessation of form, the gratification of form, the danger of form, and the escape from form. Because he knows as it really is, he does not delight in or become attached to form and does not praise form; because he does not delight in, become attached to, or praise form, delight ceases; because delight ceases, clinging ceases; because clinging ceases, existence ceases; because existence ceases, birth ceases; because birth ceases, old age, sickness, death, grief, lamentation, distress, and pain cease; thus this whole great mass of suffering ceases. How does the learned noble disciple know feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness as they really are? How does he know as it really is the arising of consciousness, the cessation of consciousness, the gratification of consciousness, the danger of consciousness, and the escape from consciousness? Knowing these, he does not delight in or become attached to that consciousness and does not praise consciousness; because he does not delight in, become attached to, or praise consciousness, delight ceases; because delight ceases, clinging ceases; because clinging ceases, existence ceases; because existence ceases, birth ceases; because birth ceases, old age, sickness, death, grief, lamentation, distress, and pain cease; thus this whole great mass of suffering ceases and is entirely brought to cessation. Bhikṣus! This is called the cessation of form, the cessation of feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness. Bhikṣus! You should always cultivate skilful means and meditative reflection, inwardly stilling the mind.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly. As with the teaching on contemplating, so the twelve discourses, up to the one teaching realizing, are likewise taught at length.
〔68 · One should always cultivate skilful means〕(0018a06)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “You should always cultivate skilful means and meditative reflection, inwardly stilling the mind, and contemplate as it really is. How does one contemplate as it really is? One knows as it really is: this is form, this is the arising of form, this is the cessation of form; this is feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness, this is the arising of consciousness, this is the cessation of consciousness. What is the arising of form, the arising of feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness? Dependent on the eye and forms, eye-consciousness arises; the meeting of the three gives rise to contact; with contact as condition, feeling arises; with feeling as condition, craving arises; up to: this whole great mass of suffering arises; this is called the arising of form. In the same way, dependent on the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind—dependent on the mind and dharmas, mind-consciousness arises; the meeting of the three gives rise to contact; with contact as condition, feeling arises; with feeling as condition, craving arises. In this way, up to: this whole great mass of suffering arises; this is called the arising of form, the arising of feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness. What is the cessation of form, the cessation of feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness? Dependent on the eye and forms, eye-consciousness arises; the meeting of the three gives rise to contact; when contact ceases, feeling ceases, up to: this whole great mass of suffering ceases; in the same way, the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind—dependent on the mind and dharmas, mind-consciousness arises; the meeting of the three gives rise to contact; when contact ceases, feeling ceases; when feeling ceases, up to: this whole great mass of suffering ceases; this is called the cessation of form, the cessation of feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness. Therefore, bhikṣus, you should always cultivate skilful means and meditative reflection, inwardly stilling the mind.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly. As with the teaching on contemplating, so the twelve discourses, up to the one teaching realizing, are likewise taught at length.
〔Summary verse · Discourses 65–68〕(0018a24)The four discourses above are gathered by name by the compilers in a single verse: “feeling”—teaching that one delights in and is attached to feeling and gives rise to clinging (Discourse 65); “and arising”—teaching that in a future life form arises again (Discourse 66); “and delight”—teaching delight in and attachment to that form (Discourse 67); “also teaching the six sense bases”—by position this falls on Discourse 68; the text of the discourse takes up the eye and forms, up to the mind and dharmas (Discourse 68); “each one, twelve kinds”—at the end of each of the four discourses it is said that the remaining discourses are likewise taught at length; the ends of Discourses 66–68 say “twelve discourses,” and the end of Discourse 65 says “two discourses” (Discourses 65–68); “the meditation and samādhi discourses”—all four discourses begin with: you should always cultivate skilful means and meditative reflection, inwardly stilling the mind (Discourses 65–68).
〔69 · I will now teach the existing body〕(0018a26)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “I will now teach the path leading to the arising of the existing body, and the path to the ceasing of the arising of the existing body. What is the path leading to the arising of the existing body? The foolish, unlearned, ordinary person does not know as it really is the arising of form, the cessation of form, the gratification of form, the danger of form, and the escape from form. Because he does not know as it really is, he delights in form, praises form, is attached to form, and abides in form; because he delights in form, praises form, is attached to form, and abides in form, he delights and clings; with clinging as condition there is existence; with existence as condition there is birth; with birth as condition there are old age, sickness, death, grief, lamentation, pain, and distress. Thus this whole great mass of suffering arises. In the same way, feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness are also taught at length; this is called the path leading to the arising of the existing body. Bhikṣus! The path leading to the arising of the existing body—know that it is the path leading to the arising of suffering. What is the path to the ceasing of the arising of the existing body? The learned noble disciple knows as it really is form, the arising of form, the cessation of form, the gratification of form, the danger of form, and the escape from form. Because he knows as it really is, he does not delight in form, does not praise it, is not attached to it, and does not abide in it; because he does not delight in it, praise it, become attached to it, or abide in it, his delight in that form ceases; when delight ceases, clinging ceases; when clinging ceases, existence ceases; when existence ceases, birth ceases; when birth ceases, old age, sickness, death, grief, lamentation, pain, and distress—this whole great mass of suffering—cease. As with form, so it is with feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness; this is called the track of the path to the ceasing of the existing body. The track of the path to the ceasing of the existing body is the track of the path to the ceasing of suffering; therefore it is called the track of the path to the ceasing of the existing body.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly. As with “I will teach,” so with “there is” and “you should know”: they are taught in the same way.
〔70 · I will now teach the existing body〕(0018b16)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “I will now teach the end of the existing body as suffering, the end of the arising of the existing body, and the end of the ceasing of the existing body. Listen closely and reflect well; I will explain it for you. What is the end of the existing body as suffering? Namely, the five aggregates of clinging. What are the five? The form aggregate of clinging, and the feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness aggregates of clinging; this is called the end of the existing body as suffering. What is the end of the arising of the existing body? Namely, the craving that takes up future existence, arising together with craving and delight, delighting in and attached to this place and that; this is called the end of the arising of the existing body. What is the end of the ceasing of the existing body? Namely, when this craving that takes up future existence, arising together with craving and delight, delighting in and attached to this place and that, is cut off without remainder, cast out, exhausted, freed from desire, ceased, stilled, and passed away; this is called the end of the ceasing of the existing body. Therefore it is said that one should teach the end of the existing body as suffering, the end of the arising of the existing body, and the end of the ceasing of the existing body.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly. As with “I will teach,” so with “there is” and “you should know”: they are taught in the same way.
〔71 · I will now teach the existing body〕(0018b28)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “I will now teach the existing body, the arising of the existing body, the ceasing of the existing body, and the track of the path to the ceasing of the existing body. Listen closely and reflect well; I will explain it for you. What is the existing body? Namely, the five aggregates of clinging. What are the five? The form aggregate of clinging, and the feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness aggregates of clinging; this is called the existing body. What is the arising of the existing body? The craving for future existence, arising together with craving and delight, attached to this place and that; this is called the arising of the existing body. What is the ceasing of the existing body? When the craving for future existence, arising together with craving and delight, delighting in and attached to this place and that, is cut off without remainder, cast out, exhausted, freed from desire, and ceased; this is called the ceasing of the existing body. What is the track of the path to the ceasing of the existing body? Namely, the eightfold noble path: right view, right intention, right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort, right mindfulness, right concentration; this is called the track of the path to the ceasing of the existing body. This is what is meant by the existing body, the arising of the existing body, the ceasing of the existing body, and the track of the path to the ceasing of the existing body.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
The rest is taught likewise. The difference is: “One should know the existing body; one should know that the arising of the existing body is to be abandoned; one should know that the ceasing of the existing body is to be realized; one should know that the track of the path that abandons the existing body is to be cultivated.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly. As with “I will teach,” so with “there is” and “you should know”: they are taught in the same way.
There is a further difference: “A bhikṣu knows the existing body, abandons the arising of the existing body, realizes the ceasing of the existing body, and cultivates the path that abandons the existing body; this is called a bhikṣu who has cut off craving and desire, the bonds that bind, and such things, who cultivates unbroken comprehension and makes an end of suffering.”
There is a further difference: “This is called a bhikṣu who has ultimately reached the end, is ultimately free of stain, has ultimately completed pure conduct, and is a pure, superior person.”
There is a further difference: “This is called a bhikṣu who is an arhat, whose outflows are exhausted, who has done what was to be done, has laid down the heavy burden, has attained his own benefit, has exhausted the bonds of existence, and with right knowledge has his mind liberated.”
There is a further difference: “This is called a bhikṣu who has cut the barrier, crossed the moat, passed beyond the boundary, escaped the sentries, and raised the banner of the noble Dharma.”
There is a further difference: “What is cutting the barrier? Namely, cutting off the five lower bonds. What is crossing the moat? Namely, crossing the deep moat of ignorance. What is passing beyond the boundary? Namely, having brought to its end birth and death without beginning. What is escaping the sentries? Namely, the exhaustion of craving for existence. What is raising the banner of the noble Dharma? Namely, the exhaustion of conceit.”
There is a further difference: “This is called a bhikṣu who has cut off five limbs, has completed six limbs, guards the one, relies on the four, has cast aside the truths, has left behind all seeking, has purified his thoughts, has stilled bodily formation, whose mind is well liberated and whose wisdom is well liberated, who, pure and single, has established pure conduct—an unsurpassed person.”
〔Summary verse · Discourses 69–71〕(0019a02)The three discourses above are gathered by name by the compilers in a single verse: “its path, of three kinds”—teaching the path leading to the arising of the existing body and the track of the path to the ceasing of the existing body; at the end of the discourse it is also said that “I will teach,” “there is,” and “you should know,” all three, are taught in the same way (Discourse 69); “true awakening, also of three kinds”—by position this falls on Discourse 70; the text of the discourse teaches three: the end of the existing body as suffering, the end of the arising of the existing body, and the end of the ceasing of the existing body; the word “true awakening” does not occur in the text of the discourse (Discourse 70); “the existing body taught in four ways”—teaching four: the existing body, the arising of the existing body, the ceasing of the existing body, and the track of the path to the ceasing of the existing body (Discourse 71); “the arhat, of six kinds”—at the end of Discourse 71, “there is a further difference” teaches six times the marks of a bhikṣu’s ultimate attainment, and one of them names the arhat outright (Discourse 71).
〔72 · I will teach what is to be known, and knowledge〕(0019a04)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “I will teach what is to be known, knowledge, and the knower. Listen closely and reflect well; I will explain it for you. What is what is to be known? Namely, the five aggregates of clinging. What are the five? The form aggregate of clinging, and the feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness aggregates of clinging; this is called what is to be known. What is knowledge? Taming craving and desire, cutting off craving and desire, passing beyond craving and desire; this is called knowledge. What is the knower? Namely, the arhat. Of this person, the arhat, it is not that in another world there is death, nor that in another world there is no death, nor that in another world there both is and is not death, nor that in another world there neither is nor is not death; taught at length, it is immeasurable—all reckonings are extinguished forever. This is what is meant by what is to be known, knowledge, and the knower.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔73 · I will now teach the heavy burden〕(0019a15)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “I will now teach the heavy burden, taking up the burden, laying down the burden, and the bearer of the burden. Listen closely and reflect well; I will explain it for you. What is the heavy burden? Namely, the five aggregates of clinging. What are the five? The form aggregate of clinging, and the feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness aggregates of clinging. What is taking up the burden? The craving for future existence, arising together with craving and delight, delighting in and attached to this place and that. What is laying down the burden? When the craving for future existence, arising together with craving and delight, delighting in and attached to this place and that, has been cut off forever without remainder and has ceased—cast out, exhausted, freed from desire, ceased, passed away. What is the bearer of the burden? Namely, the person. The so-called person is one of such a name, such a birth, such a clan, such food, such an experience of pain and pleasure, such long life, such long abiding, such a limit to his lifespan. This is called the heavy burden, taking up the burden, laying down the burden, and the bearer of the burden.” At that time the World-Honored One spoke in verse:
“Having laid down the heavy burden, one should not take it up again;
to bear the load is great suffering, to lay the load down is great bliss;
one should cut off all craving, and so exhaust all formations;
understanding that realm of remainder, one does not turn back again into existence.”
When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔74 · There are five aggregates of clinging〕(0019b02)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are five aggregates of clinging. What are the five? The form aggregate of clinging, and the feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness aggregates of clinging. The foolish, unlearned, ordinary person does not know as it really is form, the arising of form, the cessation of form, the gratification of form, the danger of form, and the escape from form. Because he does not know as it really is, he delights in form, praises it, and abides bound and attached to it; bound by the bond of form, bound by the inner bond, he does not know the root, does not know the limit, does not know the deliverance; this is called the foolish, unlearned, ordinary person. Bound he is born, bound he dies, bound he goes from this world to another world; there too, bound he is born, bound he dies; this is called the foolish, unlearned, ordinary person. He follows Māra’s mastery, enters Māra’s net, follows what Māra transforms, is bound by Māra’s bonds, and is led by Māra. So it is likewise with feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness. The learned noble disciple knows as it really is form, the arising of form, the cessation of form, the gratification of form, the danger of form, and the escape from form. Because he knows as it really is, he does not crave and delight in form, does not praise it, does not abide bound and attached to it, is not bound by the bond of form, is not bound by the inner bond; he knows the root, knows the ford for crossing over, knows the deliverance; this is called the learned noble disciple. He is not born in bondage, does not die in bondage, does not go from this world to another world in bondage; he does not follow Māra’s mastery, does not enter Māra’s hand, does not follow what Māra does, is not bound by Māra, is freed from Māra’s bonds, and leaves Māra’s leading; so it is likewise with feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔75 · There are five aggregates of clinging〕(0019b21)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are five aggregates of clinging. What are the five? Namely, the form aggregate of clinging—when a bhikṣu, toward form, grows weary, becomes free from desire, brings it to cessation, does not give rise to it, and is liberated, this is called the Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One; in the same way, when toward feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness he grows weary, becomes free from desire, brings them to cessation, does not give rise to them, and is liberated, this is called the Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One. A bhikṣu, too, who toward form grows weary, becomes free from desire, and brings it to cessation, is called an arhat liberated by wisdom; in the same way, one who toward feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness grows weary, becomes free from desire, and brings them to cessation is called an arhat liberated by wisdom. Bhikṣus! Between the Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One, and the arhat liberated by wisdom, what difference is there?” The bhikṣus said to the Buddha: “The Tathāgata is the root of the Dharma, the eye of the Dharma, the support of the Dharma; may the World-Honored One explain this meaning at length for the bhikṣus; having heard it, the bhikṣus will receive it and practice accordingly.” The Buddha said to the bhikṣus: “Listen closely and reflect well; I will explain it for you. The Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One, regarding a Dharma never heard before, awakens to that Dharma by himself, penetrates unsurpassed bodhi, and in future ages awakens the śrāvakas and teaches them the Dharma—namely, the four foundations of mindfulness, the four right efforts, the four bases of supernormal power, the five faculties, the five powers, the seven factors of awakening, and the eightfold path. Bhikṣus! This is called the Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One: attaining what was not attained, gaining what was not gained, knowing the path, discriminating the path, teaching the path, penetrating the path, and further able to bring the śrāvakas to completion, instructing and admonishing them; in this way teaching what is rightly in accord and joyfully delighting in good dharmas—this is called the difference between the Tathāgata and the arhat.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔76 · There are five aggregates of clinging〕(0019c12)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are five aggregates of clinging. What are the five? The form aggregate of clinging, and the feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness aggregates of clinging. You bhikṣus should contemplate form; having contemplated form, do you see a self, other than self, or within one another?” The bhikṣus said to the Buddha: “No, World-Honored One!” The Buddha said to the bhikṣus: “Good! Good! Form is without self; what is without self is impermanent; what is impermanent is suffering. If it is suffering, all of it is not self, not other than self, and not within one another; contemplate it thus. So it is likewise with feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness. The learned noble disciple contemplates these five aggregates of clinging as not self and not mine. Having contemplated thus, he clings to nothing in the world; one who clings to nothing is attached to nothing; one who is attached to nothing realizes nirvāṇa for himself: ‘My births are exhausted, pure conduct has been established, what was to be done has been done; I know of myself that I will undergo no further existence.’” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔77 · One should abandon desire and craving for form〕(0019c25)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “You should abandon desire and craving for form; when desire and craving are abandoned, form is abandoned; when form is abandoned, one abandons and fully knows; having abandoned and fully known, the root is cut off—as with a palm tree with its crown cut, which in the future will not grow again. In the same way, when desire and craving for feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness are abandoned, up to: in a future life they will not arise again.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔78 · If form arises, abides, and emerges〕(0020a03)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “If form arises, abides, and emerges, suffering arises here, sickness abides here, old age and death emerge here; feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness are taught likewise. Bhikṣus! If form ceases, is stilled, and passes away, suffering ceases here, sickness is stilled here, old age and death pass away here; so it is likewise with feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔79 · Even past and future form〕(0020a10)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Even past and future form are impermanent—how much more present form! The learned noble disciple, having contemplated thus, does not look back with longing on past form, does not seek after future form, and toward present form grows weary, becomes free from desire, and is brought to cessation and stillness; so it is likewise with feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness. Bhikṣus! If there were no past form, the learned noble disciple could not be said not to look back with longing on past form; because there is past form, the learned noble disciple does not look back with longing on past form. If there were no future form, the learned noble disciple could not be said not to seek after future form; because there is future form, the learned noble disciple does not seek after future form. If there were no present form, the learned noble disciple would not give rise to weariness and freedom from desire toward present form and head toward its cessation; because there is present form, the learned noble disciple gives rise to weariness and freedom from desire toward present form and heads toward its cessation. Feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness are taught likewise.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly. As with impermanence, so the three discourses teaching suffering, emptiness, and not self are taught likewise.
〔80 · I will teach the seal of the noble Dharma and〕(0020a25)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “I will teach the seal of the noble Dharma and the purity of seeing. Listen closely and reflect well. If a bhikṣu says: ‘I have attained nothing yet in the samādhi of emptiness, yet I have given rise to the knowledge and seeing of signlessness, nothingness, and freedom from conceit’—let him not say so. Why? If one has not yet attained emptiness and says, ‘I have attained the knowledge and seeing of signlessness, nothingness, and freedom from conceit,’ there is no such possibility! If a bhikṣu says: ‘I have attained emptiness and can give rise to the knowledge and seeing of signlessness, nothingness, and freedom from conceit’—this is well said. Why? If, having attained emptiness, one can give rise to the knowledge and seeing of signlessness, nothingness, and freedom from conceit, there is such a possibility! What are the seal of the noble Dharma and the purity of seeing?” The bhikṣus said to the Buddha: “The Buddha is the root of the Dharma, the eye of the Dharma, the support of the Dharma; may he explain it for us! Having heard the teaching, the bhikṣus will practice as it is taught.” The Buddha said to the bhikṣus: “Suppose a bhikṣu sits in an empty, secluded place, beneath a tree, and contemplates well that form is impermanent, a dharma of wearing away, a dharma of freedom from desire. In the same way he contemplates feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness as impermanent, dharmas of wearing away, dharmas of freedom from desire. He contemplates those aggregates as impermanent, wearing away, unstable, dharmas subject to change, and his mind delights, is purified, and is liberated; this is called emptiness. One who contemplates thus still cannot be free of conceit, nor is his knowledge and seeing purified. Further, there is the samādhi of right reflection: contemplating that the signs of form are cut off, that the signs of sound, smell, taste, touch, and dharmas are cut off; this is called signlessness. One who contemplates thus is still not free of conceit, nor is his knowledge and seeing purified. Further, there is the samādhi of right reflection: contemplating that the signs of craving are cut off, that the signs of hatred and delusion are cut off; this is called nothingness. One who contemplates thus is still not free of conceit, nor is his knowledge and seeing purified. Further, there is the samādhi of right reflection: contemplating from where self and mine arise. Further, there is the samādhi of right reflection: contemplating that self and mine arise from seeing, from hearing, from smelling, from tasting, from touching, from cognizing. Further, he makes this contemplation: if consciousness arises from a cause and from a condition, is the cause and condition of that consciousness permanent or impermanent? Further, he reflects thus: if consciousness arises from a cause and from a condition, that cause and that condition are both impermanent. Further, since that cause and that condition are both impermanent, how could the consciousness they produce be permanent? What is impermanent is conditioned, is formation, arises from conditions, is a dharma of danger, a dharma of cessation, a dharma of freedom from desire, a dharma to be abandoned and fully known; this is called the seal of the noble Dharma, the purity of knowledge and seeing; this is called what a bhikṣu should teach as the seal of the noble Dharma, the purity of knowledge and seeing …” Thus it is taught at length. When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔81 · There was a Licchavi named Mahānāma〕(0020b28)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Vaiśālī, in the Two-Storied Lecture Hall beside the Monkey Pond. At that time there was a Licchavi named Mahānāma who went out walking every day, heading for where the Buddha was. At that time that Licchavi thought to himself: ‘If I go to the World-Honored One too early, the World-Honored One and the bhikṣus I know will all be in meditative reflection; I had better first go to the Ājīvika outsiders at the Seven Mango Trees.’ So he went to the dwelling of Pūraṇa Kāśyapa. At that time Pūraṇa Kāśyapa—leader of a company of outsiders—was surrounded front and back by five hundred outsiders, loudly at play, talking of worldly matters. At that time Pūraṇa Kāśyapa saw the Licchavi Mahānāma coming from afar and told his followers to keep quiet. Pūraṇa Kāśyapa said: “Be quiet! This Licchavi Mahānāma is a disciple of the ascetic Gautama; he is a white-clad disciple of the ascetic Gautama, the foremost in the city of Vaiśālī, who always delights in quiet and praises quiet, and those he goes about with are all a quiet assembly; therefore you should be quiet.”
At that time Mahānāma came into that crowd, to where Pūraṇa was, exchanged greetings and courtesies with Pūraṇa, withdrew, and sat to one side. At that time Mahānāma said to Pūraṇa: “I have heard that Pūraṇa teaches his disciples this doctrine: without cause, without condition, beings are defiled; without cause, without condition, beings are purified. Is there such a teaching in the world—do you truly hold this teaching, or is it the slander of others against you? What the people of the world have set down—is it Dharma or not Dharma? Are there people in the world who discuss it with you, question and challenge you, and find fault with you?” The outsider Pūraṇa Kāśyapa said: “There truly is this teaching; it is not a false report of the world. I set up this teaching, and it is a teaching in accordance with the Dharma; I teach this Dharma, and all of it accords with the Dharma; there are none in the world who come to question and challenge me and rebuke me. Why? Mahānāma! I see thus and say thus: without cause, without condition, beings are defiled; without cause, without condition, beings are purified.”
At that time Mahānāma, having heard what Pūraṇa said, was not pleased at heart; having rebuked him, he rose from his seat and left, went to where the World-Honored One was, bowed his head at the Buddha’s feet, withdrew, sat to one side, and told the Buddha in detail what he had discussed with Pūraṇa. The Buddha said to the Licchavi Mahānāma: “That Pūraṇa speaks words that come out as they please; they are not worth remembering. Thus Pūraṇa—foolish, undiscerning, unskilled—without relying on causes makes this statement: ‘without cause, without condition, beings are defiled; without cause, without condition, beings are purified.’ Why? There is a cause, there is a condition, for beings being defiled; there is a cause, there is a condition, for beings being purified. Mahānāma! By what cause, by what condition, are beings defiled? By what cause, by what condition, are beings purified? Mahānāma! If form were wholly suffering—not pleasure, not accompanied by pleasure, not nourished by pleasure, apart from pleasure—beings should not on that account give rise to delight and attachment. Mahānāma! Because form is not wholly suffering—it is pleasure, accompanied by pleasure, nourished by pleasure, not apart from pleasure—beings are attached to form; because of attachment they are bound, and because they are bound there is suffering and distress. Mahānāma! If feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness were wholly suffering—not pleasure, not accompanied by pleasure, not nourished by pleasure, apart from pleasure—beings should not on that account give rise to delight and attachment. Mahānāma! Because consciousness is not wholly suffering—it is pleasure, accompanied by pleasure, nourished by pleasure, not apart from pleasure—beings are attached to consciousness; because of attachment they are bound, and because they are bound, suffering and distress arise. Mahānāma! This is called: there is a cause, there is a condition, for beings being defiled. Mahānāma! By what cause, by what condition, are beings purified? Mahānāma! If form were wholly pleasure—not suffering, not accompanied by suffering, not nourished by grief and suffering, apart from suffering—beings should not on account of form give rise to weariness. Mahānāma! Because form is not wholly pleasure—it is suffering, accompanied by suffering, nourished by grief and suffering, not apart from suffering—beings grow weary of form; because of weariness they do not delight, and because they do not delight they are liberated. Mahānāma! If feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness were wholly pleasure—not suffering, not accompanied by suffering, not nourished by grief and suffering, apart from suffering—beings should not on account of consciousness give rise to weariness. Mahānāma! Because feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness are not wholly pleasure—they are suffering, accompanied by suffering, nourished by grief and suffering, not apart from suffering—beings grow weary of consciousness; because of weariness they do not delight, and because they do not delight they are liberated. Mahānāma! This is called—there is a cause, there is a condition, for beings being purified.” At that time Mahānāma, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and rejoiced in accord, paid homage to the Buddha, and withdrew.
〔Summary verse · Discourses 72–81〕(0021a23)The ten discourses above are gathered by name by the compilers in a single verse: “knowing dharmas”—teaching what is to be known, knowledge, and the knower (Discourse 72); “and the heavy burden”—teaching the heavy burden, taking up the burden, laying down the burden, and the bearer of the burden (Discourse 73); “going to”—what this line of the verse refers to cannot be determined; perhaps it refers to the two discourses not gathered by any other line of the verse (Discourses 74–75); “contemplation”—teaching that one should contemplate form (Discourse 76); “desire and craving”—teaching that desire and craving for form should be abandoned (Discourse 77); “arising”—by position this falls on Discourse 78; the text of the discourse reads that form arises, abides, and emerges (Discourse 78); “and the abbreviated teaching”—teaching that even past and future form are impermanent, with the three discourses on suffering, emptiness, and not self abbreviated at the end of the discourse (Discourse 79); “the Dharma seal”—teaching the seal of the noble Dharma and the purity of seeing (Discourse 80); “Pūraṇa”—the Licchavi Mahānāma first goes to Pūraṇa Kāśyapa, and afterward to the World-Honored One (Discourse 81).
〔82 · Where does the learned noble disciple〕(0021a25)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at the caitya, in the Bamboo Grove Monastery. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Where does the learned noble disciple see impermanence and suffering?” The bhikṣus said to the Buddha: “The World-Honored One is the root of the Dharma, the eye of the Dharma, the support of the Dharma; may he explain it for us! Having heard it, the bhikṣus will practice as it is taught.” The Buddha said to the bhikṣus: “Listen closely and reflect well; I will explain it for you. The learned noble disciple sees impermanence and suffering in form, and sees impermanence and suffering in feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness. Bhikṣus! Is form permanent or impermanent?” The bhikṣus said to the Buddha: “Impermanent, World-Honored One!” “Bhikṣus! Is what is impermanent suffering?” The bhikṣus said to the Buddha: “It is suffering, World-Honored One!” “Bhikṣus! If it is impermanent, is suffering, and is subject to change, would the learned noble disciple in this see a self, other than self, or within one another?” The bhikṣus said to the Buddha: “No, World-Honored One!” “So it is likewise with feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness. Therefore, bhikṣus, all form whatever—whether past, future, or present, whether internal or external, whether coarse or subtle, whether fine or ugly, whether far or near—all of it is not self, not other than self, and not within one another. So it is likewise with feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness. The learned noble disciple contemplates thus and grows weary of form, grows weary of feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness; because of weariness he does not delight, because he does not delight he is liberated, and because he is liberated: ‘My births are exhausted, pure conduct has been established, what was to be done has been done; I know of myself that I will undergo no further existence.’” At that time the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔83 · Where does the learned noble disciple〕(0021b14)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Vaiśālī, in the Two-Storied Lecture Hall beside the Monkey Pond. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Where does the learned noble disciple see not self, not other than self, and not within one another, contemplating rightly and evenly in this way, knowing and seeing as it really is?” The bhikṣus said to the Buddha: “The World-Honored One is the root of the Dharma, the eye of the Dharma, the support of the Dharma; may he explain it for us! Having heard it, the bhikṣus will practice as it is taught.” The Buddha said to the bhikṣus: “Listen closely and reflect well; I will explain it for you. The learned noble disciple sees in form not self, not other than self, and not within one another; this is called right contemplation as it really is. So it is likewise with feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness.” The Buddha said to the bhikṣus: “Is form permanent or impermanent?” The bhikṣus said to the Buddha: “Impermanent, World-Honored One!” Again he said to the bhikṣus: “If it is impermanent, is it suffering?” The bhikṣus said to the Buddha: “It is suffering, World-Honored One!” “Bhikṣus! If it is impermanent, is suffering, and is subject to change, would the learned noble disciple in this see a self, other than self, or within one another?” The bhikṣus said to the Buddha: “No, World-Honored One!” “So it is likewise with feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness. Therefore, bhikṣus, all form whatever—whether past, future, or present, whether internal or external, whether coarse or subtle, whether fine or ugly, whether far or near—all of it is not self, not other than self, and not within one another; this is called right contemplation as it really is. So it is likewise with feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness. The learned noble disciple, contemplating thus, is liberated from form, liberated from feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness. I say that he is liberated from birth, old age, sickness, death, grief, lamentation, distress, and pain—from this whole great mass of suffering.” When the Buddha spoke this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔84 · Form is impermanent〕(0021c05)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Form is impermanent; what is impermanent is suffering; what is suffering is not self; what is not self—all of it is not self, not other than self, and not within one another; knowing this as it really is is called right contemplation. So it is likewise with feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness. The learned noble disciple contemplates these five aggregates of clinging as not self and not mine; contemplating thus, he clings to nothing in all the world; because he clings to nothing, he is attached to nothing; because he is attached to nothing, he realizes nirvāṇa for himself: ‘My births are exhausted, pure conduct has been established, what was to be done has been done; I know of myself that I will undergo no further existence.’” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔85 · Where does one not see a self〕(0021c15)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Bhikṣus! Where does one not see a self, other than self, or within one another?” The bhikṣus said to the Buddha: “The World-Honored One is the root of the Dharma, the eye of the Dharma, the support of the Dharma; may he explain it for us! Having heard it, the bhikṣus will practice as it is taught.” The Buddha said to the bhikṣus: “Listen closely and reflect well; I will explain it for you. In form, does one not see a self, other than self, or within one another? So it is likewise with feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness. Bhikṣus! Is form permanent or impermanent?” The bhikṣus said to the Buddha: “Impermanent, World-Honored One!” The Buddha said: “Bhikṣus! If it is impermanent, is it suffering?” The bhikṣus said to the Buddha: “It is suffering, World-Honored One!” “Bhikṣus! If it is impermanent, is suffering, and is subject to change, would the learned noble disciple in this see a self, other than self, or within one another?” The bhikṣus said to the Buddha: “No, World-Honored One!” “So it is likewise with feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness. Therefore, bhikṣus, all form whatever—whether past, future, or present, whether internal or external, whether coarse or subtle, whether fine or ugly, whether far or near—all of it is not self, not other than self, and not within one another. So it is likewise with feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness. Bhikṣus! The learned noble disciple contemplates the five aggregates of clinging as not self and not mine. One who contemplates thus clings to nothing in all the world; one who clings to nothing is attached to nothing; because he is attached to nothing, he realizes nirvāṇa for himself: ‘My births are exhausted, pure conduct has been established, what was to be done has been done; I know of myself that I will undergo no further existence.’” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔86 · If impermanent form were permanent〕(0022a06)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “If impermanent form were permanent, that form should not have sickness and suffering, nor should one seek anything of form, wishing it to be thus or not to be thus. Because form is impermanent, sickness and suffering arise in form, and there is also not wanting it to be thus and not letting it be thus. So it is likewise with feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness. Bhikṣus! What do you think? Is form permanent or impermanent?” The bhikṣus said to the Buddha: “Impermanent, World-Honored One!” “Bhikṣus! Is what is impermanent suffering?” The bhikṣus said to the Buddha: “It is suffering, World-Honored One!” “Bhikṣus! If it is impermanent, is suffering, and is subject to change, would the learned noble disciple in this see it as self, as other than self, or as within one another?” The bhikṣus said to the Buddha: “No, World-Honored One!” “So it is likewise with feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness. Therefore, bhikṣus, all form whatever—whether past, future, or present, whether internal or external, whether coarse or subtle, whether fine or ugly, whether far or near—all of it is not self and not mine; know this as it really is. So it is likewise with feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness. The learned noble disciple contemplates form rightly; having contemplated rightly, he gives rise toward form to weariness, freedom from desire, not delighting, and liberation; toward feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness he gives rise to weariness, freedom from desire, not delighting, and liberation: ‘My births are exhausted, pure conduct has been established, what was to be done has been done; I know of myself that I will undergo no further existence.’” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔87 · Form is suffering〕(0022a25)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Form is suffering. If form were not suffering, sickness and suffering should not arise in form, nor would one wish to make it thus, nor make it not thus. Precisely because form is suffering—because form is suffering—sickness arises in form, and one is able, toward form, to wish it thus or not thus. So it is likewise with feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness. Bhikṣus! Is form permanent or impermanent?” The bhikṣus said to the Buddha: “Impermanent, World-Honored One!” “Bhikṣus! Is what is impermanent suffering?” The bhikṣus said to the Buddha: “It is suffering, World-Honored One!” “Bhikṣus! If it is impermanent, is suffering, and is subject to change, would the learned noble disciple in this see a self, other than self, or within one another?” The bhikṣus said to the Buddha: “No, World-Honored One!” “So it is likewise with feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness. Therefore, bhikṣus, all form whatever—whether past, future, or present, whether internal or external, whether coarse or subtle, whether fine or ugly, whether far or near—all of it is not self, not other than self, and not within one another; contemplate it as it really is. So it is likewise with feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness. The learned noble disciple is liberated from form, liberated from feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness; I say that he is liberated from birth, old age, sickness, death, grief, lamentation, distress, and pain—from this whole great mass of suffering.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
卷第一說「觀」,卷第二問『受陰是什麼』。卷第三二十九經,問的是另一件事:受陰從哪裡來,到哪裡去。卷首第一經就把答案放在前面:「愛喜集是色集,愛喜滅是色滅」〔T02 0015b15〕。此下一經一經,換著名字說同一件事——識住、有身、重擔、聖法印——到毘耶離,一位離車居士拿外道「無因、無緣」的話來問,世尊答:「有因、有緣,眾生有垢;有因、有緣,眾生清淨。」〔T02 0020c28〕一卷的題目,就是這八個字。
一、集與滅,不樂,受陰之義(經五九至六一)
第五十九經不觀無常,先問來路:「云何色集?云何色滅?」〔T02 0015b14〕答得很短:「愛喜集是色集,愛喜滅是色滅;觸集是受、想、行集,觸滅是受、想、行滅;名色集是識集,名色滅是識滅。」〔T02 0015b15〕五陰的集,不是一個來路,是三個:色由愛喜,受想行由觸,識由名色。這三句是卷第三的地基,後面二十八經都站在上面。
第六十經說的是對這來路的態度:「善哉,比丘不樂於色,不讚歎色,不取於色,不著於色。」〔T02 0015b24〕不樂、不讚歎、不取、不著,四個動作其實是一個:不去餵它。不餵,「則於色不樂,心得解脫」〔T02 0015b29〕。經末有一段卷第一、二沒有的話:「前際俱見,永盡無餘」〔T02 0015c05〕,後際、前後際亦然,「無所封著者,於諸世間都無所取;無所取者,亦無所求;無所求者,自覺涅槃」〔T02 0015c08〕。封著、取、求、涅槃,四步一線。
第六十一經是一篇定義:「云何色受陰?所有色,彼一切四大,及四大所造色,是名為色受陰。」〔T02 0015c16〕受受陰是六受身,想受陰六想身,行受陰六思身,識受陰六識身。每一陰之後都接同一句:「無常、苦、變易之法,乃至滅盡、涅槃」〔T02 0015c24〕。定義完了,經文轉向人:於此法以智慧思惟、觀察、分別、忍,「是名隨信行」〔T02 0016a06〕;以增上智慧思惟,「是名隨法行」〔T02 0016a09〕;如實正慧等見,三結盡斷知,「是名須陀洹果」〔T02 0016a12〕;不起心漏,「名阿羅漢」〔T02 0016a15〕。同一個五受陰,看得多深,人就站在哪一階。
二、我見繫著,無明觸與明觸(經六二、六三)
第六十二經把凡夫與聖弟子分開:「愚癡無聞凡夫無慧無明,於五受陰生我見繫著,使心繫著而生貪欲。」〔T02 0016a21〕我見怎麼繫著?「見色是我、異我、相在」〔T02 0016a27〕。聖弟子不是沒有五受陰,是「不見色是我、異我、相在」〔T02 0016b03〕。差別只在這一見。經末又把卷第一的「正觀皆悉無常」放回來,說明見與觀是一件事的兩面。
第六十三經說得更細:「若沙門、婆羅門計有我,一切皆於此五受陰計有我。」〔T02 0016b15〕不只是凡夫,一切計我的人,計的都是這五樣。然後經文走到觸:不離我所者,「入於諸根;入於諸根已,而生於觸」〔T02 0016b20〕。這裡出現一個新名字:「有意界、法界、無明界,無明觸所觸」〔T02 0016b24〕。凡夫被無明觸所觸,於是「言有、言無、言有無、言非有非無、言我最勝、言我相似,我知、我見」〔T02 0016b25〕。聖弟子呢?「住六觸入處,而能厭離無明,能生於明」〔T02 0016b27〕;於是「所起前無明觸滅,後明觸集起」〔T02 0016c02〕。觸還是觸,前一個是無明觸,後一個是明觸。五受陰的集在觸,觸的分別在明與無明。
三、優陀那:無我、無我所,四識住(經六四)
第六十四經在東園鹿子母講堂,世尊晡時從禪起,先自己說了一偈:「法無有吾我,亦復無我所;我既非當有,我所何由生?比丘解脫此,則斷下分結。」〔T02 0016c08〕一位比丘起問此偈。世尊答:凡夫計五陰是我,聖弟子不計;「此色非當有,受、想、行、識非當有;此色壞有,受、想、行、識壞有;故非我、非我所,我、我所非當有」〔T02 0016c20〕。如是解脫者,斷五下分結。
比丘再問:斷五下分結已,如何漏盡?這一答是卷中最長的一段。世尊先說一句話:「愚癡凡夫、無聞眾生於無畏處而生恐畏。」〔T02 0016c26〕怕什麼?怕「無我、無我所,二俱非當生」〔T02 0016c29〕。因為怕,所以「攀緣四識住」〔T02 0017a01〕:識住在色,住在受想行,「攀緣、愛樂、增進廣大生長」〔T02 0017a02〕。這是卷第二第三十九經種子喻的續說:那裡說識是種子、四陰是地、貪喜是水;這裡說識「若來、若去、若住、若起、若滅,增進廣大生長」〔T02 0017a03〕,都在這四處。若有人說識在四住之外還有去處,「但有言說,問已不知,增益生癡,以非境界故」〔T02 0017a06〕。
斷法仍是離貪:「離色界貪已,於色意生縛亦斷,於色意生縛斷已,識攀緣亦斷;識不復住,無復增進廣大生長」〔T02 0017a08〕。此下一串因果,一句接一句:「識無所住故不增長,不增長故無所為作,無所為作故則住,住故知足,知足故解脫,解脫故於諸世間都無所取,無所取故無所著,無所著故自覺涅槃」〔T02 0017a12〕。最後一句把方向都收了:「我說識不住東方、南、西、北方、四維、上、下,除欲見法,涅槃、滅盡、寂靜、清涼。」〔T02 0017a17〕識不住,不是識消失,是識不再被攀緣帶著走。
四、禪思內寂,如實觀察(經六五至六八)
第六十五至六十八經是同一句話的四次說法:「常當修習方便禪思,內寂其心。」〔T02 0017a24〕為什麼?「內寂其心,如實觀察」〔T02 0017a26〕——禪思是為了看得真。看什麼?看「此是色、此是色集、此是色滅」〔T02 0017a27〕。四經的差別在「集」怎麼說。
第六十五經從受說:凡夫於苦、樂、不苦不樂受不如實觀察,「於受樂著生取,取緣有,有緣生,生緣老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦」〔T02 0017b02〕,這是色集;聖弟子如實觀察,「著滅故取滅,取滅故有滅,有滅故生滅」〔T02 0017b07〕,這是色滅。第六十六經從色說:不如實觀察色集、色味、色患、色離,「樂彼色,讚歎愛著,於未來世色復生」〔T02 0017b23〕;如實知者「不樂於色,不讚歎色,不樂著色,亦不生未來色」〔T02 0017c01〕。第六十七經把兩者合說,加一句:「樂著於色,讚歎色故取」〔T02 0017c17〕。第六十八經最短,從六入處說:「緣眼及色眼識生,三事和合生觸,緣觸生受,緣受生愛,乃至純大苦聚生,是名色集。」〔T02 0018a10〕滅則「觸滅則受滅,乃至純大苦聚滅」〔T02 0018a17〕。
四經說的集,是同一條鏈子的四段:六入處→觸→受→愛→取→有→生→老死。第五十九經說「愛喜集是色集」,這四經把愛喜前面與後面的環都說出來了。經末各附略說:「如觀察,乃至作證十二經,亦如是廣說。」〔T02 0018a05〕第六十五經末列出與「觀察」同列的諸名:「如是分別、種種分別、知、廣知、種種知、親近、親近修習、入、觸、證」〔T02 0017b14〕;每一名目都可以替換「觀察」再說一遍,所以六十六至六十八經末作「乃至作證十二經」。
五、有身:道、邊、四種、六種(經六九至七一)
第六十九經換一個名字說五受陰:「有身」。「云何有身集趣道?」〔T02 0018a28〕不如實知色集、色滅、色味、色患、色離,「樂色、歎色、著色、住色」〔T02 0018b01〕,愛樂取,取有生老死,「是名有身集趣道」〔T02 0018b04〕。經文自己說明這個名字:「有身集趣道,當知即是苦集趣道。」〔T02 0018b05〕有身就是苦,有身的集就是苦的集。
第七十經說三邊:「云何有身苦邊?謂五受陰。」〔T02 0018b19〕「云何有身集邊?謂受當來有愛,貪、喜俱,彼彼樂著」〔T02 0018b21〕;滅邊就是這愛「無餘斷、吐、盡、離欲、滅、寂、沒」〔T02 0018b23〕。第七十一經說四種:有身、有身集、有身滅、有身滅道跡;道跡「謂八聖道,正見、正志、正語、正業、正命、正方便、正念、正定」〔T02 0018c07〕。經末七處「又復差別者」,是對同一經的七次補說:當知有身,斷有身集,證有身滅,修有身道;如是者,「是名比丘斷愛欲縛諸結等法,修無間等,究竟苦邊」〔T02 0018c17〕;「究竟邊際,究竟離垢,究竟梵行,純淨上士」〔T02 0018c18〕;「阿羅漢盡諸有漏」〔T02 0018c20〕;「斷關、度塹,超越境界,脫諸防邏,建聖法幢」〔T02 0018c22〕。經文自釋這五句:「云何斷關?謂斷五下分結。云何度塹?謂度無明深塹。云何超越境界?謂究竟無始生死。云何脫諸防邏?謂有愛盡。云何建聖法幢?謂我慢盡。」〔T02 0018c24〕最後一處:「斷五枝,成六枝,守護一,依四種,棄捨諸諦,離諸求,淨諸覺,身行息,心善解脫,慧善解脫,純一立梵行,無上士。」〔T02 0018c28〕這些數目經文本身不再開列;攝頌稱之「羅漢有六種」,是說羅漢的六種說法,不是六種羅漢。
六、所知法、智、智者;重擔與擔者(經七二、七三)
第七十二經三個名字:「云何所知法?謂五受陰。」〔T02 0019a06〕「云何為智?調伏貪欲、斷貪欲、越貪欲,是名為智。」〔T02 0019a08〕「云何智者?阿羅漢是。」〔T02 0019a09〕所知的是五受陰,知的方法是斷貪欲,知的人是阿羅漢。阿羅漢死後如何?「非有他世死、非無他世死、非有無他世死、非非有無他世死,廣說無量,諸數永滅。」〔T02 0019a10〕四句都不立,因為可以用來數他的那些東西沒有了。
第七十三經是四個名字:「重擔、取擔、捨擔、擔者」〔T02 0019a16〕。重擔是五受陰;取擔是「當來有愛,貪、喜俱,彼彼樂著」〔T02 0019a19〕;捨擔是這愛「永斷無餘已、滅已,吐、盡、離欲、滅、沒」〔T02 0019a21〕。擔者呢?「謂士夫是,士夫者,如是名,如是生,如是姓族,如是食,如是受苦樂,如是長壽,如是久住,如是壽命齊限。」〔T02 0019a22〕這一段要留心讀:經文說的擔者,是那個有名有姓、吃飯受苦樂、活多久的「士夫」——世俗所稱的一個人;不是在五陰之外另立一個背擔子的我。前一經才說阿羅漢「諸數永滅」,這一經說的士夫,正是那些「數」。偈云:「已捨於重擔,不復應更取,重任為大苦,捨任為大樂,當斷一切愛,則盡一切行,曉了有餘境,不復轉還有。」〔T02 0019a26〕
七、魔縛、如來與羅漢、無所取(經七四至七六)
第七十四經說縛:凡夫不如實知色,「於色所樂、讚歎、繫著住,色縛所縛,內縛所縛,不知根本,不知邊際,不知出離」〔T02 0019b06〕;於是「以縛生,以縛死,以縛從此世至他世」〔T02 0019b08〕,「隨魔自在,入魔網中,隨魔所化,魔縛所縛,為魔所牽」〔T02 0019b10〕。聖弟子如實知,「知根本,知津濟,知出離」〔T02 0019b15〕,「解脫魔縛,離魔所牽」〔T02 0019b18〕。魔在這裡不是一個人物,是縛的另一個名字。
第七十五經問一個問題:比丘於色厭、離欲、滅、不起、解脫,「是名如來、應、等正覺」〔T02 0019b24〕;比丘亦於色厭、離欲、滅,「名阿羅漢慧解脫」〔T02 0019b26〕。那麼「如來、應、等正覺,阿羅漢慧解脫,有何差別?」〔T02 0019b28〕所斷的一樣。差別在:「如來、應、等正覺未曾聞法,能自覺法,通達無上菩提,於未來世開覺聲聞而為說法,謂四念處、四正勤、四如意足、五根、五力、七覺、八道。」〔T02 0019c03〕「未得而得,未利而利,知道、分別道、說道、通道」〔T02 0019c07〕——先走出路,再把路說出來。這是經中少數正面說如來與弟子之別的地方。
第七十六經世尊先問:觀察色已,見有我、異我、相在不?比丘答不也。世尊說:「色無我,無我者則無常,無常者則是苦。」〔T02 0019c17〕這句的次序與卷第一相反:卷第一說無常故苦、苦故非我;這裡說無我故無常、無常故苦。兩頭都可以起步,走到的是同一處:「於世間都無所取;無所取者,則無所著;無所著者,自覺涅槃」〔T02 0019c21〕。
八、斷欲貪,起住出,三世色(經七七至七九)
第七十七經極短:「當斷色欲貪,欲貪斷已,則色斷;色斷已,得斷知;得斷知已,則根本斷。如截多羅樹頭,未來不復更生。」〔T02 0019c26〕斷欲貪,不是斷色;欲貪斷了,色就「斷」了——這個斷是對人而言的斷,色不再是受陰。多羅樹頭一截,整棵不再長,是根本斷。
第七十八經說色與苦同起同滅:「若色起、住、出,則苦於此起,病於此住,老、死於此出」〔T02 0020a04〕;「若色滅、息、沒,苦於此滅,病於此息,老、死於此沒」〔T02 0020a06〕。苦不是色上加的東西,是色的起住出本身。第七十九經說三世:「過去、未來色尚無常,況復現在色!」〔T02 0020a11〕聖弟子「不顧過去色,不欣未來色,於現在色厭、離欲、滅寂靜」〔T02 0020a13〕。經文有一段繞口的話:若無過去色,聖弟子就不會「不顧過去色」;正因有過去色,才不顧。這是說:不顧、不欣,不是當它不存在,是它確實在,而不去顧、不去欣。
九、聖法印與見清淨(經八〇)
第八十經是卷中的大經之一。世尊先立一條次序:「若於空未得者而言我得無相、無所有、離慢知見者,無有是處!」〔T02 0020a29〕空在先,無相、無所有、離慢知見在後。比丘請說,世尊答:於空閑處樹下坐,「善觀色無常、磨滅、離欲之法」〔T02 0020b08〕,受想行識亦然,「心樂、清淨、解脫,是名為空」〔T02 0020b11〕。「如是觀者,亦不能離慢、知見清淨。」〔T02 0020b11〕再進:「觀色相斷,聲、香、味、觸、法相斷,是名無相」〔T02 0020b13〕,猶未離慢。再進:「觀察貪相斷,瞋恚、癡相斷,是名無所有」〔T02 0020b15〕,猶未離慢。
那麼怎樣才離慢?經文再換一個方向:「觀察我、我所從何而生?」〔T02 0020b17〕答:「從若見、若聞、若嗅、若甞、若觸、若識而生」〔T02 0020b18〕。再問:「若因、若緣而生識者,彼識因、緣,為常、為無常?」〔T02 0020b19〕「彼因、彼緣皆悉無常」〔T02 0020b21〕;因緣無常,「彼所生識云何有常?」〔T02 0020b22〕到這裡才說:「無常者,是有為、行、從緣起,是患法、滅法、離欲法、斷知法,是名聖法印、知見清淨」〔T02 0020b23〕。空、無相、無所有三個三昧都是觀所斷之相;離慢要觀的,是我、我所從哪裡來——從見聞嗅甞觸識,而這些的因緣無常。慢,是我所生之處沒有被看見。看見了,印就蓋下了。
十、富蘭那與摩訶男:有因、有緣(經八一)
第八十一經在毘耶離。離車摩訶男日日往詣佛所,這一天想:「若我早詣世尊所者,世尊及我知識比丘皆悉禪思,我今當詣七菴羅樹阿耆毘外道所。」〔T02 0020c01〕他到了富蘭那迦葉處。富蘭那遠見他來,先叫眷屬安靜,說這是「沙門瞿曇白衣弟子,毘耶離中最為上首,常樂寂靜」〔T02 0020c08〕。摩訶男問富蘭那:聽說你為弟子說法,「無因、無緣,眾生有垢;無因、無緣,眾生清淨」〔T02 0020c14〕,是真的嗎?富蘭那承認:「實有此論,非世妄傳。我立此論,是如法論」〔T02 0020c18〕。摩訶男「心不喜樂,呵罵已,從坐起去」〔T02 0020c22〕,到世尊處把這事說了。
世尊先說一句:「彼富蘭那為出意語,不足記也。」〔T02 0020c25〕然後正面立論:「有因、有緣,眾生有垢;有因、有緣,眾生清淨。」〔T02 0020c28〕因緣是什麼?不是另一套理論,是這一卷說了二十九經的那件事。「若色一向是苦,非樂、非隨樂、非樂長養、離樂者,眾生不應因此而生樂著。」〔T02 0021a01〕色不是純苦,有樂,所以眾生染著;「染著故繫,繫故有惱」〔T02 0021a05〕——這是有垢的因緣。反過來:「若色一向是樂,非苦、非隨苦、非憂苦長養、離苦者,眾生不應因色而生厭離。」〔T02 0021a12〕色不是純樂,有苦,所以眾生厭離;「厭故不樂,不樂故解脫」〔T02 0021a15〕——這是清淨的因緣。
這一答值得慢讀。世尊沒有說色是苦所以要厭離;他說色既有樂也有苦,樂是染著的因,苦是厭離的因。垢與淨都有來路,而來路都在色上。富蘭那的「無因無緣」,不是說得太少,是把這條來路整個抹掉了——抹掉了,就沒有可以用力的地方。
十一、卷末六經(經八二至八七)
卷末六經說同一件事,型有三:第八十二、八十三、八十五經世尊先問,比丘請說,然後師問弟子答;第八十四經世尊直說到底;第八十六、八十七經世尊先立說,說中設問,比丘答。五經中的問答是這幾句:「色為是常、無常耶?」〔T02 0021b02〕「無常。世尊!」〔T02 0021b02〕「無常者是苦耶?」〔T02 0021b03〕「是苦。世尊!」〔T02 0021b03〕「若無常、苦,是變易法,多聞聖弟子寧於中見我、異我、相在不?」〔T02 0021b04〕「不也,世尊!」〔T02 0019c16〕六經各有起手:第八十二經問「於何所而見無常、苦」〔T02 0021a26〕;第八十三經問「於何所見非我、不異我、不相在」〔T02 0021b16〕;第八十四經正說:「色是無常,無常則苦,苦則非我」〔T02 0021c06〕;第八十五經問「於何所不見我、異我、相在」〔T02 0021c16〕;第八十六經給理由:「若無常色有常者,彼色不應有病、有苦,亦不應於色有所求,欲令如是、不令如是。」〔T02 0022a07〕第八十七經換成苦說同一理由:「色是苦。若色非是苦者,不應於色有病、有苦生」〔T02 0022a26〕。
第八十六、八十七經的理由,是卷第二第三十三經「若色是我者,不應於色病、苦生」的續說:那裡用「我」說,這裡用「常」與「苦」說。三經是同一個論證的三面:若是我、若是常、若非苦,都不應有病苦與不如意;而確有,所以非我、無常、是苦。六經的結語分兩種:一種是「無所取故無所著,無所著故自覺涅槃」〔T02 0017a15〕,一種是「我說彼解脫生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦,純大苦聚」〔T02 0021c02〕。前者從內說,後者從果說。
十二、一卷的讀法
卷第三可以當作一張「集」的地圖來讀。第五十九經給出三條來路;第六十五至六十八經把來路展開成一條鏈子;第六十四經說識攀緣四住而生長;第六十九至七十三經換「有身」「重擔」的名字再說一遍;第八十一經把這整件事收成「有因、有緣」四字,對著外道的「無因、無緣」。
另一條線是「斷」。第六十經說不樂不讚歎不取不著;第七十七經說斷欲貪則色斷,如截多羅樹頭;第八十經說離慢要觀我我所從何而生。斷的不是色,是對色的愛喜、欲貪、攀緣。第七十三經的擔者是士夫,第七十二經的阿羅漢諸數永滅——卸擔的人不是消失,是不再被那些數字數到。
讀這一卷,不必記住每一經的名目。記住兩句就夠:「愛喜集是色集」,與「有因、有緣,眾生清淨」。前一句說垢從哪裡來,後一句說淨也有來路,而兩條路,起點是同一個色。
承衍——攝事分所攝
攝事分行擇攝對本卷諸經,多有本母。第五十九經三集三滅,論云:「謂憙集故、觸集故、名色集故,隨其所應,若色集、若受等集、若識集」〔T30n1579 0779a02〕——與經文三配一字不異。第六十四經「於無畏處而生恐畏」與四識住,論釋:「謂唯有心住四識住,有轉有染;又唯有心斷四識住,無轉無染」〔T30n1579 0788c14〕。第六十九經有身集趣道,論云:「若趣薩迦耶集行,即是趣苦集行;若趣薩迦耶滅行,即是趣苦滅行」〔T30n1579 0789c22〕。第七十二經所知法、智、智者,論以三處攝:「一、由所遍知法故;二、由遍知故;三、由成遍知故」〔T30n1579 0790c13〕。第七十三經重擔,論分三:「一、所荷擔,二、能荷擔,三、荷擔時」〔T30n1579 0791a05〕,並云「愚夫乃以一切諸行為所荷擔」〔T30n1579 0791a07〕——擔者之讀,論亦不立陰外之我。第八十經空、無相、無所有而未離慢,論釋其慢之所在:「我今於空能修能證,空是我有。由是空故,計我為勝。如空,無相及無所有,當知亦爾」〔T30n1579 0792a12〕——慢不在所觀之法,在能修能證者自計。第八十一經無因無緣,論云:「外道師為諸弟子,依止無因、不平等因」〔T30n1579 0792b21〕;「由四種相,當知諸行非定苦染」〔T30n1579 0792c13〕——即經中色非一向苦、非一向樂之義。第八十六、八十七經「不應有病、有苦」之推證,論云:「本性諸行眾緣生故,不得自在,亦無宰主。若有宰主,彼一切行雖性無常,應隨所樂流轉不絕;或不令生」〔T30n1579 0793a28〕。
Fascicle 1 spoke of contemplation; Fascicle 2 asked what the aggregates of clinging are. The twenty-nine discourses of Fascicle 3 ask something else: where the aggregates of clinging come from, and where they go. The first discourse puts the answer up front: “the arising of craving and delight is the arising of form; the ceasing of craving and delight is the ceasing of form.” From there, discourse by discourse, the same thing is said under different names: stations of consciousness, the existing body, the burden, the seal of the noble Dharma. At Vaiśālī a Licchavi layman brings the words of an outsider teacher, “no cause, no condition,” and the World-Honored One answers: “There is a cause, there is a condition, for beings to be defiled; there is a cause, there is a condition, for beings to be purified.” That sentence is the title of the fascicle.
I. Arising and Ceasing, Not Delighting, and What an Aggregate of Clinging Is (Discourses 59–61)
The fifty-ninth discourse does not contemplate impermanence; it first asks about the road in: “What is the arising of form? What is the ceasing of form?” The answer is short: “The arising of craving and delight is the arising of form; the ceasing of craving and delight is the ceasing of form. The arising of contact is the arising of feeling, perception, and formations; the ceasing of contact is their ceasing. The arising of name-and-form is the arising of consciousness; the ceasing of name-and-form is the ceasing of consciousness.” The arising of the five aggregates is not one road but three: form from craving and delight, feeling, perception, and formations from contact, consciousness from name-and-form. These three sentences are the foundation of Fascicle 3; the other twenty-eight discourses stand on them.
The sixtieth discourse is about one’s attitude toward that road: “It is good that a bhikṣu does not delight in form, does not praise form, does not cling to form, is not attached to form.” Not delighting, not praising, not clinging, not being attached: four acts that are really one, not feeding it. When it is not fed, “he does not delight in form, and the mind is liberated.” At the end there is a passage Fascicles 1 and 2 did not have: “the views that go together with the former limit are exhausted forever without remainder,” and likewise the latter limit, and both together; “one who is fastened to nothing clings to nothing in the world; clinging to nothing, he seeks nothing; seeking nothing, he realizes nirvāṇa for himself.” Being fastened, clinging, seeking, nirvāṇa: four steps on one line.
The sixty-first discourse is a set of definitions: “What is the aggregate of form that is clung to? All form, that is, the four great elements and form derived from the four great elements, is called the aggregate of form that is clung to.” The aggregate of feeling is the six classes of feeling, perception the six classes of perception, formations the six classes of volition, consciousness the six classes of consciousness. After each the same sentence follows: “impermanent, suffering, of a nature to change, and so on up to its cessation, nirvāṇa.” The definitions done, the discourse turns to people: one who reflects on this Dharma with wisdom, examines, discerns, and accepts it “is called one who follows by faith”; one who does so with heightened wisdom “is called one who follows by Dharma”; when one sees it rightly as it is and the three bonds are cut off and fully known, this “is called the fruit of stream-entry”; one in whom no outflow of mind arises “is called an arhat.” The same five aggregates of clinging; how deeply one sees them decides where one stands.
II. Bound by the View of Self; Contact with Ignorance and Contact with Knowledge (Discourses 62–63)
The sixty-second discourse separates the ordinary person from the noble disciple: “The foolish, unlearned ordinary person, without wisdom and without knowledge, gives rise to the view of self and is bound to the five aggregates of clinging, so that the mind is bound and desire arises.” How does the view of self bind? By “seeing form as self, as other than self, as within one another.” The noble disciple is not without the five aggregates of clinging; he “does not see form as self, as other than self, as within one another.” The difference is in that one view alone. At the end the discourse brings back Fascicle 1’s “rightly contemplated, all are impermanent,” showing that view and contemplation are two faces of one thing.
The sixty-third discourse goes finer: “If ascetics and brahmins reckon there is a self, all of them reckon a self in these five aggregates of clinging.” Not only the ordinary person: everyone who reckons a self reckons it in these five. Then the discourse goes to contact: one who has not left what belongs to self “enters the faculties; having entered the faculties, contact arises.” Here a new name appears: “there is the mind element, the dharma element, and the element of ignorance, touched by contact with ignorance.” Touched by contact with ignorance, the ordinary person “says there is, says there is not, says there both is and is not, says there neither is nor is not, says I am the best, says I am equal; I know, I see.” And the noble disciple? He “dwells in the six bases of contact and is able to grow weary of ignorance and give rise to knowledge,” so that “the former contact with ignorance ceases and the latter contact with knowledge arises.” Contact is still contact; the earlier one is contact with ignorance, the later one contact with knowledge. The aggregates of clinging arise at contact, and the difference in contact is knowledge or ignorance.
III. The Udāna: No Self, Nothing Belonging to Self, and the Four Stations of Consciousness (Discourse 64)
The sixty-fourth discourse is at the Hall of Deer Mother in the Eastern Park. Rising from meditation in the late afternoon, the World-Honored One first utters a verse of his own: “Dharmas have no I, nor anything belonging to me; since I shall not be, whence would what belongs to me arise? A bhikṣu liberated from this cuts the lower bonds.” A bhikṣu rises to ask about the verse. The World-Honored One answers: the ordinary person reckons the five aggregates as self, the noble disciple does not; “this form will not be, feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness will not be; this form is a perishing existence, feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness are perishing existences; therefore not self, not mine, and self and what belongs to self will not be.” One liberated thus cuts the five lower bonds.
The bhikṣu asks again: the five lower bonds cut, how are the outflows ended? This answer is the longest passage in the fascicle. The World-Honored One first says one sentence: “The foolish ordinary person, the unlearned being, gives rise to fear where there is nothing to fear.” Fear of what? Fear that there is “no self, nothing belonging to self, and neither of the two will arise.” Because of fear he “grasps at the four stations of consciousness”: consciousness stations itself in form, in feeling, perception, and formations, “grasping at, delighting, increasing, growing broad and great.” This continues the seed simile of the thirty-ninth discourse in Fascicle 2: there, consciousness was the seed, the four aggregates the earth, delight and craving the water; here, consciousness “whether coming, going, abiding, arising, or ceasing, increases and grows broad and great,” and always in these four places. If someone says consciousness has somewhere to go outside the four stations, “there is only talk; questioned, he does not know, and only increases confusion, because it is not within his range.”
The way to cut it is still freedom from craving: “when one is free from craving toward the realm of form, the bond born of the mind in form is also cut; when that bond is cut, the grasping of consciousness is also cut; consciousness no longer stations itself and no longer increases and grows broad and great.” Then follows a chain of causes, sentence after sentence: “because consciousness has no station it does not grow; not growing, it has nothing to do; having nothing to do, it abides; abiding, it is content; content, it is liberated; liberated, it clings to nothing in the world; clinging to nothing, it is attached to nothing; attached to nothing, it realizes nirvāṇa for itself.” The last sentence gathers up every direction: “I say that consciousness does not abide in the east, south, west, or north, in the four intermediate directions, above or below; except in the wish to see the Dharma: nirvāṇa, cessation, stillness, coolness.” Consciousness not abiding does not mean consciousness disappears; it means consciousness is no longer carried along by its grasping.
IV. Meditative Reflection, Inner Stillness, Contemplating as It Really Is (Discourses 65–68)
The sixty-fifth through sixty-eighth discourses are four tellings of one sentence: “You should always cultivate skilful means and meditative reflection and inwardly still the mind.” Why? “Stilling the mind within, contemplate as it really is.” Meditative reflection is for seeing truly. Seeing what? “This is form, this is the arising of form, this is the ceasing of form.” The four discourses differ in how they tell the arising.
The sixty-fifth tells it from feeling: the ordinary person does not contemplate pleasant, painful, and neutral feeling as they are, and “delighting in and attached to feeling, clinging arises; conditioned by clinging, existence; conditioned by existence, birth; conditioned by birth, aging, sickness, death, grief, lamentation, distress, and pain.” That is the arising of form. The noble disciple contemplates as it is, and “attachment ceases, so clinging ceases; clinging ceases, so existence ceases; existence ceases, so birth ceases.” That is the ceasing of form. The sixty-sixth tells it from form: one who does not contemplate the arising, gratification, danger, and escape of form as they are “delights in that form, praises it, craves and is attached to it, and form arises again in a future life”; one who knows as it is “does not delight in form, does not praise it, does not delight in and is not attached to it, and does not give rise to future form.” The sixty-seventh joins the two and adds a line: “delighting in and attached to form and praising form, he clings.” The sixty-eighth is the shortest and tells it from the six bases: “Conditioned by eye and forms, eye-consciousness arises; the three together give rise to contact; conditioned by contact, feeling arises; conditioned by feeling, craving arises; and so on up to the arising of the whole great mass of suffering. This is called the arising of form.” And the ceasing: “contact ceases, so feeling ceases, and so on up to the ceasing of the whole great mass of suffering.”
The arising told in the four discourses is four stretches of one chain: six bases, contact, feeling, craving, clinging, existence, birth, aging and death. The fifty-ninth discourse said “the arising of craving and delight is the arising of form”; these four spell out the links before and after craving and delight. Each ends with an abbreviation: “As with contemplating, so up to realizing, twelve discourses, are to be told in full in the same way.” The sixty-fifth discourse ends by listing the names that stand beside “contemplating”: “so too discerning, discerning in various ways, knowing, knowing broadly, knowing in various ways, drawing near, drawing near and cultivating, entering, touching, realizing”; each of these can replace “contemplating” and be told over again, which is why the sixty-sixth through sixty-eighth end with “and so on up to realizing, twelve discourses.”
V. The Existing Body: the Path, the Limits, the Four, and the Six (Discourses 69–71)
The sixty-ninth discourse gives the five aggregates of clinging another name: the existing body. “What is the path leading to the arising of the existing body?” Not knowing as they are the arising, ceasing, gratification, danger, and escape of form, one “delights in form, praises form, is attached to form, abides in form”; delighting and craving, one clings; clinging, existence, birth, aging and death; “this is called the path leading to the arising of the existing body.” The discourse explains the name itself: “The path leading to the arising of the existing body, know it, is the path leading to the arising of suffering.” The existing body is suffering; its arising is the arising of suffering.
The seventieth discourse speaks of three limits: “What is the limit of suffering of the existing body? The five aggregates of clinging.” “What is the limit of arising of the existing body? Craving for future existence, together with greed and delight, delighting here and there.” The limit of ceasing is that craving “cut off without remainder, spat out, exhausted, free of desire, ceased, stilled, sunk.” The seventy-first discourse speaks of four: the existing body, its arising, its ceasing, and the track of the path to its ceasing; the track “is the eightfold noble path: right view, right intention, right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort, right mindfulness, right concentration.” At its end are seven passages headed “again, there is a difference,” seven supplements to the same discourse: know the existing body, cut off its arising, realize its ceasing, cultivate the path; one who does so “is called a bhikṣu who has cut off the bond of craving and desire and all the bonds, who has cultivated full penetration and reached the end of suffering”; “reached the final limit, reached final freedom from stain, reached the final pure conduct, a pure superior man”; “an arhat whose outflows are all exhausted”; one who has “cut the barrier, crossed the moat, passed beyond the boundary, escaped the sentries, raised the banner of the noble Dharma.” The discourse explains these five itself: “What is cutting the barrier? Cutting the five lower bonds. What is crossing the moat? Crossing the deep moat of ignorance. What is passing beyond the boundary? Reaching the end of beginningless birth and death. What is escaping the sentries? The exhaustion of craving for existence. What is raising the banner of the noble Dharma? The exhaustion of the conceit of self.” The last passage: “has cut off five limbs, has completed six limbs, guards the one, relies on the four, has cast aside the truths, free of all seeking, with purified thoughts, bodily action stilled, the mind well liberated, wisdom well liberated, standing alone in pure conduct, an unsurpassed man.” These numbers the discourse does not open out further. The summary verse calls this “the arhat has six kinds”: six ways of speaking of the arhat, not six kinds of arhat.
VI. What Is to Be Known, Knowledge, the Knower; the Burden and Its Bearer (Discourses 72–73)
The seventy-second discourse has three names: “What is the dharma to be known? The five aggregates of clinging.” “What is knowledge? Taming desire, cutting off desire, passing beyond desire: this is called knowledge.” “Who is the knower? The arhat.” What is known is the five aggregates of clinging; the way of knowing is cutting off desire; the one who knows is the arhat. What of the arhat after death? “Not that he exists in another world after death, not that he does not, not both, not neither; it is told at length without measure, and all reckonings are extinguished forever.” None of the four positions is set up, because the things by which he could be counted are gone.
The seventy-third discourse has four names: “the heavy burden, taking up the burden, laying down the burden, and the bearer of the burden.” The heavy burden is the five aggregates of clinging; taking it up is “craving for future existence, together with greed and delight, delighting here and there”; laying it down is that craving “cut off forever without remainder, ceased, spat out, exhausted, free of desire, ceased, sunk.” And the bearer? “The person: the person who has such a name, such a birth, such a clan, such food, such experience of pleasure and pain, such a length of life, such a span of abiding, such a limit to his life.” This passage asks to be read with care. The bearer the discourse speaks of is the “person” with a name and a family, who eats, feels pleasure and pain, and lives so long: the one whom the world calls a person. It does not set up, outside the five aggregates, some further self who carries the load. The discourse before said of the arhat that “all reckonings are extinguished forever”; the person of this discourse is exactly those reckonings. The verse says: “Having laid down the heavy burden, one should not take it up again; the heavy load is great suffering, laying down the load is great happiness; cut off all craving and all formations end; understanding the remaining range, one does not turn back to existence.”
VII. Māra’s Bonds, the Tathāgata and the Arhat, Clinging to Nothing (Discourses 74–76)
The seventy-fourth discourse speaks of bondage: the ordinary person who does not know form as it is “delights in form, praises it, abides bound to it, bound by the bond of form, bound by the inner bond, not knowing the root, not knowing the limit, not knowing the deliverance”; so “bound he is born, bound he dies, bound he goes from this world to another,” “following Māra’s will, entering Māra’s net, shaped by Māra, bound by Māra’s bond, led by Māra.” The noble disciple knows as it is, “knows the root, knows the ford, knows the deliverance,” and is “freed from Māra’s bond, free of Māra’s leading.” Māra here is not a character; it is another name for bondage.
The seventy-fifth discourse asks a question. A bhikṣu who is weary of form, free of desire for it, has ceased it, does not raise it, and is liberated “is called a Tathāgata, Worthy One, Perfectly Awakened”; a bhikṣu who is weary of form, free of desire, and has ceased it “is called an arhat liberated by wisdom.” Then “between the Tathāgata, Worthy One, Perfectly Awakened, and the arhat liberated by wisdom, what is the difference?” What is cut off is the same. The difference is this: “The Tathāgata, Worthy One, Perfectly Awakened, having never before heard the Dharma, awakened to the Dharma by himself and penetrated unsurpassed awakening, and in future ages opens the awakening of his śrāvakas and teaches them the Dharma: the four stations of mindfulness, the four right efforts, the four bases of power, the five faculties, the five powers, the seven factors of awakening, the eightfold path.” He “attained what had not been attained, benefited where there had been no benefit, knew the path, discerned the path, taught the path, and went through the path.” First he walks the road out; then he tells the road. This is one of the few places in the discourses that speak directly of the difference between the Tathāgata and his disciples.
In the seventy-sixth discourse the World-Honored One asks first: having contemplated form, do you see self, other than self, within one another? The bhikṣus answer no. The World-Honored One says: “Form is not self; what is not self is impermanent; what is impermanent is suffering.” The order of this sentence is the reverse of Fascicle 1: there, impermanent therefore suffering, suffering therefore not self; here, not self therefore impermanent, impermanent therefore suffering. One can set out from either end and arrive at the same place: “clinging to nothing in the world; clinging to nothing, one is attached to nothing; attached to nothing, one realizes nirvāṇa for oneself.”
VIII. Cutting Off Desire, Arising and Abiding and Coming Forth, Form in the Three Times (Discourses 77–79)
The seventy-seventh discourse is very short: “Cut off desire and craving for form; when desire and craving are cut off, form is cut off; when form is cut off, one abandons and fully knows; having abandoned and fully known, the root is cut off. Like a palm tree with its crown cut, it does not grow again in the future.” What is cut off is desire and craving, not form; when desire and craving are cut, form is “cut off,” and this cutting is for the person: form is no longer an aggregate of clinging. Cut the crown of a palm tree and the whole tree never grows again; that is the root cut off.
The seventy-eighth discourse says form and suffering arise and cease together: “If form arises, abides, and comes forth, then suffering arises here, sickness abides here, aging and death come forth here”; “if form ceases, is stilled, and sinks, suffering ceases here, sickness is stilled here, aging and death sink here.” Suffering is not something added to form; it is form’s own arising, abiding, and coming forth. The seventy-ninth discourse speaks of the three times: “Past and future form are impermanent, how much more present form!” The noble disciple “does not look back at past form, does not long for future form, and toward present form is weary, free of desire, and ceased and stilled.” The discourse has a passage that winds: if there were no past form, the noble disciple would not “not look back at past form”; it is because there is past form that he does not look back. That is to say, not looking back and not longing are not treating form as nonexistent; it truly is there, and one does not look back, does not long.
IX. The Seal of the Noble Dharma and the Purity of Seeing (Discourse 80)
The eightieth discourse is one of the great discourses of the fascicle. The World-Honored One first lays down an order: “If one who has not attained emptiness says, I have attained signlessness, nothingness, and knowledge and seeing free of conceit, that cannot be!” Emptiness first; signlessness, nothingness, and knowledge and seeing free of conceit after. A bhikṣu asks him to teach, and he answers: sitting at the foot of a tree in a secluded place, “contemplate well that form is impermanent, a wearing away, a thing to be freed of desire for,” and likewise feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness; “the mind delights, is purified, is liberated: this is called emptiness.” “One who contemplates thus still cannot be free of conceit, nor is his knowledge and seeing purified.” Further: “contemplate the sign of form cut off, the signs of sounds, smells, tastes, touches, and dharmas cut off: this is called signlessness,” and still not free of conceit. Further: “contemplate the sign of greed cut off, the signs of hatred and delusion cut off: this is called nothingness,” and still not free of conceit.
Then how is one freed of conceit? The discourse turns in another direction: “contemplate: from what do self and what belongs to self arise?” The answer: “from what is seen, heard, smelled, tasted, touched, or cognized.” Then ask: “If consciousness arises from a cause and a condition, is that cause and condition of consciousness permanent or impermanent?” “That cause and that condition are all impermanent”; and if cause and condition are impermanent, “how could the consciousness they give rise to be permanent?” Only here does it say: “What is impermanent is conditioned, a formation, arisen from conditions, a thing of danger, a thing that ceases, a thing to be freed of desire for, a thing to be abandoned and fully known: this is called the seal of the noble Dharma, the purity of knowledge and seeing.” The three concentrations, emptiness, signlessness, and nothingness, all contemplate the signs that are cut off; to be free of conceit one must contemplate where self and what belongs to self come from, from seeing, hearing, smelling, tasting, touching, and cognizing, whose causes and conditions are impermanent. Conceit is the place where self arises left unseen. Once it is seen, the seal is set.
X. Pūraṇa and Mahānāma: There Is a Cause, There Is a Condition (Discourse 81)
The eighty-first discourse is at Vaiśālī. The Licchavi Mahānāma went every day to the Buddha. This day he thought: “If I go to the World-Honored One too early, the World-Honored One and the bhikṣus I know will all be in meditation; let me go instead to the Ājīvika outsiders at the seven mango trees.” He came to Pūraṇa Kāśyapa. Pūraṇa, seeing him from afar, first told his followers to be quiet, saying this is “a white-clad disciple of the ascetic Gautama, foremost in Vaiśālī, who always delights in stillness.” Mahānāma asked Pūraṇa: I hear you teach your disciples, “without cause, without condition, beings are defiled; without cause, without condition, beings are purified.” Is that so? Pūraṇa admitted it: “There truly is this doctrine; it is not a false report of the world. I hold this doctrine, and it is a doctrine in accord with Dharma.” Mahānāma “was displeased, rebuked him, rose from his seat and left,” and went to the World-Honored One and told him the whole matter.
The World-Honored One first says one sentence: “That Pūraṇa speaks from his own fancy; it is not worth recording.” Then he sets out the position squarely: “There is a cause, there is a condition, for beings to be defiled; there is a cause, there is a condition, for beings to be purified.” What are the cause and condition? Not some other theory; the very thing this fascicle has been saying for twenty-nine discourses. “If form were wholly suffering, not pleasant, not accompanied by pleasure, not nourished by pleasure, apart from pleasure, beings would not delight in and cling to it on that account.” Form is not pure suffering; there is pleasure in it, so beings are stained by it; “stained, they are bound; bound, they are troubled.” That is the cause and condition of defilement. And the reverse: “If form were wholly pleasant, not painful, not accompanied by pain, not nourished by grief and pain, apart from pain, beings would not grow weary of form on that account.” Form is not pure pleasure; there is pain in it, so beings grow weary of it; “weary, they do not delight; not delighting, they are liberated.” That is the cause and condition of purification.
This answer deserves slow reading. The World-Honored One did not say form is suffering and therefore to be rejected; he said form has both pleasure and pain, and pleasure is the cause of being stained, pain the cause of growing weary. Defilement and purity both have a road in, and both roads lie in form. Pūraṇa’s “no cause, no condition” does not say too little; it erases the whole road, and once the road is erased there is nowhere to apply effort.
XI. The Last Six Discourses (Discourses 82–87)
The last six discourses of the fascicle say one thing in three forms: in the eighty-second, eighty-third, and eighty-fifth the World-Honored One asks first, the bhikṣus ask him to teach, and then teacher asks and disciple answers; in the eighty-fourth the World-Honored One speaks straight through; in the eighty-sixth and eighty-seventh he first states, then poses a question within the teaching, and the bhikṣus answer. In the five with questions, the exchange runs: “Is form permanent or impermanent?” “Impermanent, World-Honored One.” “Is what is impermanent suffering?” “It is suffering, World-Honored One.” “If it is impermanent, suffering, a thing of change, would a learned noble disciple see in it self, other than self, within one another?” “No, World-Honored One.” Each has its own opening. The eighty-second asks “where does a learned noble disciple see impermanence and suffering”; the eighty-third asks “where does he see not self, not other than self, not within one another”; the eighty-fourth states it directly: “Form is impermanent; what is impermanent is suffering; what is suffering is not self”; the eighty-fifth asks “where does he not see self, other than self, within one another”; the eighty-sixth gives a reason: “If impermanent form were permanent, that form should not have sickness or pain, nor should there be any wishing concerning form that it be thus or not thus.” The eighty-seventh gives the same reason in terms of suffering: “Form is suffering. If form were not suffering, sickness and pain should not arise in form.”
The reason given in the eighty-sixth and eighty-seventh discourses continues the thirty-third discourse of Fascicle 2, “if form were self, sickness and pain should not arise in form”: there it was said in terms of self, here in terms of permanence and suffering. The three discourses are three faces of one argument: if it were self, if it were permanent, if it were not suffering, there should be no sickness, pain, or thwarted wish; and there are, so it is not self, impermanent, suffering. The six discourses close in two ways: either “clinging to nothing, one is attached to nothing; attached to nothing, one realizes nirvāṇa for oneself,” or “I say he is liberated from birth, aging, sickness, death, grief, lamentation, distress, and pain, the whole great mass of suffering.” The first speaks from within; the second from the result.
XII. How to Read the Fascicle
Fascicle 3 can be read as a map of arising. The fifty-ninth discourse gives three roads in; the sixty-fifth through sixty-eighth stretch the road into a chain; the sixty-fourth says consciousness grasps at the four stations and grows; the sixty-ninth through seventy-third say it again under the names “the existing body” and “the burden”; the eighty-first gathers the whole matter into “there is a cause, there is a condition,” set against the outsider’s “no cause, no condition.”
The other line is cutting off. The sixtieth discourse says not delighting, not praising, not clinging, not being attached; the seventy-seventh says cut off desire and craving and form is cut off, like a palm tree with its crown cut; the eightieth says that to be free of conceit one must contemplate where self and what belongs to self come from. What is cut is not form but the craving and delight, the desire and craving, the grasping at form. The bearer in the seventy-third discourse is the person; the arhat in the seventy-second is one whose reckonings are extinguished forever. The one who lays down the burden does not vanish; he is simply no longer counted by those numbers.
Reading this fascicle, one need not remember the name of every discourse. Two sentences are enough: “the arising of craving and delight is the arising of form,” and “there is a cause, there is a condition, for beings to be purified.” The first says where defilement comes from; the second says purity too has a road, and the two roads begin at the same form.
Carrying Forward — What the Compendium of Topics Gathers
The Compendium of Topics, in its section on the discourses, has mātṛkā for many discourses of this fascicle. For the three arisings and three ceasings of the fifty-ninth, the treatise says: “by the arising of delight, by the arising of contact, by the arising of name-and-form, as each applies, the arising of form, the arising of feeling and the rest, the arising of consciousness,” matching the sūtra’s three pairings word for word. For the sixty-fourth, fear where there is nothing to fear and the four stations of consciousness, it explains: “it is only mind that abides in the four stations of consciousness, with turning and with stain; and it is only mind that cuts off the four stations of consciousness, without turning and without stain.” For the path to the arising of the existing body in the sixty-ninth: “the practice leading to the arising of the existing body is the practice leading to the arising of suffering; the practice leading to the ceasing of the existing body is the practice leading to the ceasing of suffering.” For the seventy-second, what is to be known, knowledge, and the knower, it gathers them under three heads: “by the dharma to be fully known, by full knowing, and by the one who accomplishes full knowing.” For the burden of the seventy-third it distinguishes three: “what is carried, what carries, and the time of carrying,” and says “the fool takes all formations as what is carried”; in reading the bearer, the treatise too sets up no self outside the aggregates. For the eightieth, where emptiness, signlessness, and nothingness still leave conceit, it locates the conceit: “I am now able to cultivate and realize emptiness; emptiness is mine. Because of this emptiness I reckon myself superior. As with emptiness, so with signlessness and nothingness,” so the conceit lies not in the dharma contemplated but in the one who reckons himself its cultivator and realizer. For the eighty-first, no cause and no condition, the treatise says: “outsider teachers, for their disciples, rely on no cause or on an unequal cause,” and “by four aspects, know that formations are not fixedly suffering and stained,” which is the sūtra’s point that form is neither wholly suffering nor wholly pleasant. For the reasoning of the eighty-sixth and eighty-seventh, that there should be no sickness or pain, it says: “formations by nature arise from many conditions, are not their own masters, and have no ruler. If there were a ruler, all formations, though impermanent by nature, should flow on without end as he pleased, or he should prevent their arising.”
考據Apparatus
全段定位 本單元即《雜阿含經》卷第三全卷:卷題「雜阿含經卷第三」,譯署「宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯」,經二十九部(經序(五九)至(八七)),其間攝頌四首,卷末尾題「雜阿含經卷第三」。全卷漢字九千四百一十七。住處四:舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園(經59–63·65–80·84–87),舍衛國東園鹿子母講堂(經64),毘耶離獼猴池側重閣講堂(經81·83),支提竹園精舍(經82)。說者皆世尊;經64 一比丘兩度請問;經75·80·82·83·85 世尊先發問、比丘請說、世尊答;經76 世尊問、諸比丘答、世尊印可;經81 離車摩訶男先與外道富蘭那迦葉論,後詣佛述之,佛為摩訶男說。經65–71·79·80 之末各有略說之語。雜阿含無逐文古疏;所對之鏡為《瑜伽師地論》攝事分契經事行擇攝(卷八十五至八十八)——論自言其為契經之本母,而以嗢拕南次第擇攝諸經。大正藏校記六十三條,見目九;大正注所載巴利經座標二十條,見目十。
一、科判定位
卷第三之位——底本卷首:
「雜阿含經卷第三」〔T02 0015b07〕 「宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯」〔T02 0015b09〕
卷末尾題同作「雜阿含經卷第三」(0022b14)。經序承卷第二之(五八)而起於(五九):「(五九)如是我聞」〔T02 0015b10〕。
篇名之所由——底本卷中無篇題;『五取蘊相應』之名承卷第一、卷第二,取攝事分於「所說」一相所舉之「如五取蘊、六處、因緣相應分及道品分」〔T30n1579 0772c20〕。本卷經文自身稱此五者為「五受陰」,如經59「觀此五受陰」〔T02 0015b12〕。
二十九經之住處與問答型(住處皆底本逐字;型依經文本身之「白佛」「告」「問」「答」):
| 經 | 錨 | 住處(逐字) | 型 |
|---|---|---|---|
| 59–63 | 〔T02 0015b10〕起 | 「佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園」 | 世尊告諸比丘 |
| 64 | 〔T02 0016c04〕 | 「佛住舍衛國東園鹿子母講堂」 | 世尊歎優陀那偈→一比丘請問偈義→世尊答→彼比丘再問漏盡→世尊答 |
| 65–74 | 〔T02 0017a23〕起 | 「佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園」 | 世尊告諸比丘(經73 末世尊說偈) |
| 75 | 〔T02 0019b21〕 | 同上 | 世尊說而問「有何差別?」→比丘請說→世尊答 |
| 76 | 〔T02 0019c12〕 | 同上 | 世尊問「見有我、異我、相在不?」→諸比丘答→世尊印可「善哉!善哉!」 |
| 77–79 | 〔T02 0019c25〕起 | 同上 | 世尊告諸比丘 |
| 80 | 〔T02 0020a25〕 | 同上 | 世尊自舉「云何為聖法印及見清淨?」→比丘請說→世尊答 |
| 81 | 〔T02 0020b28〕 | 「佛住毘耶離獼猴池側重閣講堂」 | 離車摩訶男先詣外道富蘭那迦葉,問其所說→富蘭那答→摩訶男詣佛述之→佛告摩訶男 |
| 82 | 〔T02 0021a25〕 | 「佛住支提竹園精舍」 | 世尊發問→諸比丘請說→世尊答;中有「色為是常、無常耶?」之問答 |
| 83 | 〔T02 0021b14〕 | 「佛住毘耶離獼猴池側重閣講堂」 | 同經82 型 |
| 84 | 〔T02 0021c05〕 | 「佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園」 | 世尊告諸比丘 |
| 85 | 〔T02 0021c15〕 | 同上 | 同經82 型 |
| 86·87 | 〔T02 0022a06〕起 | 同上 | 世尊告諸比丘;說中自問「色為常、為無常耶?」→比丘答 |
經64 之二問——一比丘先問偈義,經文以比丘複述偈句起問:「世尊!云何『無吾我,亦無有我所;我既非當有,我所何由生?比丘解脫此,則斷下分結。』?」(0016c12);次問漏盡:「時,彼比丘白佛言」〔T02 0016c23〕。世尊第二答中引凡夫所怖畏之句:「無我、無我所,二俱非當生」〔T02 0016c29〕,此句在底本自成一行。
經75 之說者——世尊說如來與阿羅漢慧解脫之同,而後自問:「有何差別?」〔T02 0019b29〕;比丘白佛「如來為法根、為法眼、為法依」,請佛廣說(0019b29);世尊乃答,結以「是名如來、羅漢差別」(0019c09)。
經76 之說者——世尊問:「觀察色已,見有我、異我、相在」〔T02 0019c15〕;諸比丘答「不也,世尊!」〔T02 0019c16〕;世尊印可而續說。
經80 之說者——世尊先自舉其目:「云何為聖法印及見清淨?」(0020b05);比丘白佛:「佛為法根、法眼、法依」〔T02 0020b06〕;世尊乃答。
經81 之說者——本經四方之語,經文各以「言」「告」「語」別之:摩訶男心念欲先詣外道(0020c01);富蘭那迦葉告其眷屬(0020c07);摩訶男問富蘭那所說;富蘭那迦葉自答:「實有此論,非世妄傳」〔T02 0020c18〕,其「無因、無緣,眾生有垢;無因、無緣,眾生清淨」之說,是外道富蘭那之自述,非佛語。佛告摩訶男:「彼富蘭那為出意語,不足記也」(0020c25),而說「有因、有緣,眾生有垢」(0020c28)。經尾作「時,摩訶男聞佛所說,歡喜隨喜,禮佛而退」(0021a21),不同他經之「諸比丘」。
經82·83 之問答——二經皆世尊先問、諸比丘請說,世尊於答中再發「色為是常、無常耶?」之問。經82 尾作「時,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行」〔T02 0021b12〕,無「佛說此經已」;經83 尾作「佛說此經時」〔T02 0021c03〕。
略說之語——底本以略說之語收餘經,今照錄,不以他經補之:
- 經65 末:「如觀察,如是分別、種種分別、知、廣知、種種知、親近、親近修習、入、觸、證二經,亦如是廣說」〔T02 0017b14〕。
- 經66 末:「如觀察,如是乃至作證十二經,亦應廣說」〔T02 0017c09〕;經67·68 末同作「如觀察,乃至作證十二經,亦如是廣說」〔T02 0018a05〕。
- 經69·70 末:「如當說,有及當知,亦如是說」〔T02 0018b15〕;經71 末亦見此語。
- 經71 末:「餘如是說。差別者」〔T02 0018c12〕,其後「又復差別者」凡六見,首見「又復差別者」〔T02 0018c15〕;合「差別者」計七段,各段一意,底本未分其為別經或為一經之異說,今照錄其段。
- 經79 末:「如無常,苦、空、非我三經,亦如是說」〔T02 0020a24〕。
- 經80:「是名比丘當說聖法印、知見清淨……」〔T02 0020b25〕,其下「如是廣說」。
偈頌三處——經64 世尊所歎優陀那偈三句,始於「法無有吾我,亦復無我所」〔T02 0016c08〕,在底本作三行;經64 比丘複述之偈(0016c12);經73 世尊所說偈四句,始於「已捨於重擔,不復應更取」〔T02 0019a26〕,在底本作四行。
攝頌四首——本卷四首攝頌,各在其所攝諸經之後;經82–87 六經之後,本卷未見攝頌:
| 攝頌 | 錨 | 逐字 | 所攝 |
|---|---|---|---|
| 一 | 〔T02 0017a21〕 | 「生滅以不樂及三種分別」「貪著等觀察是名優陀那」 | 經59–64 |
| 二 | 〔T02 0018a24〕 | 「受與生及樂亦說六入處」「一一十二種禪定三昧經」 | 經65–68 |
| 三 | 〔T02 0019a02〕 | 「其道有三種實覺亦三種」「有身四種說羅漢有六種」 | 經69–71 |
| 四 | 〔T02 0021a23〕 | 「知法及重擔往詣、觀、欲貪」「生及與略說法印、富蘭那」 | 經72–81 |
攝頌之所由,攝事分明言其為結集者所立:
「後結集者,為令聖教久住,結嗢拕南頌,隨其所應次第安布。」〔T30n1579 0772c15〕
各頌名目之所攝(皆讀法,用單角引號提挈;以經文同詞為據,無同詞者依位次):
- 頌一——『生滅』即經59「是生滅法」〔T02 0015b13〕;『以不樂』即經60「則於色不樂,心得解脫」〔T02 0015b29〕;『及三種分別』,頌中此句所指未能確定,或指經61 之「是名隨信行」〔T02 0016a06〕「是名隨法行」〔T02 0016a09〕與須陀洹果三種;『貪著』即經62「生我見繫著」〔T02 0016a22〕;『等觀察』,頌中此句所指未能確定,或指經63「分別如是觀」〔T02 0016b19〕;『是名優陀那』即經64「世尊歎優陀那偈」〔T02 0016c06〕。
- 頌二——『受』即經65「於受樂著生取」〔T02 0017b02〕;『與生』即經66「未來世色復生」〔T02 0017b24〕;『及樂』即經67「樂著彼色」〔T02 0017c17〕;『亦說六入處』依位次當經68——經68 本文無「六入處」之詞,唯舉「緣眼及色眼識生」〔T02 0018a10〕乃至「緣意及法生意識」〔T02 0018a13〕;『一一十二種』即經66–68 末之「作證十二經」〔T02 0017c09〕,經65 末則作「證二經」〔T02 0017b15〕;『禪定三昧經』即四經之首「常當修習方便禪思」〔T02 0017a24〕,經文作「禪思」,頌作「禪定三昧」。
- 頌三——『其道有三種』即經69「集趣道及有身集滅道」〔T02 0018a28〕,經末又以「當說」「有」「當知」三者略說;『實覺亦三種』依位次當經70——經70 說「身苦邊、有身集邊、有身滅邊」〔T02 0018b18〕三種,經文中無「實覺」一詞〔查無:以「實覺」遍檢本卷,唯見於頌行自身〕;『有身四種說』即經71「有身集、有身滅、有身滅道跡」〔T02 0018c01〕連「有身」為四;『羅漢有六種』即經71 末「又復差別者」六段,其中一段明言「是名比丘阿羅漢盡諸有漏」〔T02 0018c20〕。
- 頌四——『知法』即經72「當說所知法」〔T02 0019a05〕;『及重擔』即經73「我今當說重擔」〔T02 0019a16〕;『往詣』,頌中此句所指未能確定,或指頌中無他句所收之經74·75〔查無:「往詣」一詞於本卷經文唯見經81 兩處「往詣佛所」與「即往詣彼富蘭那迦葉住處」〕;『觀』即經76「觀察於色,觀察色已」〔T02 0019c15〕;『欲貪』即經77「當斷色欲貪」〔T02 0019c26〕;『生』依位次當經78——經文作「若色起、住、出」〔T02 0020a04〕,無「生」字,頌作「生」;『及與略說』即經79 末「如無常,苦、空、非我三經」〔T02 0020a24〕;『法印』即經80「當說聖法印及」〔T02 0020a26〕;『富蘭那』即經81「即往詣彼富蘭那迦葉住處」〔T02 0020c04〕。
互見於卷第二之注——卷第二攝頌一「竹園、毘舍離清淨、正觀察」之下,大正注有一注:「竹園…苦(六經)出第三卷(82-87).」(0008b13)。本卷經82 正作「佛住支提竹園精舍」〔T02 0021a25〕,經83 住處作「毘耶離」,卷第二頌作「毘舍離」,二字不同。本卷經82–87 之後未見攝頌。錄而不裁,不據以移二卷之次。
攝事分自身之嗢拕南——論擇攝本卷諸經之段,自立嗢拕南(逐字錄之,不據以改本卷之次,不據以立本卷之科):
「因、勝利、二智、愚夫分位五、二種見差別、於斯聖教等。」〔T30n1579 0785b08〕 「果、因、與受、世、愛、及繫。」〔T30n1579 0789a04〕 「斷支、實顯了、行緣、無等教、四種有情眾、道四、究竟五。」〔T30n1579 0789b26〕 「二品總略、三有異、勝解、斷、流轉、有性、不善清淨善清淨、善說惡說師等別。」〔T30n1579 0790c11〕
『論嗢拕南之「實顯了」與經65–68「如實觀察」,「道四」與經71「有身滅道跡」,「究竟五」與經71 末之究竟諸段,「斷」與經77「斷」,「有性」與經79,「不善清淨善清淨」與經80「見清淨」,「師等別」與經81 之外道師』——此為讀法,論嗢拕南未自指經序。
論之嗢拕南各項與本卷各經之相當,唯以論文與經文逐字同詞者為據,逐經見目十①;其外不作對應。
二、異譯對勘
本卷二十九經,《別譯雜阿含經》(大正藏第二冊第一〇〇號)未見對照經——大正注於本卷諸條之中,無一條標別譯經序;大正校注未標別譯對照。誠實記之,不另擬對照。
三、經論宗依(眼)
雜阿含為佛及弟子之說,其所依即經自身;論之於經,是擇攝而非所依。以下列攝事分本母之句與本卷經文逐字同詞者——皆論自文,並列以見其所擇攝,不謂經依論。
喜·觸·名色之集(經59)
- 經:「愛喜集是色集」〔T02 0015b15〕;「觸集是受、想、行集」〔T02 0015b16〕;「名色集是識集」〔T02 0015b17〕
- 論:「謂憙集故、觸集故、名色集故,隨其所應,若色集、若受等集、若識集」〔T30n1579 0779a02〕
前際·後際俱見(經60)
- 經:「前際俱見,永盡無餘」〔T02 0015c05〕
- 論:「又由三分,當知建立薩迦耶見以為根本一切見趣。一、由前際俱行故;二、由後際俱行故;三、由前後際俱行故」〔T30n1579 0785c05〕
心解脫(經60)
- 經:「則於色不樂,心得解脫」〔T02 0015b29〕
- 論:「厭離為先,而得離欲;離欲為先,心善解脫」〔T30n1579 0785b26〕
離生·凡夫地·中間不死(經61)
- 經:「超昇離生,越凡夫地,未得須陀洹果,中間不死」〔T02 0016a06〕
- 論:「若住中智,便名已入正性離生,超過異生地,未得預流果」〔T30n1579 0787b22〕;「終無中夭」〔T30n1579 0787b24〕
三結(經61)
- 經:「三結盡斷知,謂身見、戒取、疑」〔T02 0016a11〕
- 論:「當知建立三結差別」〔T30n1579 0787c10〕
計我·勝·相似(經62·63)
- 經:「見色是我、異我、相在」〔T02 0016a27〕;「言我最勝、言我相似,我知、我見」〔T02 0016b26〕
- 論:「復有四種妄計我論。一者、宣說諸行是我,二者、宣說我有諸行,三者、宣說諸行屬我,四者、宣說我在行中」〔T30n1579 0787c28〕;「由慢故者,謂我為勝」〔T30n1579 0788b03〕
意界·法界·無明界·無明觸(經63)
- 經:「有意界、法界、無明界,無明觸所觸」〔T02 0016b24〕
- 論:「於見相應諸無明觸所生起受妄計為我」〔T30n1579 0788a13〕;「後有意界」〔T30n1579 0788a23〕;「有無明種及無明界」〔T30n1579 0788a25〕;「意所緣法界」〔T30n1579 0788a26〕
優陀那·下分結(經64)
- 經:「世尊歎優陀那偈」〔T02 0016c06〕;「如是解脫者,則斷五下分結」〔T02 0016c22〕
- 論:「是處世尊,依自聖教為欲顯示善說發起」〔T30n1579 0788b11〕;「後結集者,於法門中,稱為世尊嗢拕南說」〔T30n1579 0788b13〕;「亦永超越順下分結」〔T30n1579 0788c08〕
無畏處而生恐畏·四識住(經64)
- 經:「於無畏處而生恐畏」〔T02 0016c27〕;「攀緣四識住」〔T02 0017a01〕
- 論:「於不應怖妄生怖畏」〔T30n1579 0788c12〕;「謂唯有心住四識住,有轉有染;又唯有心斷四識住,無轉無染」〔T30n1579 0788c14〕
識無所住·十方無所趣·寂靜清涼(經64)
- 經:「識無所住故不增長」〔T02 0017a12〕;「我說識不住東方、南、西、北方、四維、上、下」〔T02 0017a17〕;「寂靜、清涼」〔T02 0017a19〕
- 論:「又即由彼無所住識,因分、果分不復生長」〔T30n1579 0789b10〕;「彼有漏識由永滅已,遍於十方皆無所趣」〔T30n1579 0789b18〕;「依初纏斷,說名寂靜;依第二斷,說名清涼」〔T30n1579 0789b20〕
別有法(經64)
- 經:「但有言說,問已不知,增益生癡,以非境界故」〔T02 0017a06〕
- 論:「若有棄捨如來所說識流轉道,而作是言:我當更作別異施設」〔T30n1579 0789a12〕
禪思·如實觀察·受(經65–68)
- 經:「常當修習方便禪思,內寂其心」〔T02 0017a24〕;「於苦、樂、不苦不樂受,不如實觀察」〔T02 0017a29〕
- 論:「諸修斷者,略由五支攝受於斷,能於諸行如實顯了。一、由身遠離故;二、由心遠離故;三、由奢摩他品三摩地故;四、由毘鉢舍那品三摩地故;五、由常委所作故。」〔T30n1579 0789b28〕;「於率爾墮境所起受中,不如實知增上力故,能令諸行流轉雜染;如實知故,能令清淨」〔T30n1579 0789c08〕
有身集趣道·有身滅道跡(經69)
- 經:「有身集趣道,當知即是苦集趣道」〔T02 0018b05〕;「有身滅道跡,則是苦滅道跡」〔T02 0018b12〕
- 論:「若趣薩迦耶集行,即是趣苦集行;若趣薩迦耶滅行,即是趣苦滅行」〔T30n1579 0789c22〕
有身邊(經70)
- 經:「云何有身集邊?謂受當來有愛」〔T02 0018b21〕
- 論:「當知世間彼集、滅邊,及薩迦耶彼集、滅邊」〔T30n1579 0790a08〕
當知·斷·證·修(經71)
- 經:「當知有身,當知斷有身集,當知證有身滅,當知修斷有身道跡」〔T02 0018c12〕
- 論:「一、應遍知行相,二、應永斷行相,三、應作證行相,四、應修習行相」〔T30n1579 0790a13〕
斷關·度塹·防邏·法幢(經71)
- 經:「云何斷關?謂斷五下分結」〔T02 0018c24〕;「云何脫諸防邏?謂有愛盡。云何建聖法幢?謂我慢盡」〔T02 0018c26〕
- 論:「一者、闢宮城門;二者、超踰隍塹」〔T30n1579 0790b03〕;「先斷能順五下分結,如彼闢門」〔T30n1579 0790b08〕;「已斷有愛」〔T30n1579 0790b12〕;「遍於一切憍慢不起」〔T30n1579 0790b13〕
所知法·智·智者(經72)
- 經:「當說所知法、智及智者」〔T02 0019a05〕;「非有他世死、非無他世死、非有無他世死、非非有無他世死」〔T02 0019a10〕
- 論:「一、由所遍知法故;二、由遍知故;三、由成遍知故」〔T30n1579 0790c13〕;「謂如來滅後若有、若無、亦有亦無、非有非無皆不可取,亦不可記」〔T30n1579 0790c20〕
重擔·取擔·擔者(經73)
- 經:「我今當說重擔、取擔、捨擔、擔者」〔T02 0019a16〕;「士夫者,如是名,如是生,如是姓族,如是食,如是受苦樂」〔T02 0019a22〕
- 論:「一、所荷擔,二、能荷擔,三、荷擔時」〔T30n1579 0791a05〕;「謂如是名、如是種類、如是族姓、如是飲食、如是領受若苦若樂、如是長壽、如是久住、如是所有壽量邊際」〔T30n1579 0777a16〕
內縛·魔(經74)
- 經:「色縛所縛,內縛所縛」〔T02 0019b06〕;「隨魔自在,入魔網中」〔T02 0019b10〕;「不入魔手」〔T02 0019b17〕
- 論:「由五種相,愚夫內縛與彼外縛而有差別」〔T30n1579 0791a16〕;「魔羅於彼不得自在」〔T30n1579 0791a25〕;「出家位未脫魔手」〔T30n1579 0791a27〕
如來與慧解脫阿羅漢(經75)
- 經:「如來、應、等正覺,阿羅漢慧解脫,有何差別?」〔T02 0019b28〕;「知道、分別道、說道、通道」〔T02 0019c07〕
- 論:「略由四相,當知如來與慧解脫阿羅漢等,同分、異分」〔T30n1579 0791b01〕;「此中如來,無師自然修三十七菩提分法,現等正覺」〔T30n1579 0791b04〕;「如來如實了知一切種道為道」〔T30n1579 0791b14〕
法根·法眼·法依(經75·80·82·83·85)
- 經:「如來為法根、為法眼、為法依」〔T02 0019b29〕
- 論:「謂能引發一切梵行之法,皆用世尊為根本故,皆由世尊轉法眼故,皆以世尊為所依故」〔T30n1579 0778b01〕
過去·未來·現在(經79)
- 經:「過去、未來色尚無常,況復現在色」〔T02 0020a11〕;「不顧過去色,不欣未來色」〔T02 0020a13〕
- 論:「當知過去、未來諸行尚定無常,何況現在」〔T30n1579 0774b20〕;「謂無顧戀故,不欣樂故」〔T30n1579 0791c26〕
空·無相·無所有·離慢·法印(經80)
- 經:「我於空三昧未有所得,而起無相、無所有、離慢知見」〔T02 0020a27〕;「是名聖法印、知見清淨」〔T02 0020b24〕
- 論:「我今於空能修能證,空是我有。由是空故,計我為勝。如空,無相及無所有,當知亦爾」〔T30n1579 0792a12〕;「一切法中無有我性,名諸法印」〔T30n1579 0792b02〕;「是故亦名眾聖法印」〔T30n1579 0792b05〕
有為·從緣起(經80)
- 經:「無常者,是有為、行、從緣起」〔T02 0020b23〕
- 論:「已滅壞故,滅壞法故,說名無常。諸業、煩惱所集成故,說名有為」〔T30n1579 0792a21〕
外道之無因論·寂靜(經81)
- 經:「無因、無緣,眾生有垢;無因、無緣,眾生清淨」〔T02 0020c14〕;「常樂寂靜,讚歎寂靜」〔T02 0020c09〕
- 論:「外道師為諸弟子,依止無因、不平等因」〔T30n1579 0792b21〕;「由二種相,無因論者,於諸行中執無因轉」〔T30n1579 0796b08〕;「謂諸外道師及弟子,恒常住於憒鬧之住;內法師、弟,時時住於極寂靜住」〔T30n1579 0792b10〕
一向是苦·樂(經81)
- 經:「若色一向是苦,非樂、非隨樂、非樂長養、離樂者」〔T02 0021a01〕
- 論:「由四種相,當知諸行非定苦染」〔T30n1579 0792c13〕
無常·苦·非我之次第(經82–87)
- 經:「色是無常,無常則苦,苦則非我」〔T02 0021c06〕
- 論:「如是觀無常故苦,苦故無我,是名智漸次」〔T30n1579 0775b01〕;「謂厭、離欲、解脫、遍解脫」〔T30n1579 0775b02〕
有病·欲令如是(經86·87)
- 經:「彼色不應有病、有苦,亦不應於色有所求,欲令如是、不令如是」〔T02 0022a08〕
- 論:「本性諸行眾緣生故,不得自在,亦無宰主。若有宰主,彼一切行雖性無常,應隨所樂流轉不絕;或不令生」〔T30n1579 0793a28〕
論以諸行總言五蘊,經則一一舉色與受、想、行、識;經作受陰,論作取蘊;經作有身,論作薩迦耶;經作須陀洹,論作預流;經作凡夫,論作異生——二者詞不同處,不強作同。
四、本段釋要
本卷無逐文古疏。攝事分行擇攝即論之本母,其段落依自立之嗢拕南(目一)次第而下;以下依論之次第,列其與本卷經文同詞之段(逐字+錨),並注同詞之經。論段之中與本卷經文無同詞者,不列。
一、因·勝利(與經59·60 同詞「喜」「觸」「離欲」「心解脫」)
「一切行因,略有二種。一、共,二、不共。共因者,謂喜為先因」〔T30n1579 0785b10〕 「謂順苦、樂、非苦樂觸,望於受等所有心法;無間滅意及俱生名、十種色等,望六種識」〔T30n1579 0785b16〕 「厭離為先,而得離欲;離欲為先,心善解脫」〔T30n1579 0785b26〕
二、二種見差別——前際·後際(與經60 同詞「前際」「後際」)
「又由三分,當知建立薩迦耶見以為根本一切見趣。一、由前際俱行故;二、由後際俱行故;三、由前後際俱行故」〔T30n1579 0785c05〕
三、愚夫分位與於斯聖教——離生·見清淨·三結(與經61 同詞「離生」「三結」,與經80 同詞「見清淨」)
「若住中智,便名已入正性離生,超過異生地,未得預流果」〔T30n1579 0787b22〕 「終無中夭」〔T30n1579 0787b24〕 「名見清淨;有餘惑故,非善清淨」〔T30n1579 0787b26〕 「當知建立三結差別」〔T30n1579 0787c10〕
四、妄計我論(與經62·63 同詞「我」「在」)
「復有四種妄計我論。一者、宣說諸行是我,二者、宣說我有諸行,三者、宣說諸行屬我,四者、宣說我在行中」〔T30n1579 0787c28〕
五、無明觸·意界·我慢(與經63 同詞「無明觸」「意界」「法界」「無明界」「勝」)
「於見相應諸無明觸所生起受妄計為我」〔T30n1579 0788a13〕 「後有意界」〔T30n1579 0788a23〕「有無明種及無明界」〔T30n1579 0788a25〕「意所緣法界」〔T30n1579 0788a26〕 「由慢故者,謂我為勝」〔T30n1579 0788b03〕
六、世尊嗢拕南說——下分結·怖畏·四識住(與經64 同詞「下分結」「恐畏」「四識住」「轉」)
「是處世尊,依自聖教為欲顯示善說發起」〔T30n1579 0788b11〕 「後結集者,於法門中,稱為世尊嗢拕南說」〔T30n1579 0788b13〕 「一切諸結永斷可得,謂下上分結」〔T30n1579 0788b17〕 「亦永超越順下分結」〔T30n1579 0788c08〕 「於不應怖妄生怖畏」〔T30n1579 0788c12〕 「謂唯有心住四識住,有轉有染;又唯有心斷四識住,無轉無染」〔T30n1579 0788c14〕 「復有四依。謂色、受、想、行」〔T30n1579 0788c15〕
七、識流轉道·無所住識(與經64 同詞「識」「住」「十方」「寂靜」「清涼」)
「若有棄捨如來所說識流轉道,而作是言:我當更作別異施設」〔T30n1579 0789a12〕 「又即由彼無所住識,因分、果分不復生長」〔T30n1579 0789b10〕 「彼有漏識由永滅已,遍於十方皆無所趣」〔T30n1579 0789b18〕 「依初纏斷,說名寂靜;依第二斷,說名清涼」〔T30n1579 0789b20〕
八、斷支·實顯了(與經65–68 同詞「如實」「受」「親近」)
「諸修斷者,略由五支攝受於斷,能於諸行如實顯了。一、由身遠離故;二、由心遠離故;三、由奢摩他品三摩地故;四、由毘鉢舍那品三摩地故;五、由常委所作故。」〔T30n1579 0789b28〕 「復次,當知有十二種如實顯了行相」〔T30n1579 0789c03〕——論之十二種行相,其名目與經65 末分別乃至證諸名不同,錄而不合。 「於率爾墮境所起受中,不如實知增上力故,能令諸行流轉雜染;如實知故,能令清淨」〔T30n1579 0789c08〕 『論此段以四所緣事分住內法異生、在家異生「欣後有」〔T30n1579 0789c10〕、外道、有學四類——與經65「受」、經66「未來世色復生」、經67「樂著」、經68 眼乃至意相次』——此為讀法,論未自指經序。
九、行緣·道四——有身集趣·苦集趣(與經69·70 同詞「集」「滅」「邊」「有」)
「若趣薩迦耶集行,即是趣苦集行;若趣薩迦耶滅行,即是趣苦滅行」〔T30n1579 0789c22〕 「三者、有,是染著者更生義故」〔T30n1579 0789c29〕 「當知世間彼集、滅邊,及薩迦耶彼集、滅邊」〔T30n1579 0790a08〕 「一、應遍知行相,二、應永斷行相,三、應作證行相,四、應修習行相」〔T30n1579 0790a13〕
十、究竟五(與經71 末諸段同詞「究竟」「梵行」「阿羅漢」)
「有阿羅漢盡諸漏等所有差別」〔T30n1579 0790a25〕 「有畢竟究竟」〔T30n1579 0790a26〕「有畢竟無垢」〔T30n1579 0790a27〕「有畢竟梵行以為後邊」〔T30n1579 0790a28〕
十一、入涅槃宮五相(與經71「斷關」「度塹」「法幢」之段同詞「五下分結」「有愛」,論譬作宮城、隍塹、勝幢)
「一者、闢宮城門;二者、超踰隍塹」〔T30n1579 0790b03〕 「先斷能順五下分結,如彼闢門」〔T30n1579 0790b08〕 「已斷有愛」〔T30n1579 0790b12〕 「遍於一切憍慢不起」〔T30n1579 0790b13〕 「於六恒住常攝受故」〔T30n1579 0790b20〕 「由與無學心善解脫、慧善解脫而共相應」〔T30n1579 0790c06〕
十二、二品總略——所遍知法·遍知·成遍知(與經72 同詞「知」「如來滅後」之四句)
「一、由所遍知法故;二、由遍知故;三、由成遍知故」〔T30n1579 0790c13〕 「謂如來滅後若有、若無、亦有亦無、非有非無皆不可取,亦不可記」〔T30n1579 0790c20〕 「現量、比量及正教量所不量故,說名無量」〔T30n1579 0791a02〕
十三、三有異——荷擔(與經73 同詞「擔」)
「一、所荷擔,二、能荷擔,三、荷擔時」〔T30n1579 0791a05〕 「愚夫乃以一切諸行為所荷擔」〔T30n1579 0791a07〕 「恒常荷擔大重擔故」〔T30n1579 0791a12〕
十四、內縛·魔(與經74 同詞「內縛」「魔」「自在」「魔縛」「魔手」)
「由五種相,愚夫內縛與彼外縛而有差別」〔T30n1579 0791a16〕 「魔羅於彼不得自在」〔T30n1579 0791a25〕 「未離欲位,魔縛所縛」〔T30n1579 0791a27〕
十五、如來與慧解脫阿羅漢(與經75 同詞「如來」「慧解脫」「阿羅漢」「道」)
「略由四相,當知如來與慧解脫阿羅漢等,同分、異分」〔T30n1579 0791b01〕 「此中如來,無師自然修三十七菩提分法,現等正覺」〔T30n1579 0791b04〕 「如來如實了知一切種道為道」〔T30n1579 0791b14〕
十六、勝解·斷(與經76 同詞「無我」,與經77 同詞「斷」)
「略有二種無我勝解」〔T30n1579 0791c03〕 「由四種相,應知諸行有二種斷」〔T30n1579 0791c10〕
十七、流轉——三種密苦(與經78 同詞「病」「老死」「苦」)
「有覆障苦」〔T30n1579 0791c18〕 「又彼諸行流轉生起初中後滅,當知即是三種苦滅」〔T30n1579 0791c19〕
十八、有性(與經79 同詞「不顧」「不欣」)
「謂無顧戀故,不欣樂故」〔T30n1579 0791c26〕
十九、不善清淨·善清淨——聖法印(與經80 同詞「空」「無相」「無所有」「法印」「清淨」)
「略有二種離增上慢觀無我見。何等為二?一、不善清淨,二、善清淨」〔T30n1579 0791c28〕 「我今於空能修能證,空是我有。由是空故,計我為勝。如空,無相及無所有,當知亦爾」〔T30n1579 0792a12〕 「已滅壞故,滅壞法故,說名無常。諸業、煩惱所集成故,說名有為」〔T30n1579 0792a21〕 「一切法中無有我性,名諸法印」〔T30n1579 0792b02〕 「是故亦名眾聖法印」〔T30n1579 0792b05〕 「當知此中,由前名通達智,由後名善清淨見」〔T30n1579 0792b06〕
二十、善說惡說師等別(與經81 同詞「外道」「弟子」「寂靜」「無因」「苦」「樂」)
「謂諸外道師及弟子,恒常住於憒鬧之住;內法師、弟,時時住於極寂靜住」〔T30n1579 0792b10〕 「外道師為諸弟子,依止無因、不平等因」〔T30n1579 0792b21〕 「由四種相,當知諸行非定苦染」〔T30n1579 0792c13〕
二十一、無常故苦·苦故無我(與經82–87 同詞「無常」「苦」「厭」「離欲」「解脫」;論於前段〔卷八十五〕說之)
「如是觀無常故苦,苦故無我,是名智漸次」〔T30n1579 0775b01〕 「謂厭、離欲、解脫、遍解脫」〔T30n1579 0775b02〕
二十二、無因論(與經81 同詞「無因」)
「由二種相,無因論者,於諸行中執無因轉」〔T30n1579 0796b08〕
經65 末「分別、種種分別、知、廣知、種種知、親近、親近修習、入、觸、證」諸名,論唯有「說名親近」〔T30n1579 0783b03〕一詞同;經63「我知、我見」、經77「截多羅樹頭」、經81「離車」「七菴羅樹」、經84–87 之問答形:論於上列諸段中未見與之同詞之句,誠實記之,不以義近而列。
五、諸家異釋
本卷無古德異釋。雜阿含無逐文古疏;攝事分為唯一之鏡,一家之說,無可分欄。
六、術語(首見名相·釋義唯取攝事分逐字)
卷第一已立之名相(色·受·想·行·識、五受陰、無常、苦、空、非我、正觀、厭離、喜貪、心解脫、梵行、如實知、欲貪、離欲、味·患·離、取、阿羅漢、結、我慢、涅槃、變易法、集·滅·道跡等)、卷第二已立之名相(陰·受陰、漏、識住·四識住、四大、六受身·六想身·六思身·六識身、名色、苦邊、漏盡·無漏、心解脫·慧解脫、八聖道、六觸入處、意界·法界·無明界、無明觸、生滅、四念處·四正勤·四如意足·五根·五力·七覺分·八聖道分、有為等),本卷不重出;以下唯列本卷新見者。
| 名相 | 本卷首見(逐字) | 錨 | 攝事分 |
|---|---|---|---|
| 前際俱見·後際俱見 | 「前際俱見,永盡無餘」 | 〔T02 0015c05〕 | 「一、由前際俱行故;二、由後際俱行故;三、由前後際俱行故」〔T30n1579 0785c06〕之句中 |
| 封著 | 「無所封著」 | 〔T02 0015c08〕 | 論未見此名 |
| 隨信行·隨法行 | 「是名隨信行」 | 〔T02 0016a06〕 | 論未立「隨信行」之名;論有「法隨法行」〔T30n1579 0778a27〕 |
| 離生·凡夫地 | 「超昇離生,越凡夫地」 | 〔T02 0016a06〕 | 論作「正性離生」「異生地」:「若住中智,便名已入正性離生,超過異生地,未得預流果」〔T30n1579 0787b22〕 |
| 須陀洹果 | 「未得須陀洹果」 | 〔T02 0016a07〕 | 論作預流果,見上 |
| 三結·身見·戒取·疑 | 「三結盡斷知,謂身見、戒取、疑」 | 〔T02 0016a11〕 | 「當知建立三結差別」〔T30n1579 0787c10〕 |
| 三菩提 | 「必定正趣三菩提」 | 〔T02 0016a13〕 | 論未釋此名 |
| 七有天人往生 | 「七有天人往生」 | 〔T02 0016a13〕 | 論未釋此名 |
| 重擔 | 「捨離重擔」 | 〔T02 0016a16〕 | 「恒常荷擔大重擔故」〔T30n1579 0791a12〕 |
| 明·明觸 | 「後明觸集起」 | 〔T02 0016c02〕 | 論未釋「明觸」之名 |
| 優陀那偈 | 「世尊歎優陀那偈」 | 〔T02 0016c06〕 | 論稱「世尊嗢拕南說」:「後結集者,於法門中,稱為世尊嗢拕南說」〔T30n1579 0788b13〕 |
| 下分結·五下分結 | 「則斷下分結」 | 〔T02 0016c10〕 | 「亦永超越順下分結」〔T30n1579 0788c08〕 |
| 禪思 | 「常當修習方便禪思」 | 〔T02 0017a24〕 | 論未立此名;論說修斷五支,見目四第八 |
| 有身 | 「有身集趣道及有身集滅道」 | 〔T02 0018a27〕 | 論作薩迦耶:「若趣薩迦耶集行,即是趣苦集行」〔T30n1579 0789c22〕 |
| 有身苦邊·集邊·滅邊 | 「身苦邊、有身集邊、有身滅邊」 | 〔T02 0018b18〕 | 「當知世間彼集、滅邊,及薩迦耶彼集、滅邊」〔T30n1579 0790a08〕 |
| 當來有愛 | 「謂受當來有愛」 | 〔T02 0018b21〕 | 「三者、有,是染著者更生義故」〔T30n1579 0789c29〕 |
| 斷關·度塹·防邏·聖法幢 | 「斷關、度塹,超越境界,脫諸防邏,建聖法幢」 | 〔T02 0018c22〕 | 論譬作宮城門、隍塹、勝幢:「一者、闢宮城門;二者、超踰隍塹」〔T30n1579 0790b03〕 |
| 五枝·六枝 | 「斷五枝,成六枝,守護一,依四種」 | 〔T02 0018c28〕 | 論未逐一釋;論有「於六恒住常攝受故」〔T30n1579 0790b20〕 |
| 心善解脫·慧善解脫 | 「心善解脫,慧善解脫」 | 〔T02 0018c29〕 | 「由與無學心善解脫、慧善解脫而共相應」〔T30n1579 0790c06〕 |
| 所知法·智·智者 | 「當說所知法、智及智者」 | 〔T02 0019a05〕 | 「一、由所遍知法故;二、由遍知故;三、由成遍知故」〔T30n1579 0790c13〕 |
| 取擔·捨擔·擔者 | 「重擔、取擔、捨擔、擔者」 | 〔T02 0019a16〕 | 「一、所荷擔,二、能荷擔,三、荷擔時」〔T30n1579 0791a05〕 |
| 士夫 | 「謂士夫是」 | 〔T02 0019a22〕 | 論作「得入於彼諸行生起世俗言說士夫數中」〔T30n1579 0777a15〕;其下「如是名」等句,見目三 |
| 內縛 | 「內縛所縛」 | 〔T02 0019b07〕 | 「由五種相,愚夫內縛與彼外縛而有差別」〔T30n1579 0791a16〕 |
| 魔·魔網·魔手 | 「隨魔自在,入魔網中」 | 〔T02 0019b10〕 | 「魔羅於彼不得自在」〔T30n1579 0791a25〕;「出家位未脫魔手」〔T30n1579 0791a27〕 |
| 津濟 | 「知津濟」 | 〔T02 0019b15〕 | 論未見此名 |
| 如來、應、等正覺 | 「是名如來、應、等正覺」 | 〔T02 0019b24〕 | 「此中如來,無師自然修三十七菩提分法,現等正覺」〔T30n1579 0791b04〕 |
| 阿羅漢慧解脫 | 「名阿羅漢慧解」 | 〔T02 0019b26〕 | 「略由四相,當知如來與慧解脫阿羅漢等,同分、異分」〔T30n1579 0791b01〕 |
| 法根·法眼·法依 | 「如來為法根、為法」 | 〔T02 0019b29〕 | 「謂能引發一切梵行之法,皆用世尊為根本故,皆由世尊轉法眼故,皆以世尊為所依故」〔T30n1579 0778b01〕 |
| 斷知 | 「得斷知」 | 〔T02 0019c27〕 | 論未見此名 |
| 空三昧·無相·無所有 | 「我於空三昧未有所得,而起無相、無所有、離慢知見」 | 〔T02 0020a27〕 | 「如空,無相及無所有,當知亦爾」〔T30n1579 0792a13〕之句中 |
| 離慢 | 同上 | 〔T02 0020a27〕 | 論作離增上慢:「略有二種離增上慢觀無我見」〔T30n1579 0791c28〕 |
| 聖法印·見清淨 | 「當說聖法印及」 | 〔T02 0020a26〕 | 「一切法中無有我性,名諸法印」〔T30n1579 0792b02〕;「是故亦名眾聖法印」〔T30n1579 0792b05〕;「名見清淨;有餘惑故,非善清淨」〔T30n1579 0787b26〕 |
| 正思惟三昧 | 「復有正思惟三昧」 | 〔T02 0020b12〕 | 論未見此名 |
| 離車 | 「有離車名摩訶男」 | 〔T02 0020b29〕 | 論未見此名 |
| 外道·眾主 | 「外道眾主」 | 〔T02 0020c05〕 | 「外道師為諸弟子,依止無因、不平等因」〔T30n1579 0792b21〕 |
| 無因·無緣 | 「無因、無緣,眾生有垢」 | 〔T02 0020c14〕 | 「由二種相,無因論者,於諸行中執無因轉」〔T30n1579 0796b08〕 |
| 一向 | 「若色一向是苦」 | 〔T02 0021a01〕 | 「由四種相,當知諸行非定苦染」〔T30n1579 0792c13〕;論作「定」,經作「一向」 |
本卷名相皆漢語;大正注於經中名目所附之巴利對音,見目十②末;攝事分於此段不出梵形,今不代擬。
七、譬喻·修辭
經文之譬喻四處:
- 重擔(經73)——「我今當說重擔、取擔、捨擔、擔者」〔T02 0019a16〕;經自合其譬:「云何重擔?謂五受陰」〔T02 0019a18〕。偈作「重任為大苦,捨任為大樂」〔T02 0019a27〕。
- 魔網·魔手(經74)——「隨魔自在,入魔網中,隨魔所化,魔縛所縛,為魔所牽」〔T02 0019b10〕;「不入魔手」〔T02 0019b17〕。
- 截多羅樹頭(經77)——「如截多羅樹頭,未來不復更生」〔T02 0019c28〕。
- 斷關·度塹·防邏·法幢(經71)——「是名比丘斷關、度塹,超越境界,脫諸防邏,建聖法幢」〔T02 0018c22〕;經自釋其譬:「云何斷關?謂斷五下分結。云何度塹?謂度無明深塹」〔T02 0018c24〕。
論之譬喻(非經文所有,錄以備考,不與經文相混)——攝事分以入宮城五相喻入涅槃:「一者、闢宮城門;二者、超踰隍塹」〔T30n1579 0790b03〕;「勝幢既仆」〔T30n1579 0790b06〕。論作宮城門、隍塹、勝幢,經作關、塹、法幢,二者詞不同,不強作同。
定型句:
| 句 | 逐字(首見) | 錨 | 所在 |
|---|---|---|---|
| 經首 | 「如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤」 | 〔T02 0015b10〕 | 二十九經皆以「如是我聞」起 |
| 五受陰 | 「有五受陰。云何」 | 〔T02 0015b11〕 | 經59–63·74–76 以之起說;經60 以下多作「何等為五?」 |
| 自證 | 「我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有」 | — | 經60·64·76·82·84–86 具全式;首見於經60(0015c10) |
| 經尾·佛說 | 「佛說此經已,時」 | 〔T02 0015b20〕 | 經59·60 作「佛說此經已,時諸比丘」;他經多作「佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行」,經63·70·71 作「佛說是經已」 |
| 經尾·比丘 | 「時,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。」 | 〔T02 0021b12〕 | 經82,無「佛說此經已」 |
| 經尾·說時 | 「佛說此經時」 | 〔T02 0021c03〕 | 經83 |
| 經尾·離車 | 「歡喜隨喜,禮佛而退」 | 〔T02 0021a22〕 | 經81 |
| 請說 | 「如來為法根、為法」 | 〔T02 0019b29〕 | 經75;經80 作「佛為法根、法眼、法依」〔T02 0020b06〕;經82·83·85 作「世尊為法根、法眼、法依」 |
| 諦聽 | 「諦聽,善思念之,」 | 〔T02 0018b18〕 | 經70;經71–73·75·82·83·85 作「諦聽,善思,當為汝說」;經80 作「諦聽,善思」 |
| 三世內外 | 「若所有色,若過去、若未」 | 〔T02 0016b06〕 | 經62·82·83·85–87 |
| 非我非異我 | 「彼一切非我、不異我、不相在」 | 〔T02 0019c18〕 | 經76·84·85·87;經82 作「彼一切皆非我、非異我、不相在」,經83 作「彼一切皆非我、不異我、不相在」,經86 作「彼一切非我、非我所如實知」 |
反覆與略說之結構:
- 五蘊反覆——每一法先說「色」,次以「受、想、行、識亦復如是」一句攝其餘;經66 於引號外插「受、想、行、識亦如是廣說」二見(0017b24、0017c02)。
- 乃至——經61「乃至滅盡、涅槃」〔T02 0015c25〕、經68「乃至純大苦聚生」〔T02 0018a12〕、經77「乃至未來世」〔T02 0019c29〕,以「乃至」略其中段。
- 經末略說——經65–71·79 之末皆有略說之語,逐條見目一;經65 作「二經」,經66–68 作「十二經」,二數不同,照錄。
- 經80 之省文——「是名比丘當說聖法印、知見清淨……」〔T02 0020b25〕,底本之省文照錄,不補。
- 經71 末之差別段——「又復差別者」六見,多以「是名比丘」起而各立一義,見目一。
問答型:「色為是常、無常耶?」之反問、「白佛」之應答為經82·83·85–87 之常式,如「比丘!色為是常、無常耶?」〔T02 0021b02〕;經76 以「見有我、異我、相在不?」發問;經75·80 世尊自舉其目而比丘請說。
偈之體:經64 優陀那偈三行,每行十字(二句);經73 偈四行,每行十字(二句);經64 比丘複述之偈與世尊所引「無我、無我所,二俱非當生」〔T02 0016c29〕,前者在行中,後者自成一行。
攝頌之體:四首皆在底本作二行;頌一、頌二、頌三每行十字,頌四每行十字而行中有頓號(「往詣、觀、欲貪」「法印、富蘭那」);頌只舉經之名目,不述經義,一名或攝一經,或攝數經(「一一十二種」「禪定三昧經」攝經65–68,「有身四種說」「羅漢有六種」同攝經71)。
八、徵引承衍
- 攝事分行擇攝之擇攝——本卷經文為攝事分所擇攝之處,逐字已列於目三、目四、目十①;此處只列錨:〔T30n1579 0779a02〕〔T30n1579 0785b10〕〔T30n1579 0785c05〕〔T30n1579 0787b22〕〔T30n1579 0787c28〕〔T30n1579 0788a13〕〔T30n1579 0788b13〕〔T30n1579 0788c14〕〔T30n1579 0789b10〕〔T30n1579 0789b28〕〔T30n1579 0789c22〕〔T30n1579 0790a13〕〔T30n1579 0790b03〕〔T30n1579 0790c13〕〔T30n1579 0791a05〕〔T30n1579 0791a16〕〔T30n1579 0791b01〕〔T30n1579 0791c28〕〔T30n1579 0792b02〕〔T30n1579 0792b21〕。
- 攝頌之承衍——攝事分以「後結集者,為令聖教久住,結嗢拕南頌,隨其所應次第安布」〔T30n1579 0772c15〕說攝頌之所由;論於經64 之優陀那亦以「後結集者,於法門中,稱為世尊嗢拕南說」〔T30n1579 0788b13〕說之。論自身擇攝諸經,亦各以嗢拕南起段(目一)。
- 卷第二之互見——卷第二攝頌一下大正注「竹園…苦(六經)出第三卷(82-87).」(0008b13),見目一;錄而不裁。
九、校本定位
大正藏校記於本卷共六十三條(【大】=大正藏原刊;【宋】【元】【明】=三本,大正注略稱【三】;【宮-CB】【磧乙-CB】為今行校本所記;今行字=今行錄文所取之字;並錄不判):
| # | 錨 | 今行字 | 異讀 |
|---|---|---|---|
| 01 | 0015b15 | 識 | 【宋】【元】無 |
| 02 | 0015b15 | 愛 | 【宋】【元】【明】受 |
| 03 | 0015b16 | 愛 | 【宋】【元】【明】受 |
| 04 | 0015b16 | 行 | 【明】行識 |
| 05 | 0015b17 | 滅 | 【宋】【元】【明】識滅 |
| 06 | 0015c24 | 受 | 【宋】【元】【明】無 |
| 07 | 0016a06 | 是名隨 | 【宋】名隨是 |
| 08 | 0016a07 | 未 | 【宋】來 |
| 09 | 0016b23 | 為 | 【宋】【元】【明】無 |
| 10 | 0016c29 | 二 | 【元】一 |
| 11 | 0017a06 | 問 | 【宋】【元】【明】聞 |
| 12 | 0017a10 | 受 | 【宋】【元】【明】受界 |
| 13 | 0017b03 | 惱、苦 | 【宋】【元】【明】苦惱 |
| 14 | 0017b07 | 受 | 【宋】【元】【明】無 |
| 15 | 0017b09 | 惱、苦 | 【宋】【元】【明】苦惱 |
| 16 | 0017b29 | 如實知 | 【宋】【元】【明】無 |
| 17 | 0017c05 | 苦 | 【宋】【元】【明】苦純大苦 |
| 18 | 0017c10 | 住 | 【明】在 |
| 19 | 0018a01 | 滅 | 【宋】【元】【明】滅云何多聞聖弟子如實知受想行識識集識滅識味識患識離如實知知彼故不樂著彼識不讚歎於識不樂著讚歎識故樂愛滅樂愛滅故取滅取滅故有滅有滅故生滅生滅故老病死憂悲惱苦滅如是純大苦聚 |
| 20 | 0018a16 | 及 | 【大】乃至;【磧乙-CB】【宋】【元】【明】及 |
| 21 | 0018a18 | 緣意 | 【宋】【元】【明】無 |
| 22 | 0018a19 | 受 | 【大】愛;【磧乙-CB】【宋】【元】【明】受 |
| 23 | 0018a29 | (無) | 【大】見 |
| 24 | 0018b06 | 集 | 【宋】【元】【明】無 |
| 25 | 0018b10 | 則 | 【宋】【元】【明】無 |
| 26 | 0018b10 | 苦、惱 | 【宋】【元】【明】惱苦 |
| 27 | 0018b17 | 我 | 【宋】【元】【明】無 |
| 28 | 0018b18 | 身苦 | 【大】身;【宋】【元】【明】身苦 |
| 29 | 0018b19 | 身苦 | 【大】身;【宋】【元】【明】身苦 |
| 30 | 0018b19 | 云何 | 【宋】【元】【明】何等 |
| 31 | 0018b20 | 身苦 | 【大】身;【宋】【元】【明】身苦 |
| 32 | 0018b21 | 受 | 【元】【明】愛 |
| 33 | 0018b21 | 愛 | 【宋】【元】【明】無 |
| 34 | 0018b23 | 受 | 【宋】【元】【明】愛 |
| 35 | 0018b23 | 愛 | 【宋】【元】【明】無 |
| 36 | 0018b24 | 吐 | 【宋】苦 |
| 37 | 0018b25 | 身苦 | 【大】身;【宋】【元】【明】身苦 |
| 38 | 0018c17 | 縛 | 【宮-CB】轉 |
| 39 | 0018c28 | 枝 | 【元】【明】支 |
| 40 | 0018c28 | 枝 | 【元】【明】支 |
| 41 | 0019b05 | 患 | 【宋】【元】【明】盡 |
| 42 | 0019b05 | 不 | 【宋】【元】【明】有 |
| 43 | 0019c08 | 復能 | 【宋】【元】【明】能復 |
| 44 | 0020a16 | 以 | 【宋】已 |
| 45 | 0020a20 | 有 | 【大】欲;【磧乙-CB】【元】【明】有 |
| 46 | 0020b05 | 者 | 【宋】【元】【明】斷 |
| 47 | 0020b05 | 法印 | 【大】弟子 |
| 48 | 0020b13 | 相 | 【宋】想 |
| 49 | 0020b17 | 我、我 | 【大】我;【磧乙-CB】【宋】【元】【明】我我 |
| 50 | 0020b17 | 正思惟三昧 | 【宋】【元】【明】思惟 |
| 51 | 0020c10 | 寂靜 | 【大】靜寂;【磧乙-CB】【宋】【元】【明】寂靜 |
| 52 | 0020c23 | 坐 | 【宋】【元】【明】座 |
| 53 | 0020c26 | 辨 | 【宋】【元】【明】辯 |
| 54 | 0021a01 | (無) | 【大】非 |
| 55 | 0021a04 | 是 | 【大】非 |
| 56 | 0021a06 | (無) | 【大】非 |
| 57 | 0021a08 | 是 | 【大】非 |
| 58 | 0021b20 | 我 | 【宋】【元】【明】無 |
| 59 | 0021b23 | 又 | 【宋】【元】【明】復 |
| 60 | 0022a26 | 非 | 【宋】【元】【明】無 |
| 61 | 0022a29 | 得 | 【明】行 |
| 62 | 0022b11 | 惱、苦 | 【宋】【元】【明】苦惱 |
| 63 | 0022b12 | 說 | 【宋】【元】【明】說已 |
可記者八事(並錄不判;異讀依目九之式記於版本號下):
- 經67 三本之多文(#19)——「如是純大苦聚滅,皆悉得滅」之「滅」(0018a01),三本其下多一段,始「云何多聞聖弟子如實知受想行識」,終「如是純大苦聚」,與今行「云何多聞聖弟子如實知」〔T02 0017c25〕以下之文相類;大正注原文自記其數為八十三字。並錄。
- 經68「及」「受」(#20·#22)——「三事和合生觸,觸滅則受滅」之前「緣眼及色」之「及」(0018a16),【大】作乃至;「觸滅則受滅」之「受」(0018a19),【大】作愛。
- 經70「有身苦邊」(#28·#29·#31·#37)——「有身苦邊」之「身苦」四處,【大】作身,即【大】作有身邊;大正注於 0018b17 另記「有身邊」之對音注(逐字見目十②),與【大】之字相應。今行從三本作「有身苦邊」。並錄。
- 經71「縛」(#38)——「是名比丘斷愛欲縛諸結等法」(0018c17)之「縛」,【宮-CB】作轉。今行校本按語:疑作「轉」,讀作轉諸結。錄其讀,不判。
- 經80「法印」(#47)——「云何為聖法印及見清淨?」之「法印」(0020b05),【大】作弟子。
- 經81【大】之四「非」(#54–#57)——「以色非一向是苦,是樂、隨樂」一段(0021a01–0021a08)之中,【大】於四處或多「非」字、或以「非」代「是」;校記唯列今行與【大】二讀,不及他本。並錄。
- 經65「二經」——經65 末「證二經」〔T02 0017b15〕之「二」,大正無校記;今行校本按語:原「二」,參考下三經及攝頌,疑「十二」。今白話依底本作「二經」,錄其按語,不判。
- 經64「二俱」(#10)——「無我、無我所,二俱非當生」之「二」(0016c29),【元】作一。
gaiji:本卷底本無造字標記。 夾註:本卷無。 攝頌之行式:四首攝頌在底本皆二行,每行十字;今錄文每行照錄,字不增減。 偈之行式:經64 優陀那偈與經73 偈在底本各句分行,今照錄其行。
十、攝事分本母·SN 座標·別譯異文
①攝事分本母(逐經)——唯以論文與經文逐字同詞者為據;但義近者,不列為本母。
| 經 | 本母(逐字) | 錨 | 同詞 |
|---|---|---|---|
| 59 | 「謂憙集故、觸集故、名色集故,隨其所應,若色集、若受等集、若識集」〔T30n1579 0779a02〕;「一切行因,略有二種。一、共,二、不共。共因者,謂喜為先因」〔T30n1579 0785b10〕 | — | 喜集;觸集;名色集 |
| 60 | 「厭離為先,而得離欲;離欲為先,心善解脫」〔T30n1579 0785b26〕;「又由三分,當知建立薩迦耶見以為根本一切見趣。一、由前際俱行故;二、由後際俱行故;三、由前後際俱行故」〔T30n1579 0785c05〕 | — | 心解脫;前際;後際 |
| 61 | 「若住中智,便名已入正性離生,超過異生地,未得預流果」〔T30n1579 0787b22〕;「終無中夭」〔T30n1579 0787b24〕;「當知建立三結差別」〔T30n1579 0787c10〕;「名為愛盡」〔T30n1579 0775a14〕 | — | 離生;三結;愛盡 |
| 62 | 「復有四種妄計我論。一者、宣說諸行是我,二者、宣說我有諸行,三者、宣說諸行屬我,四者、宣說我在行中」 | 〔T30n1579 0787c28〕 | 是我;我在 |
| 63 | 「於見相應諸無明觸所生起受妄計為我」〔T30n1579 0788a13〕;「後有意界」〔T30n1579 0788a23〕;「有無明種及無明界」〔T30n1579 0788a25〕;「意所緣法界」〔T30n1579 0788a26〕;「由慢故者,謂我為勝」〔T30n1579 0788b03〕 | — | 無明觸;意界;無明界;法界;我勝 |
| 64 | 「後結集者,於法門中,稱為世尊嗢拕南說」〔T30n1579 0788b13〕;「亦永超越順下分結」〔T30n1579 0788c08〕;「於不應怖妄生怖畏」〔T30n1579 0788c12〕;「謂唯有心住四識住,有轉有染;又唯有心斷四識住,無轉無染」〔T30n1579 0788c14〕;「彼有漏識由永滅已,遍於十方皆無所趣」〔T30n1579 0789b18〕;「依初纏斷,說名寂靜;依第二斷,說名清涼」〔T30n1579 0789b20〕 | — | 下分結;怖畏;四識住;十方;寂靜;清涼 |
| 65 | 「於率爾墮境所起受中,不如實知增上力故,能令諸行流轉雜染;如實知故,能令清淨」〔T30n1579 0789c08〕;「說名親近」〔T30n1579 0783b03〕 | — | 受;如實知;親近 |
| 66 | 「諸修斷者,略由五支攝受於斷,能於諸行如實顯了。一、由身遠離故;二、由心遠離故;三、由奢摩他品三摩地故;四、由毘鉢舍那品三摩地故;五、由常委所作故。」 | 〔T30n1579 0789b28〕 | 如實 |
| 67 | 「謂於諸行中愛味、過患、出離觀察」 | 〔T30n1579 0773c23〕 | 味·患·離 |
| 68 | 「謂所造色因四大種,受等心法以觸為緣,所有諸識名色為緣」 | 〔T30n1579 0797b26〕 | 觸;受 |
| 69 | 「若趣薩迦耶集行,即是趣苦集行;若趣薩迦耶滅行,即是趣苦滅行」 | 〔T30n1579 0789c22〕 | 苦集;苦滅 |
| 70 | 「當知世間彼集、滅邊,及薩迦耶彼集、滅邊」〔T30n1579 0790a08〕;「三者、有,是染著者更生義故」〔T30n1579 0789c29〕 | — | 集邊;滅邊;有 |
| 71 | 「一、應遍知行相,二、應永斷行相,三、應作證行相,四、應修習行相」〔T30n1579 0790a13〕;「先斷能順五下分結,如彼闢門」〔T30n1579 0790b08〕;「已斷有愛」〔T30n1579 0790b12〕;「有阿羅漢盡諸漏等所有差別」〔T30n1579 0790a25〕;「由與無學心善解脫、慧善解脫而共相應」〔T30n1579 0790c06〕 | — | 知·斷·證·修;五下分結;有愛;阿羅漢盡諸漏;心善解脫·慧善解脫 |
| 72 | 「一、由所遍知法故;二、由遍知故;三、由成遍知故」〔T30n1579 0790c13〕;「謂如來滅後若有、若無、亦有亦無、非有非無皆不可取,亦不可記」〔T30n1579 0790c20〕;「現量、比量及正教量所不量故,說名無量」〔T30n1579 0791a02〕 | — | 知法;有·無;無量 |
| 73 | 「一、所荷擔,二、能荷擔,三、荷擔時」〔T30n1579 0791a05〕;「恒常荷擔大重擔故」〔T30n1579 0791a12〕;「謂如是名、如是種類、如是族姓、如是飲食、如是領受若苦若樂、如是長壽、如是久住、如是所有壽量邊際」〔T30n1579 0777a16〕 | — | 擔;重擔;如是名……久住 |
| 74 | 「由五種相,愚夫內縛與彼外縛而有差別」〔T30n1579 0791a16〕;「魔羅於彼不得自在」〔T30n1579 0791a25〕;「未離欲位,魔縛所縛」〔T30n1579 0791a27〕 | — | 內縛;自在;魔縛所縛 |
| 75 | 「略由四相,當知如來與慧解脫阿羅漢等,同分、異分」〔T30n1579 0791b01〕;「此中如來,無師自然修三十七菩提分法,現等正覺」〔T30n1579 0791b04〕;「如來如實了知一切種道為道」〔T30n1579 0791b14〕;「謂能引發一切梵行之法,皆用世尊為根本故,皆由世尊轉法眼故,皆以世尊為所依故」〔T30n1579 0778b01〕 | — | 如來;慧解脫阿羅漢;道;法根·法眼·法依 |
| 76 | 「略有二種無我勝解」〔T30n1579 0791c03〕;「所謂諸行都無有我,無有我所,亦無有餘互相繫屬」〔T30n1579 0777a23〕 | — | 無我;我所 |
| 77 | 「由四種相,應知諸行有二種斷」 | 〔T30n1579 0791c10〕 | 斷 |
| 78 | 「有覆障苦」〔T30n1579 0791c18〕;「又彼諸行流轉生起初中後滅,當知即是三種苦滅」〔T30n1579 0791c19〕;「一、生,二、滅,三、住異性」〔T30n1579 0795c21〕 | — | 苦;病;滅 |
| 79 | 「當知過去、未來諸行尚定無常,何況現在」〔T30n1579 0774b20〕;「謂無顧戀故,不欣樂故」〔T30n1579 0791c26〕 | — | 過去·未來·現在;顧;欣 |
| 80 | 「略有二種離增上慢觀無我見。何等為二?一、不善清淨,二、善清淨」〔T30n1579 0791c28〕;「我今於空能修能證,空是我有。由是空故,計我為勝。如空,無相及無所有,當知亦爾」〔T30n1579 0792a12〕;「一切法中無有我性,名諸法印」〔T30n1579 0792b02〕;「是故亦名眾聖法印」〔T30n1579 0792b05〕;「名見清淨;有餘惑故,非善清淨」〔T30n1579 0787b26〕 | — | 離慢;空·無相·無所有;法印;見清淨 |
| 81 | 「謂諸外道師及弟子,恒常住於憒鬧之住;內法師、弟,時時住於極寂靜住」〔T30n1579 0792b10〕;「外道師為諸弟子,依止無因、不平等因」〔T30n1579 0792b21〕;「由四種相,當知諸行非定苦染」〔T30n1579 0792c13〕;「由二種相,無因論者,於諸行中執無因轉」〔T30n1579 0796b08〕 | — | 外道;寂靜;無因;苦 |
| 82 | 「如是觀無常故苦,苦故無我,是名智漸次」〔T30n1579 0775b01〕;「謂厭、離欲、解脫、遍解脫」〔T30n1579 0775b02〕 | — | 無常·苦;厭·離欲·解脫 |
| 83 | 「謂我有行,行是我所,我在行中」 | 〔T30n1579 0800b02〕 | 我在 |
| 84 | 「如是觀無常故苦,苦故無我,是名智漸次」 | 〔T30n1579 0775b01〕 | 無常故苦 |
| 85 | 「謂我有行,行是我所,我在行中」 | 〔T30n1579 0800b02〕 | 我所 |
| 86 | 「本性諸行眾緣生故,不得自在,亦無宰主。若有宰主,彼一切行雖性無常,應隨所樂流轉不絕;或不令生」 | 〔T30n1579 0793a28〕 | 不令 |
| 87 | 「本性諸行眾緣生故,不得自在,亦無宰主。若有宰主,彼一切行雖性無常,應隨所樂流轉不絕;或不令生」 | 〔T30n1579 0793a28〕 | 不令 |
②SN 座標(逐經·唯錄大正注原文):
| 經 | 大正注逐字 | 錨 |
|---|---|---|
| 59 | 「S. 22. 5. Samādhi.」 | 0015b10 |
| 60 | 「S. 22. 5. Samādhi.」 | 0015b22 |
| 61 | 大正未對 | — |
| 62 | 大正未對 | — |
| 63 | 「S. 22. 47. Samanupassanā.」 | 0016b13 |
| 64 | 「S. 22. 55. Udāna.」 | 0016c04 |
| 65 | 「S. 22. 5-6. Samādhi.」 | 0017a23 |
| 66 | 「S. 22. 7. Upādāparītassanā.」 | 0017b16 |
| 67 | 大正未對 | — |
| 68 | 大正未對 | — |
| 69 | 「S. 22. 44. Paṭipadā.」 | 0018a26 |
| 70 | 「S. 22. 103. Anta.」 | 0018b16 |
| 71 | 「S. 22. 105. Sakkāya.」 | 0018b28 |
| 72 | 「S. 22. 23-24. Pariññā.」 | 0019a04 |
| 73 | 「S. 22. 22. Bhāra.」 | 0019a15 |
| 74 | 「S. 22. 65. Abhinandamāna.」 | 0019b02 |
| 75 | 「S. 22. 58. Sambuddha.」 | 0019b21 |
| 76 | 「cf. S. 22. 118-119. Parimucchita.」 | 0019c12 |
| 77 | 「S. 22. 25. Chandarāga.」 | 0019c25 |
| 78 | 「S. 22. 30. Uppādā.」 | 0020a03 |
| 79 | 「S. 22. 9-11. Atītānāgatapaccuppanna.」 | 0020a10 |
| 80 | 大正未對 | — |
| 81 | 「S. 22. 60. Mahāli.」 | 0020b28 |
| 82 | 大正未對 | — |
| 83 | 大正未對 | — |
| 84 | 「S. 22. 45. Aniccatā.」 | 0021c05 |
| 85 | 「S. 22. 46. Aniccatā.」 | 0021c15 |
| 86 | 大正未對 | — |
| 87 | 大正未對 | — |
今行校本修訂列·非大正原注(不計入上表二十條,逐字錄之以備檢):
- 經64(0016c06):今行增「優陀那 Udāna.」;大正注原文於此作「Udāna.」,見下。
- 經81(0020c04):今行增「富蘭那迦葉 Pūraṇa Kassapa.」;大正注原文於此作「Pūraṇa Kassapa.」,見下。
- 本卷今行校本未增 S. 座標。
大正注於經中名目另有對音之注,逐字錄之以備檢:「Udāna.」(0016c06);「有身集趣道 Sakkāyasamudayagāmini.」(0018a27);「有身邊 Sakkāyanta.」(0018b17);「取擔 Bhārādāna.」「捨擔 Bhāranikkhepana.」「擔者 Bhārahāra.」(0019a17);「魔 Māra.」(0019b10);「截多羅樹頭 Tālāvatthukatā.」(0019c28);「毘耶離 Vesālī.」(0020b28);「離車 Licchavi.」「摩訶男(Mahānāma?)Mahāli.」(0020b29);「Pūraṇa Kassapa.」(0020c04)。大正注於〔T02 0016c08〕另附此偈巴利原文,不錄。
③別譯異文:別譯未見對照經(見目二)。
Placement of the passage as a whole. This unit is the whole of Fascicle 3 of the Saṃyukta Āgama: the fascicle title 「雜阿含經卷第三」—“Saṃyukta Āgama, Fascicle 3”; the translator’s attribution 「宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯」—“translated by Guṇabhadra, Tripiṭaka master from India, in the Song”; twenty-nine discourses (discourse numbers (59) to (87)), with four summary verses among them; and the closing title at the end of the fascicle, 「雜阿含經卷第三」—“Saṃyukta Āgama, Fascicle 3.” The whole fascicle comes to nine thousand four hundred and seventeen Chinese characters. There are four dwelling places: Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park (Discourses 59–63, 65–80, and 84–87); Śrāvastī, in the Hall of Deer Mother in the Eastern Park (Discourse 64); Vaiśālī, in the Two-Storied Lecture Hall beside the Monkey Pond (Discourses 81 and 83); and the caitya, in the Bamboo Grove Monastery (Discourse 82). The speaker is in every case the World-Honored One; in Discourse 64 a bhikṣu asks twice; in Discourses 75, 80, 82, 83, and 85 the World-Honored One first raises a question, the bhikṣus ask him to teach, and the World-Honored One answers; in Discourse 76 the World-Honored One asks, the bhikṣus answer, and the World-Honored One approves; in Discourse 81 the Licchavi Mahānāma first debates with the outsider Pūraṇa Kāśyapa, then goes to the Buddha and recounts it, and the Buddha teaches Mahānāma. At the ends of Discourses 65–71, 79, and 80 there are words of abbreviation. The Saṃyukta Āgama has no old line-by-line commentary; the mirror against which it is set is the selection on formations in the Topics of the Sūtras of the Compendium of Topics of the Yogācārabhūmi (fascicles eighty-five to eighty-eight)—the treatise says of itself that it is the mātṛkā of the sūtras, and it selects and gathers the sūtras in the order of its uddānas. The Taishō collation notes come to sixty-three, given in the ninth topic; the Pali discourse coordinates recorded in the Taishō notes come to twenty, given in the tenth topic.
I. Doctrinal-Outline Placement
The place of Fascicle 3—the head of the fascicle in the base text:
「雜阿含經卷第三」—“Saṃyukta Āgama, Fascicle 3”〔T02 0015b07〕 「宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯」—“translated by Guṇabhadra, Tripiṭaka master from India, in the Song”〔T02 0015b09〕
The closing title at the end of the fascicle likewise reads 「雜阿含經卷第三」—“Saṃyukta Āgama, Fascicle 3” (0022b14). The discourse numbers continue from (58) of Fascicle 2 and begin at (59): 「(五九)如是我聞」—“(59) Thus have I heard”〔T02 0015b10〕.
Where the name of the section comes from—the fascicle itself carries no section title. The name the five aggregates of clinging is carried over from Fascicles 1 and 2, taken from what the Compendium of Topics gives under the single aspect of 「所說」—“what is spoken”: 「如五取蘊、六處、因緣相應分及道品分」—“as in the connected sections on the five aggregates of clinging, the six sense-bases, and causes and conditions, and the section on the factors of the path”〔T30n1579 0772c20〕. The discourses of this fascicle themselves call these five 「五受陰」—“the five aggregates of clinging,” as in Discourse 59, 「觀此五受陰」—“contemplate these five aggregates of clinging”〔T02 0015b12〕.
The dwelling places and question-and-answer types of the twenty-nine discourses (the dwelling places are all verbatim from the base text; the types follow the discourses’ own 「白佛」—“said to the Buddha,” 「告」—“said to,” 「問」—“asked,” and 「答」—“answered”):
| Discourse | Anchor | Dwelling place (verbatim) | Type |
|---|---|---|---|
| 59–63 | from 〔T02 0015b10〕 | 「佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園」—“the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park” | The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus |
| 64 | 〔T02 0016c04〕 | 「佛住舍衛國東園鹿子母講堂」—“the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Hall of Deer Mother in the Eastern Park” | The World-Honored One utters the udāna verse → a bhikṣu asks the meaning of the verse → the World-Honored One answers → that bhikṣu asks again about the ending of outflows → the World-Honored One answers |
| 65–74 | from 〔T02 0017a23〕 | 「佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園」—“the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park” | The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus (at the end of Discourse 73 the World-Honored One speaks a verse) |
| 75 | 〔T02 0019b21〕 | As above | The World-Honored One teaches and asks 「有何差別?」—“What difference is there?” → the bhikṣus ask him to teach → the World-Honored One answers |
| 76 | 〔T02 0019c12〕 | As above | The World-Honored One asks 「見有我、異我、相在不?」—“Do you see a self, other than self, or within one another?” → the bhikṣus answer → the World-Honored One approves: 「善哉!善哉!」—“Good! Good!” |
| 77–79 | from 〔T02 0019c25〕 | As above | The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus |
| 80 | 〔T02 0020a25〕 | As above | The World-Honored One himself raises 「云何為聖法印及見清淨?」—“What are the seal of the noble Dharma and the purity of seeing?” → the bhikṣus ask him to teach → the World-Honored One answers |
| 81 | 〔T02 0020b28〕 | 「佛住毘耶離獼猴池側重閣講堂」—“the Buddha was staying at Vaiśālī, in the Two-Storied Lecture Hall beside the Monkey Pond” | The Licchavi Mahānāma first goes to the outsider Pūraṇa Kāśyapa and asks about what he teaches → Pūraṇa answers → Mahānāma goes to the Buddha and recounts it → the Buddha addresses Mahānāma |
| 82 | 〔T02 0021a25〕 | 「佛住支提竹園精舍」—“the Buddha was staying at the caitya, in the Bamboo Grove Monastery” | The World-Honored One raises a question → the bhikṣus ask him to teach → the World-Honored One answers; within it is the question and answer 「色為是常、無常耶?」—“Is form permanent or impermanent?” |
| 83 | 〔T02 0021b14〕 | 「佛住毘耶離獼猴池側重閣講堂」—“the Buddha was staying at Vaiśālī, in the Two-Storied Lecture Hall beside the Monkey Pond” | Same type as Discourse 82 |
| 84 | 〔T02 0021c05〕 | 「佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園」—“the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park” | The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus |
| 85 | 〔T02 0021c15〕 | As above | Same type as Discourse 82 |
| 86·87 | from 〔T02 0022a06〕 | As above | The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus; within his teaching he himself asks 「色為常、為無常耶?」—“Is form permanent or impermanent?” → the bhikṣus answer |
The two questions of Discourse 64—a bhikṣu first asks the meaning of the verse; the discourse frames the question with the bhikṣu repeating the lines of the verse: 「世尊!云何『無吾我,亦無有我所;我既非當有,我所何由生?比丘解脫此,則斷下分結。』?」—“World-Honored One! How is it that—‘there is no I, and nothing that is mine; since I will not come to be, from where would what is mine arise? A bhikṣu liberated in this cuts off the lower bonds’?” (0016c12); he next asks about the ending of outflows: 「時,彼比丘白佛言」—“At that time that bhikṣu said to the Buddha”〔T02 0016c23〕. In his second answer the World-Honored One cites the line that the ordinary person fears: 「無我、無我所,二俱非當生」—“no self and nothing that is mine—the two will both not arise”〔T02 0016c29〕; in the base text this line stands as a line of its own.
The speakers of Discourse 75—the World-Honored One teaches what the Tathāgata and the arhat liberated by wisdom have in common, and then asks himself: 「有何差別?」—“What difference is there?”〔T02 0019b29〕; the bhikṣus say to the Buddha 「如來為法根、為法眼、為法依」—“the Tathāgata is the root of the Dharma, the eye of the Dharma, the support of the Dharma,” and ask the Buddha to teach at length (0019b29); the World-Honored One then answers, concluding with 「是名如來、羅漢差別」—“this is called the difference between the Tathāgata and the arhat” (0019c09).
The speakers of Discourse 76—the World-Honored One asks: 「觀察色已,見有我、異我、相在」—“having contemplated form, do you see a self, other than self, or within one another”〔T02 0019c15〕; the bhikṣus answer 「不也,世尊!」—“No, World-Honored One!”〔T02 0019c16〕; the World-Honored One approves and continues his teaching.
The speakers of Discourse 80—the World-Honored One first raises the heading himself: 「云何為聖法印及見清淨?」—“What are the seal of the noble Dharma and the purity of seeing?” (0020b05); the bhikṣus say to the Buddha: 「佛為法根、法眼、法依」—“the Buddha is the root of the Dharma, the eye of the Dharma, the support of the Dharma”〔T02 0020b06〕; the World-Honored One then answers.
The speakers of Discourse 81—the words of the four parties in this discourse are each set apart in the discourse by 「言」—“said,” 「告」—“told,” and 「語」—“spoke”: Mahānāma thinks to himself that he will first go to the outsiders (0020c01); Pūraṇa Kāśyapa tells his followers (0020c07); Mahānāma asks Pūraṇa about what he teaches; Pūraṇa Kāśyapa answers for himself: 「實有此論,非世妄傳」—“There truly is this teaching; it is not a false report of the world”〔T02 0020c18〕—and his teaching, 「無因、無緣,眾生有垢;無因、無緣,眾生清淨」—“without cause, without condition, beings are defiled; without cause, without condition, beings are purified,” is the outsider Pūraṇa’s own statement of his position, not the Buddha’s words. The Buddha says to Mahānāma: 「彼富蘭那為出意語,不足記也」—“That Pūraṇa speaks words that come out as they please; they are not worth remembering” (0020c25), and teaches 「有因、有緣,眾生有垢」—“there is a cause, there is a condition, for beings being defiled” (0020c28). The discourse ends with 「時,摩訶男聞佛所說,歡喜隨喜,禮佛而退」—“At that time Mahānāma, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and rejoiced in accord, paid homage to the Buddha, and withdrew” (0021a21), not with the 「諸比丘」—“bhikṣus” of the other discourses.
The questions and answers of Discourses 82 and 83—in both discourses the World-Honored One asks first, the bhikṣus ask him to teach, and within his answer the World-Honored One again raises the question 「色為是常、無常耶?」—“Is form permanent or impermanent?” Discourse 82 ends with 「時,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行」—“At that time the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly”〔T02 0021b12〕, without 「佛說此經已」—“When the Buddha had spoken this discourse”; Discourse 83 ends with 「佛說此經時」—“When the Buddha spoke this discourse”〔T02 0021c03〕.
The words of abbreviation—the base text gathers the remaining discourses with words of abbreviation; they are recorded here as they stand and are not filled in from other discourses:
- End of Discourse 65: 「如觀察,如是分別、種種分別、知、廣知、種種知、親近、親近修習、入、觸、證二經,亦如是廣說」—“As with contemplating, so the two discourses on discriminating, discriminating in various ways, knowing, knowing broadly, knowing in various ways, drawing near, drawing near and cultivating, entering, touching, and realizing are likewise taught at length”〔T02 0017b14〕.
- End of Discourse 66: 「如觀察,如是乃至作證十二經,亦應廣說」—“As with contemplating, so the twelve discourses, up to realizing, should also be taught at length”〔T02 0017c09〕; the ends of Discourses 67 and 68 likewise read 「如觀察,乃至作證十二經,亦如是廣說」—“As with contemplating, so the twelve discourses, up to realizing, are likewise taught at length”〔T02 0018a05〕.
- Ends of Discourses 69 and 70: 「如當說,有及當知,亦如是說」—“As with ‘I will teach,’ so with ‘there is’ and ‘you should know’: they are taught in the same way”〔T02 0018b15〕; these words also appear at the end of Discourse 71.
- End of Discourse 71: 「餘如是說。差別者」—“The rest is taught likewise. The difference is”〔T02 0018c12〕, after which 「又復差別者」—“There is a further difference” occurs six times in all, first at 「又復差別者」—“There is a further difference”〔T02 0018c15〕; counting 「差別者」—“The difference is,” there are seven segments in all, each with a single point; the base text does not mark whether they are separate discourses or variant tellings of one discourse, and the segments are recorded here as they stand.
- End of Discourse 79: 「如無常,苦、空、非我三經,亦如是說」—“As with impermanence, so the three discourses on suffering, emptiness, and not self are taught likewise”〔T02 0020a24〕.
- Discourse 80: 「是名比丘當說聖法印、知見清淨……」—“this is called what a bhikṣu should teach as the seal of the noble Dharma, the purity of knowledge and seeing …”〔T02 0020b25〕, followed by 「如是廣說」—“Thus it is taught at length.”
The three places of verse—the three lines of the udāna verse uttered by the World-Honored One in Discourse 64 begin with 「法無有吾我,亦復無我所」—“In the Dharma there is no I, and nothing that is mine”〔T02 0016c08〕 and stand as three lines in the base text; the verse as repeated by the bhikṣu in Discourse 64 (0016c12); the four lines of the verse spoken by the World-Honored One in Discourse 73 begin with 「已捨於重擔,不復應更取」—“Having laid down the heavy burden, one should not take it up again”〔T02 0019a26〕 and stand as four lines in the base text.
The four summary verses—the four summary verses of this fascicle each stand after the discourses they gather; after the six discourses 82–87, no summary verse is found in this fascicle:
| Summary verse | Anchor | Verbatim | Gathers |
|---|---|---|---|
| One | 〔T02 0017a21〕 | 「生滅以不樂及三種分別」—“arising and ceasing, by not delighting, and three kinds of discrimination” 「貪著等觀察是名優陀那」—“craving and attachment, contemplating alike—this is called the udāna” | Discourses 59–64 |
| Two | 〔T02 0018a24〕 | 「受與生及樂亦說六入處」—“feeling and arising and delight; also teaching the six sense bases” 「一一十二種禪定三昧經」—“each one, twelve kinds; the meditation and samādhi discourses” | Discourses 65–68 |
| Three | 〔T02 0019a02〕 | 「其道有三種實覺亦三種」—“its path, of three kinds; true awakening, also of three kinds” 「有身四種說羅漢有六種」—“the existing body taught in four ways; the arhat, of six kinds” | Discourses 69–71 |
| Four | 〔T02 0021a23〕 | 「知法及重擔往詣、觀、欲貪」—“knowing dharmas, and the heavy burden; going to, contemplation, desire and craving” 「生及與略說法印、富蘭那」—“arising, and the abbreviated teaching; the Dharma seal, Pūraṇa” | Discourses 72–81 |
Where the summary verses come from, the Compendium of Topics states plainly that they were set by the compilers:
「後結集者,為令聖教久住,結嗢拕南頌,隨其所應次第安布。」—“The later compilers, so that the holy teaching might long endure, composed uddāna verses and set them in order as was fitting.”〔T30n1579 0772c15〕
What each name in the verses gathers (all are readings, raised in single corner brackets as pointers; they rest on the same words in the discourses, and where there are no such words, on position):
- Verse one—arising and ceasing is Discourse 59, 「是生滅法」—“as dharmas of arising and ceasing”〔T02 0015b13〕; by not delighting is Discourse 60, 「則於色不樂,心得解脫」—“then he no longer delights in form, and his mind is liberated”〔T02 0015b29〕; what the line and three kinds of discrimination refers to in the verse cannot be determined; perhaps it refers to the three kinds in Discourse 61—「是名隨信行」—“this is called one who follows by faith”〔T02 0016a06〕, 「是名隨法行」—“this is called one who follows by Dharma”〔T02 0016a09〕, and the fruit of stream-entry; craving and attachment is Discourse 62, 「生我見繫著」—“gives rise to the view of self and is bound and attached”〔T02 0016a22〕; what the line contemplating alike refers to in the verse cannot be determined; perhaps it refers to Discourse 63, 「分別如是觀」—“discriminates and contemplates in this way”〔T02 0016b19〕; this is called the udāna is Discourse 64, 「世尊歎優陀那偈」—“the World-Honored One uttered an udāna verse”〔T02 0016c06〕.
- Verse two—feeling is Discourse 65, 「於受樂著生取」—“he delights in and is attached to feeling and gives rise to clinging”〔T02 0017b02〕; and arising is Discourse 66, 「未來世色復生」—“in a future life form arises again”〔T02 0017b24〕; and delight is Discourse 67, 「樂著彼色」—“he delights in and is attached to that form”〔T02 0017c17〕; also teaching the six sense bases falls by position on Discourse 68—the text of Discourse 68 has no word 「六入處」—“six sense bases,” and only takes up 「緣眼及色眼識生」—“dependent on the eye and forms, eye-consciousness arises”〔T02 0018a10〕, up to 「緣意及法生意識」—“dependent on the mind and dharmas, mind-consciousness arises”〔T02 0018a13〕; each one, twelve kinds is the 「作證十二經」—“twelve discourses, up to realizing” at the ends of Discourses 66–68〔T02 0017c09〕, while the end of Discourse 65 reads 「證二經」—“two discourses … realizing”〔T02 0017b15〕; the meditation and samādhi discourses is the opening of all four discourses, 「常當修習方便禪思」—“you should always cultivate skilful means and meditative reflection”〔T02 0017a24〕; the discourses read 「禪思」—“meditative reflection,” and the verse reads 「禪定三昧」—“meditation and samādhi.”
- Verse three—its path, of three kinds is Discourse 69, 「集趣道及有身集滅道」—“the path leading to the arising, and the path to the ceasing of the arising of the existing body”〔T02 0018a28〕, and at the end of the discourse three—「當說」—“I will teach,” 「有」—“there is,” and 「當知」—“you should know”—are given in abbreviation; true awakening, also of three kinds falls by position on Discourse 70—Discourse 70 teaches three, 「身苦邊、有身集邊、有身滅邊」—“the end of the existing body as suffering, the end of the arising of the existing body, and the end of the ceasing of the existing body”〔T02 0018b18〕, and the text of the discourse has no word 「實覺」—“true awakening” (not found: searching this fascicle throughout for 「實覺」—“true awakening,” it appears only in the line of the verse itself); the existing body taught in four ways is Discourse 71, 「有身集、有身滅、有身滅道跡」—“the arising of the existing body, the ceasing of the existing body, and the track of the path to the ceasing of the existing body”〔T02 0018c01〕, which together with 「有身」—“the existing body” make four; the arhat, of six kinds is the six segments of 「又復差別者」—“There is a further difference” at the end of Discourse 71, one of which states outright 「是名比丘阿羅漢盡諸有漏」—“this is called a bhikṣu who is an arhat, whose outflows are exhausted”〔T02 0018c20〕.
- Verse four—knowing dharmas is Discourse 72, 「當說所知法」—“I will teach what is to be known”〔T02 0019a05〕; and the heavy burden is Discourse 73, 「我今當說重擔」—“I will now teach the heavy burden”〔T02 0019a16〕; what the line going to refers to in the verse cannot be determined; perhaps it refers to Discourses 74 and 75, which no other line of the verse gathers (not found: the word 「往詣」—“going to” appears in the discourses of this fascicle only in two places in Discourse 81, 「往詣佛所」—“heading for where the Buddha was” and 「即往詣彼富蘭那迦葉住處」—“so he went to the dwelling of Pūraṇa Kāśyapa”) contemplation is Discourse 76, 「觀察於色,觀察色已」—“contemplate form; having contemplated form”〔T02 0019c15〕; desire and craving is Discourse 77, 「當斷色欲貪」—“you should abandon desire and craving for form”〔T02 0019c26〕; arising falls by position on Discourse 78—the discourse reads 「若色起、住、出」—“if form arises, abides, and emerges”〔T02 0020a04〕, without the word 「生」—“arise[n],” while the verse reads 「生」—“arising”; and the abbreviated teaching is the end of Discourse 79, 「如無常,苦、空、非我三經」—“as with impermanence, so the three discourses on suffering, emptiness, and not self”〔T02 0020a24〕; the Dharma seal is Discourse 80, 「當說聖法印及」—“I will teach the seal of the noble Dharma and”〔T02 0020a26〕; Pūraṇa is Discourse 81, 「即往詣彼富蘭那迦葉住處」—“so he went to the dwelling of Pūraṇa Kāśyapa”〔T02 0020c04〕.
Cross-reference to a note in Fascicle 2—under summary verse one of Fascicle 2, 「竹園、毘舍離清淨、正觀察」—“Bamboo Grove, Vaiśālī purified, right contemplation,” the Taishō has a note: 「竹園…苦(六經)出第三卷(82-87).」—“Bamboo Grove … suffering (six discourses) come from the third fascicle (82–87).” (0008b13). In this fascicle Discourse 82 does read 「佛住支提竹園精舍」—“the Buddha was staying at the caitya, in the Bamboo Grove Monastery”〔T02 0021a25〕; the dwelling place of Discourse 83 is written 「毘耶離」 (Vaiśālī), while the verse in Fascicle 2 writes 「毘舍離」 (Vaiśālī); the two characters differ. After Discourses 82–87 in this fascicle no summary verse is found. This is recorded and not adjudicated, and is not used to move the order of the two fascicles.
The uddānas of the Compendium of Topics itself—in the passages where the treatise selects and gathers the discourses of this fascicle, it sets up its own uddānas (recorded verbatim; they are not used to change the order of this fascicle, nor to set up an outline for this fascicle):
「因、勝利、二智、愚夫分位五、二種見差別、於斯聖教等。」—“Cause, benefit, the two knowledges, the five states of the foolish, the distinction of the two kinds of view, in this holy teaching, and so on.”〔T30n1579 0785b08〕 「果、因、與受、世、愛、及繫。」—“Fruit, cause, and feeling, the world, craving, and bondage.”〔T30n1579 0789a04〕 「斷支、實顯了、行緣、無等教、四種有情眾、道四、究竟五。」—“Cutting off the limbs, true manifestation, the conditions of formations, the unequalled teaching, the four kinds of assemblies of beings, the four of the path, the five of the ultimate.”〔T30n1579 0789b26〕 「二品總略、三有異、勝解、斷、流轉、有性、不善清淨善清淨、善說惡說師等別。」—“The summary of two groups, the three differences, resolve, abandoning, cycling on, existence, the not well purified and the well purified, the distinction of teachers who teach well and teach badly, and so on.”〔T30n1579 0790c11〕
The treatise uddāna’s 「實顯了」—“true manifestation” with Discourses 65–68’s 「如實觀察」—“contemplate as it really is”; 「道四」—“the four of the path” with Discourse 71’s 「有身滅道跡」—“the track of the path to the ceasing of the existing body”; 「究竟五」—“the five of the ultimate” with the segments on the ultimate at the end of Discourse 71; 「斷」—“abandoning” with Discourse 77’s 「斷」—“abandon”; 「有性」—“existence” with Discourse 79; 「不善清淨善清淨」—“the not well purified and the well purified” with Discourse 80’s 「見清淨」—“the purity of seeing”; 「師等別」—“the distinction of teachers” with the outsider teacher of Discourse 81—this is a reading; the treatise’s uddānas do not themselves point to discourse numbers.
The correspondence of each item of the treatise’s uddānas with each discourse of this fascicle rests only on words that are the same, verbatim, in the treatise and in the discourse; it is given discourse by discourse in Topic X ①; beyond that no correspondence is drawn.
II. Collation with the Alternate Translations
For the twenty-nine discourses of this fascicle, the Alternate Translation of the Saṃyukta Āgama (Taishō vol. 2, no. 100) has no parallel discourse found—among the Taishō notes to this fascicle, not one marks a discourse number of the Alternate Translation, and the Taishō collation notes mark no parallel in the Alternate Translation. This is recorded honestly, and no parallel is proposed.
III. Scriptural and Treatise Grounding (the “eye”)
The Saṃyukta Āgama is what the Buddha and his disciples spoke, and its ground is the sūtra itself; the treatise stands to the sūtra as a selection and gathering, not as its ground. Listed below are the sentences of the mātṛkā of the Compendium of Topics that share the same words with the discourses of this fascicle—all in the treatise’s own words, set side by side to show what it selects and gathers, not to say that the sūtra rests on the treatise.
The arising of delight, contact, and name and form (Discourse 59)
- Sūtra: 「愛喜集是色集」—“the arising of craving and delight is the arising of form”〔T02 0015b15〕; 「觸集是受、想、行集」—“the arising of contact is the arising of feeling, perception, and formations”〔T02 0015b16〕; 「名色集是識集」—“the arising of name and form is the arising of consciousness”〔T02 0015b17〕
- Treatise: 「謂憙集故、觸集故、名色集故,隨其所應,若色集、若受等集、若識集」—“that is, because of the arising of delight, because of the arising of contact, because of the arising of name and form, as is fitting, there is the arising of form, the arising of feeling and the rest, or the arising of consciousness”〔T30n1579 0779a02〕
Views that go together with the former and the latter limit (Discourse 60)
- Sūtra: 「前際俱見,永盡無餘」—“the views that go together with the former limit are exhausted forever without remainder”〔T02 0015c05〕
- Treatise: 「又由三分,當知建立薩迦耶見以為根本一切見趣。一、由前際俱行故;二、由後際俱行故;三、由前後際俱行故」—“Further, know that all the courses of view rooted in the view of the existing body are set up in three divisions: first, as going together with the former limit; second, as going together with the latter limit; third, as going together with both the former and the latter limit”〔T30n1579 0785c05〕
Liberation of mind (Discourse 60)
- Sūtra: 「則於色不樂,心得解脫」—“then he no longer delights in form, and his mind is liberated”〔T02 0015b29〕
- Treatise: 「厭離為先,而得離欲;離欲為先,心善解脫」—“with weariness going before, one attains freedom from desire; with freedom from desire going before, the mind is well liberated”〔T30n1579 0785b26〕
The leaving of birth, the stage of ordinary persons, not dying in between (Discourse 61)
- Sūtra: 「超昇離生,越凡夫地,未得須陀洹果,中間不死」—“he rises up and enters the leaving of birth, passes beyond the stage of ordinary persons, and though he has not yet attained the fruit of stream-entry, he will not die in between”〔T02 0016a06〕
- Treatise: 「若住中智,便名已入正性離生,超過異生地,未得預流果」—“if he abides in the middling knowledge, he is called one who has entered the right certainty that leaves birth behind, has passed beyond the stage of ordinary beings, and has not yet attained the fruit of stream-entry”〔T30n1579 0787b22〕; 「終無中夭」—“he will never die untimely in between”〔T30n1579 0787b24〕
The three bonds (Discourse 61)
- Sūtra: 「三結盡斷知,謂身見、戒取、疑」—“the three bonds are cut off and known—namely, the view of the body, clinging to precepts, and doubt”〔T02 0016a11〕
- Treatise: 「當知建立三結差別」—“know that the distinctions of the three bonds are set up”〔T30n1579 0787c10〕
Reckoning a self, superior, similar (Discourses 62 and 63)
- Sūtra: 「見色是我、異我、相在」—“sees form as self, as other than self, or as within one another”〔T02 0016a27〕; 「言我最勝、言我相似,我知、我見」—“says ‘I am the most superior,’ says ‘I am similar to others,’ says ‘I know, I see’”〔T02 0016b26〕
- Treatise: 「復有四種妄計我論。一者、宣說諸行是我,二者、宣說我有諸行,三者、宣說諸行屬我,四者、宣說我在行中」—“Further, there are four kinds of doctrine that falsely reckon a self: first, declaring that formations are self; second, declaring that the self has formations; third, declaring that formations belong to the self; fourth, declaring that the self is within formations”〔T30n1579 0787c28〕; 「由慢故者,謂我為勝」—“‘because of conceit’ means: I am superior”〔T30n1579 0788b03〕
The mind element, the dharma element, the element of ignorance, contact with ignorance (Discourse 63)
- Sūtra: 「有意界、法界、無明界,無明觸所觸」—“there are the mind element, the dharma element, and the element of ignorance; touched by contact with ignorance”〔T02 0016b24〕
- Treatise: 「於見相應諸無明觸所生起受妄計為我」—“falsely reckons as self the feeling arisen from contact with ignorance associated with view”〔T30n1579 0788a13〕; 「後有意界」—“there is the mind element thereafter”〔T30n1579 0788a23〕; 「有無明種及無明界」—“there are the seeds of ignorance and the element of ignorance”〔T30n1579 0788a25〕; 「意所緣法界」—“the dharma element that is the object of mind”〔T30n1579 0788a26〕
Udāna, the lower bonds (Discourse 64)
- Sūtra: 「世尊歎優陀那偈」—“the World-Honored One uttered an udāna verse”〔T02 0016c06〕; 「如是解脫者,則斷五下分結」—“one who is liberated in this way cuts off the five lower bonds”〔T02 0016c22〕
- Treatise: 「是處世尊,依自聖教為欲顯示善說發起」—“here the World-Honored One, on the basis of his own holy teaching, wished to show how what is well spoken arises”〔T30n1579 0788b11〕; 「後結集者,於法門中,稱為世尊嗢拕南說」—“the later compilers, among the Dharma-gates, called it the World-Honored One’s uddāna utterance”〔T30n1579 0788b13〕; 「亦永超越順下分結」—“and also passes forever beyond the bonds that accord with the lower part”〔T30n1579 0788c08〕
Giving rise to fear where there is nothing to fear; the four stations of consciousness (Discourse 64)
- Sūtra: 「於無畏處而生恐畏」—“give rise to fear where there is nothing to fear”〔T02 0016c27〕; 「攀緣四識住」—“grasp at the four stations of consciousness”〔T02 0017a01〕
- Treatise: 「於不應怖妄生怖畏」—“falsely give rise to fear toward what should not be feared”〔T30n1579 0788c12〕; 「謂唯有心住四識住,有轉有染;又唯有心斷四識住,無轉無染」—“that is, only the mind abiding in the four stations of consciousness has turning and has defilement; and only the mind that has cut off the four stations of consciousness has no turning and no defilement”〔T30n1579 0788c14〕
Consciousness with no abiding; nowhere to go in the ten directions; stillness and coolness (Discourse 64)
- Sūtra: 「識無所住故不增長」—“because consciousness has no abiding, it does not increase”〔T02 0017a12〕; 「我說識不住東方、南、西、北方、四維、上、下」—“I say that consciousness does not abide in the east, the south, the west, or the north, in the four intermediate directions, above or below”〔T02 0017a17〕; 「寂靜、清涼」—“stillness, coolness”〔T02 0017a19〕
- Treatise: 「又即由彼無所住識,因分、果分不復生長」—“Further, by that very consciousness with no abiding, the causal part and the resultant part no longer grow”〔T30n1579 0789b10〕; 「彼有漏識由永滅已,遍於十方皆無所趣」—“that consciousness with outflows, having ceased forever, has nowhere at all to go in the ten directions”〔T30n1579 0789b18〕; 「依初纏斷,說名寂靜;依第二斷,說名清涼」—“with respect to the cutting off of the first entanglement it is called stillness; with respect to the second cutting off it is called coolness”〔T30n1579 0789b20〕
Another dharma (Discourse 64)
- Sūtra: 「但有言說,問已不知,增益生癡,以非境界故」—“that is only talk; when questioned he does not know, and it only increases and gives rise to delusion, because it is not within his domain”〔T02 0017a06〕
- Treatise: 「若有棄捨如來所說識流轉道,而作是言:我當更作別異施設」—“if someone casts aside the path of the cycling of consciousness that the Tathāgata has taught, and says: ‘I will make yet another, different designation’”〔T30n1579 0789a12〕
Meditative reflection, contemplating as it really is, feeling (Discourses 65–68)
- Sūtra: 「常當修習方便禪思,內寂其心」—“you should always cultivate skilful means and meditative reflection, inwardly stilling the mind”〔T02 0017a24〕; 「於苦、樂、不苦不樂受,不如實觀察」—“does not contemplate as they really are painful feeling, pleasant feeling, and feeling that is neither painful nor pleasant”〔T02 0017a29〕
- Treatise: 「諸修斷者,略由五支攝受於斷,能於諸行如實顯了。一、由身遠離故;二、由心遠離故;三、由奢摩他品三摩地故;四、由毘鉢舍那品三摩地故;五、由常委所作故。」—“Those who cultivate abandoning take up abandoning, in brief, through five limbs, and so can make formations truly manifest as they really are: first, by seclusion of body; second, by seclusion of mind; third, by the samādhi of the śamatha class; fourth, by the samādhi of the vipaśyanā class; fifth, by constant and devoted practice.”〔T30n1579 0789b28〕; 「於率爾墮境所起受中,不如實知增上力故,能令諸行流轉雜染;如實知故,能令清淨」—“through the dominant force of not knowing as they really are the feelings that arise as one suddenly falls upon an object, formations are made to cycle on in defilement; through knowing them as they really are, they are made pure”〔T30n1579 0789c08〕
The path leading to the arising of the existing body; the track of the path to the ceasing of the existing body (Discourse 69)
- Sūtra: 「有身集趣道,當知即是苦集趣道」—“the path leading to the arising of the existing body—know that it is the path leading to the arising of suffering”〔T02 0018b05〕; 「有身滅道跡,則是苦滅道跡」—“the track of the path to the ceasing of the existing body is the track of the path to the ceasing of suffering”〔T02 0018b12〕
- Treatise: 「若趣薩迦耶集行,即是趣苦集行;若趣薩迦耶滅行,即是趣苦滅行」—“the practice that leads to the arising of the existing body is the practice that leads to the arising of suffering; the practice that leads to the ceasing of the existing body is the practice that leads to the ceasing of suffering”〔T30n1579 0789c22〕
The ends of the existing body (Discourse 70)
- Sūtra: 「云何有身集邊?謂受當來有愛」—“What is the end of the arising of the existing body? Namely, the craving that takes up future existence”〔T02 0018b21〕
- Treatise: 「當知世間彼集、滅邊,及薩迦耶彼集、滅邊」—“know the ends of the arising and the ceasing of the world, and the ends of the arising and the ceasing of the existing body”〔T30n1579 0790a08〕
To be known, abandoned, realized, cultivated (Discourse 71)
- Sūtra: 「當知有身,當知斷有身集,當知證有身滅,當知修斷有身道跡」—“one should know the existing body; one should know that the arising of the existing body is to be abandoned; one should know that the ceasing of the existing body is to be realized; one should know that the track of the path that abandons the existing body is to be cultivated”〔T02 0018c12〕
- Treatise: 「一、應遍知行相,二、應永斷行相,三、應作證行相,四、應修習行相」—“first, the aspect of what is to be fully known; second, the aspect of what is to be abandoned forever; third, the aspect of what is to be realized; fourth, the aspect of what is to be cultivated”〔T30n1579 0790a13〕
Cutting the barrier, crossing the moat, the sentries, the banner of the Dharma (Discourse 71)
- Sūtra: 「云何斷關?謂斷五下分結」—“What is cutting the barrier? Namely, cutting off the five lower bonds”〔T02 0018c24〕; 「云何脫諸防邏?謂有愛盡。云何建聖法幢?謂我慢盡」—“What is escaping the sentries? Namely, the exhaustion of craving for existence. What is raising the banner of the noble Dharma? Namely, the exhaustion of conceit”〔T02 0018c26〕
- Treatise: 「一者、闢宮城門;二者、超踰隍塹」—“first, throwing open the gate of the palace city; second, leaping over the moat”〔T30n1579 0790b03〕; 「先斷能順五下分結,如彼闢門」—“first cutting off the five bonds that accord with the lower part, like throwing open that gate”〔T30n1579 0790b08〕; 「已斷有愛」—“has already cut off craving for existence”〔T30n1579 0790b12〕; 「遍於一切憍慢不起」—“no arrogance or conceit arises toward anything at all”〔T30n1579 0790b13〕
What is to be known, knowledge, the knower (Discourse 72)
- Sūtra: 「當說所知法、智及智者」—“I will teach what is to be known, knowledge, and the knower”〔T02 0019a05〕; 「非有他世死、非無他世死、非有無他世死、非非有無他世死」—“it is not that in another world there is death, nor that in another world there is no death, nor that in another world there both is and is not death, nor that in another world there neither is nor is not death”〔T02 0019a10〕
- Treatise: 「一、由所遍知法故;二、由遍知故;三、由成遍知故」—“first, by the dharmas to be fully known; second, by full knowing; third, by the accomplishment of full knowing”〔T30n1579 0790c13〕; 「謂如來滅後若有、若無、亦有亦無、非有非無皆不可取,亦不可記」—“that is, whether after the Tathāgata’s passing he exists, does not exist, both exists and does not exist, or neither exists nor does not exist—none of these can be grasped, nor can they be declared”〔T30n1579 0790c20〕
The heavy burden, taking up the burden, the bearer of the burden (Discourse 73)
- Sūtra: 「我今當說重擔、取擔、捨擔、擔者」—“I will now teach the heavy burden, taking up the burden, laying down the burden, and the bearer of the burden”〔T02 0019a16〕; 「士夫者,如是名,如是生,如是姓族,如是食,如是受苦樂」—“The so-called person is one of such a name, such a birth, such a clan, such food, such an experience of pain and pleasure”〔T02 0019a22〕
- Treatise: 「一、所荷擔,二、能荷擔,三、荷擔時」—“first, what is borne; second, the one who bears; third, the time of bearing”〔T30n1579 0791a05〕; 「謂如是名、如是種類、如是族姓、如是飲食、如是領受若苦若樂、如是長壽、如是久住、如是所有壽量邊際」—“that is, such a name, such a kind, such a clan, such food and drink, such an experience of pain or pleasure, such long life, such long abiding, such a limit to his lifespan”〔T30n1579 0777a16〕
The inner bond, Māra (Discourse 74)
- Sūtra: 「色縛所縛,內縛所縛」—“bound by the bond of form, bound by the inner bond”〔T02 0019b06〕; 「隨魔自在,入魔網中」—“he follows Māra’s mastery, enters Māra’s net”〔T02 0019b10〕; 「不入魔手」—“does not enter Māra’s hand”〔T02 0019b17〕
- Treatise: 「由五種相,愚夫內縛與彼外縛而有差別」—“in five respects the inner bond of the foolish differs from the outer bond”〔T30n1579 0791a16〕; 「魔羅於彼不得自在」—“Māra has no mastery over him”〔T30n1579 0791a25〕; 「出家位未脫魔手」—“in the state of one gone forth, he has not yet escaped Māra’s hand”〔T30n1579 0791a27〕
The Tathāgata and the arhat liberated by wisdom (Discourse 75)
- Sūtra: 「如來、應、等正覺,阿羅漢慧解脫,有何差別?」—“Between the Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One, and the arhat liberated by wisdom, what difference is there?”〔T02 0019b28〕; 「知道、分別道、說道、通道」—“knowing the path, discriminating the path, teaching the path, penetrating the path”〔T02 0019c07〕
- Treatise: 「略由四相,當知如來與慧解脫阿羅漢等,同分、異分」—“in brief, in four respects, know what the Tathāgata has in common with, and how he differs from, the arhat liberated by wisdom and the like”〔T30n1579 0791b01〕; 「此中如來,無師自然修三十七菩提分法,現等正覺」—“here the Tathāgata, without a teacher, of himself cultivated the thirty-seven dharmas that are factors of awakening, and fully and perfectly awakened”〔T30n1579 0791b04〕; 「如來如實了知一切種道為道」—“the Tathāgata knows as it really is every kind of path as path”〔T30n1579 0791b14〕
The root of the Dharma, the eye of the Dharma, the support of the Dharma (Discourses 75, 80, 82, 83, and 85)
- Sūtra: 「如來為法根、為法眼、為法依」—“the Tathāgata is the root of the Dharma, the eye of the Dharma, the support of the Dharma”〔T02 0019b29〕
- Treatise: 「謂能引發一切梵行之法,皆用世尊為根本故,皆由世尊轉法眼故,皆以世尊為所依故」—“that is, because all the dharmas that can bring forth pure conduct have the World-Honored One as their root, because all come from the World-Honored One turning the Dharma eye, and because all have the World-Honored One as their support”〔T30n1579 0778b01〕
Past, future, present (Discourse 79)
- Sūtra: 「過去、未來色尚無常,況復現在色」—“even past and future form are impermanent—how much more present form”〔T02 0020a11〕; 「不顧過去色,不欣未來色」—“does not look back with longing on past form, does not seek after future form”〔T02 0020a13〕
- Treatise: 「當知過去、未來諸行尚定無常,何況現在」—“know that even past and future formations are certainly impermanent—how much more the present”〔T30n1579 0774b20〕; 「謂無顧戀故,不欣樂故」—“that is, because there is no looking back with longing, and because there is no seeking after”〔T30n1579 0791c26〕
Emptiness, signlessness, nothingness, freedom from conceit, the Dharma seal (Discourse 80)
- Sūtra: 「我於空三昧未有所得,而起無相、無所有、離慢知見」—“I have attained nothing yet in the samādhi of emptiness, yet I have given rise to the knowledge and seeing of signlessness, nothingness, and freedom from conceit”〔T02 0020a27〕; 「是名聖法印、知見清淨」—“this is called the seal of the noble Dharma, the purity of knowledge and seeing”〔T02 0020b24〕
- Treatise: 「我今於空能修能證,空是我有。由是空故,計我為勝。如空,無相及無所有,當知亦爾」—“‘I can now cultivate and realize emptiness; emptiness is mine.’ Because of this emptiness he reckons himself superior. As with emptiness, know that it is likewise with signlessness and nothingness”〔T30n1579 0792a12〕; 「一切法中無有我性,名諸法印」—“that in all dharmas there is no nature of self is called the seal of dharmas”〔T30n1579 0792b02〕; 「是故亦名眾聖法印」—“therefore it is also called the seal of the Dharma of all the noble ones”〔T30n1579 0792b05〕
Conditioned, arising from conditions (Discourse 80)
- Sūtra: 「無常者,是有為、行、從緣起」—“what is impermanent is conditioned, is formation, arises from conditions”〔T02 0020b23〕
- Treatise: 「已滅壞故,滅壞法故,說名無常。諸業、煩惱所集成故,說名有為」—“because it has perished and because it is of the nature to perish, it is called impermanent; because it is assembled by deeds and afflictions, it is called conditioned”〔T30n1579 0792a21〕
The outsiders’ doctrine of no cause; quiet (Discourse 81)
- Sūtra: 「無因、無緣,眾生有垢;無因、無緣,眾生清淨」—“without cause, without condition, beings are defiled; without cause, without condition, beings are purified” (Pūraṇa’s statement, as Mahānāma reports it)〔T02 0020c14〕; 「常樂寂靜,讚歎寂靜」—“always delights in quiet and praises quiet”〔T02 0020c09〕
- Treatise: 「外道師為諸弟子,依止無因、不平等因」—“the outsider teachers, for their disciples, rely on no cause or on unequal causes”〔T30n1579 0792b21〕; 「由二種相,無因論者,於諸行中執無因轉」—“in two respects, those who hold the doctrine of no cause grasp that formations proceed without a cause”〔T30n1579 0796b08〕; 「謂諸外道師及弟子,恒常住於憒鬧之住;內法師、弟,時時住於極寂靜住」—“that is, the outsider teachers and their disciples always dwell in a noisy dwelling; teachers and disciples within the Dharma at all times dwell in a dwelling of utmost quiet”〔T30n1579 0792b10〕
Wholly suffering, pleasure (Discourse 81)
- Sūtra: 「若色一向是苦,非樂、非隨樂、非樂長養、離樂者」—“if form were wholly suffering—not pleasure, not accompanied by pleasure, not nourished by pleasure, apart from pleasure”〔T02 0021a01〕
- Treatise: 「由四種相,當知諸行非定苦染」—“in four respects, know that formations are not definitely defiled by suffering”〔T30n1579 0792c13〕
The sequence of impermanence, suffering, not self (Discourses 82–87)
- Sūtra: 「色是無常,無常則苦,苦則非我」—“form is impermanent; what is impermanent is suffering; what is suffering is not self”〔T02 0021c06〕
- Treatise: 「如是觀無常故苦,苦故無我,是名智漸次」—“contemplating thus—suffering because impermanent, without self because suffering—this is called the gradual sequence of knowledge”〔T30n1579 0775b01〕; 「謂厭、離欲、解脫、遍解脫」—“namely, weariness, freedom from desire, liberation, complete liberation”〔T30n1579 0775b02〕
Having sickness, wishing it to be thus (Discourses 86 and 87)
- Sūtra: 「彼色不應有病、有苦,亦不應於色有所求,欲令如是、不令如是」—“that form should not have sickness and suffering, nor should one seek anything of form, wishing it to be thus or not to be thus”〔T02 0022a08〕
- Treatise: 「本性諸行眾緣生故,不得自在,亦無宰主。若有宰主,彼一切行雖性無常,應隨所樂流轉不絕;或不令生」—“because formations by their nature arise from many conditions, they have no mastery and no ruler. If there were a ruler, all those formations, though impermanent by nature, should cycle on unbroken as one pleased, or be kept from arising”〔T30n1579 0793a28〕
The treatise speaks of the five aggregates collectively as “formations,” while the sūtra names form and feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness one by one; the sūtra says 受陰, the treatise 取蘊, both “aggregates of clinging”; the sūtra says 有身, the treatise 薩迦耶, both “the existing body”; the sūtra says 須陀洹, the treatise 預流, both “stream-enterer”; the sūtra says 凡夫, the treatise 異生, both “ordinary person”—where the two differ in wording, they are not forced into sameness.
IV. Essentials of the Commentary on This Passage
This fascicle has no old line-by-line commentary. The selection on formations in the Compendium of Topics is the treatise’s mātṛkā; its passages proceed in the order of the uddānas it sets up (first topic). Below, in the treatise’s order, are listed its passages that share words with the discourses of this fascicle (verbatim, with anchors), with the discourses that share the words noted. Passages of the treatise that share no words with the discourses of this fascicle are not listed.
1. Cause and benefit (shares with Discourses 59 and 60 the words 「喜」—“delight,” 「觸」—“contact,” 「離欲」—“freedom from desire,” and 「心解脫」—“liberation of mind”)
「一切行因,略有二種。一、共,二、不共。共因者,謂喜為先因」—“The causes of all formations are, in brief, of two kinds: first, shared; second, not shared. The shared cause is delight as the cause that goes before.”〔T30n1579 0785b10〕 「謂順苦、樂、非苦樂觸,望於受等所有心法;無間滅意及俱生名、十種色等,望六種識」—“namely, contact conducive to pain, pleasure, and neither pain nor pleasure, in relation to feeling and the other mental dharmas; and the mind that has just ceased, together with the co-arisen name and the ten kinds of form and so on, in relation to the six kinds of consciousness”〔T30n1579 0785b16〕 「厭離為先,而得離欲;離欲為先,心善解脫」—“with weariness going before, one attains freedom from desire; with freedom from desire going before, the mind is well liberated”〔T30n1579 0785b26〕
2. The distinction of the two kinds of view — the former limit and the latter limit (shares with Discourse 60 the words 「前際」—“former limit” and 「後際」—“latter limit”)
「又由三分,當知建立薩迦耶見以為根本一切見趣。一、由前際俱行故;二、由後際俱行故;三、由前後際俱行故」—“Further, know that all the courses of view rooted in the view of the existing body are set up in three divisions: first, as going together with the former limit; second, as going together with the latter limit; third, as going together with both the former and the latter limit”〔T30n1579 0785c05〕
3. The states of the foolish, and “in this holy teaching” — the leaving of birth, the purity of seeing, the three bonds (shares with Discourse 61 the words 「離生」—“the leaving of birth” and 「三結」—“the three bonds,” and with Discourse 80 the words 「見清淨」—“the purity of seeing”)
「若住中智,便名已入正性離生,超過異生地,未得預流果」—“if he abides in the middling knowledge, he is called one who has entered the right certainty that leaves birth behind, has passed beyond the stage of ordinary beings, and has not yet attained the fruit of stream-entry”〔T30n1579 0787b22〕 「終無中夭」—“he will never die untimely in between”〔T30n1579 0787b24〕 「名見清淨;有餘惑故,非善清淨」—“this is called the purity of seeing; because delusion remains, it is not well purified”〔T30n1579 0787b26〕 「當知建立三結差別」—“know that the distinctions of the three bonds are set up”〔T30n1579 0787c10〕
4. Doctrines that falsely reckon a self (shares with Discourses 62 and 63 the words 「我」—“self” and 「在」—“within”)
「復有四種妄計我論。一者、宣說諸行是我,二者、宣說我有諸行,三者、宣說諸行屬我,四者、宣說我在行中」—“Further, there are four kinds of doctrine that falsely reckon a self: first, declaring that formations are self; second, declaring that the self has formations; third, declaring that formations belong to the self; fourth, declaring that the self is within formations”〔T30n1579 0787c28〕
5. The contact with ignorance, the mind element, conceit of self (shares with Discourse 63 the words 「無明觸」—“contact with ignorance,” 「意界」—“mind element,” 「法界」—“dharma element,” 「無明界」—“element of ignorance,” and 「勝」—“superior”)
「於見相應諸無明觸所生起受妄計為我」—“falsely reckons as self the feeling arisen from contact with ignorance associated with view”〔T30n1579 0788a13〕 「後有意界」—“there is the mind element thereafter”〔T30n1579 0788a23〕「有無明種及無明界」—“there are the seeds of ignorance and the element of ignorance”〔T30n1579 0788a25〕「意所緣法界」—“the dharma element that is the object of mind”〔T30n1579 0788a26〕 「由慢故者,謂我為勝」—“‘because of conceit’ means: I am superior”〔T30n1579 0788b03〕
6. The World-Honored One’s uddāna utterance — the lower bonds, fear, the four stations of consciousness (shares with Discourse 64 the words 「下分結」—“lower bonds,” 「恐畏」—“fear,” 「四識住」—“four stations of consciousness,” and 「轉」—“turning”)
「是處世尊,依自聖教為欲顯示善說發起」—“here the World-Honored One, on the basis of his own holy teaching, wished to show how what is well spoken arises”〔T30n1579 0788b11〕 「後結集者,於法門中,稱為世尊嗢拕南說」—“the later compilers, among the Dharma-gates, called it the World-Honored One’s uddāna utterance”〔T30n1579 0788b13〕 「一切諸結永斷可得,謂下上分結」—“the cutting off forever of all bonds can be attained—namely, the lower and the higher bonds”〔T30n1579 0788b17〕 「亦永超越順下分結」—“and also passes forever beyond the bonds that accord with the lower part”〔T30n1579 0788c08〕 「於不應怖妄生怖畏」—“falsely give rise to fear toward what should not be feared”〔T30n1579 0788c12〕 「謂唯有心住四識住,有轉有染;又唯有心斷四識住,無轉無染」—“that is, only the mind abiding in the four stations of consciousness has turning and has defilement; and only the mind that has cut off the four stations of consciousness has no turning and no defilement”〔T30n1579 0788c14〕 「復有四依。謂色、受、想、行」—“Further, there are four supports: namely, form, feeling, perception, and formations”〔T30n1579 0788c15〕
7. The path of the cycling of consciousness; consciousness with no abiding (shares with Discourse 64 the words 「識」—“consciousness,” 「住」—“abide,” 「十方」—“ten directions,” 「寂靜」—“stillness,” and 「清涼」—“coolness”)
「若有棄捨如來所說識流轉道,而作是言:我當更作別異施設」—“if someone casts aside the path of the cycling of consciousness that the Tathāgata has taught, and says: ‘I will make yet another, different designation’”〔T30n1579 0789a12〕 「又即由彼無所住識,因分、果分不復生長」—“Further, by that very consciousness with no abiding, the causal part and the resultant part no longer grow”〔T30n1579 0789b10〕 「彼有漏識由永滅已,遍於十方皆無所趣」—“that consciousness with outflows, having ceased forever, has nowhere at all to go in the ten directions”〔T30n1579 0789b18〕 「依初纏斷,說名寂靜;依第二斷,說名清涼」—“with respect to the cutting off of the first entanglement it is called stillness; with respect to the second cutting off it is called coolness”〔T30n1579 0789b20〕
8. Cutting off the limbs; true manifestation (shares with Discourses 65–68 the words 「如實」—“as it really is,” 「受」—“feeling,” and 「親近」—“drawing near”)
「諸修斷者,略由五支攝受於斷,能於諸行如實顯了。一、由身遠離故;二、由心遠離故;三、由奢摩他品三摩地故;四、由毘鉢舍那品三摩地故;五、由常委所作故。」—“Those who cultivate abandoning take up abandoning, in brief, through five limbs, and so can make formations truly manifest as they really are: first, by seclusion of body; second, by seclusion of mind; third, by the samādhi of the śamatha class; fourth, by the samādhi of the vipaśyanā class; fifth, by constant and devoted practice.”〔T30n1579 0789b28〕 「復次,當知有十二種如實顯了行相」—“Further, know that there are twelve aspects of true manifestation as it really is”〔T30n1579 0789c03〕—the names of the treatise’s twelve aspects differ from the names at the end of Discourse 65, from discriminating up to realizing; they are recorded and not merged. 「於率爾墮境所起受中,不如實知增上力故,能令諸行流轉雜染;如實知故,能令清淨」—“through the dominant force of not knowing as they really are the feelings that arise as one suddenly falls upon an object, formations are made to cycle on in defilement; through knowing them as they really are, they are made pure”〔T30n1579 0789c08〕 That this passage of the treatise divides, by four supporting objects, four classes—ordinary beings who abide in the inner Dharma, ordinary beings who are householders 「欣後有」—“delighting in further existence”〔T30n1579 0789c10〕, outsiders, and those still in training—running in sequence with Discourse 65’s 「受」—“feeling,” Discourse 66’s 「未來世色復生」—“in a future life form arises again,” Discourse 67’s 「樂著」—“delights in and is attached,” and Discourse 68’s eye up to mind—this is a reading; the treatise does not itself point to discourse numbers.
9. The conditions of formations; the four of the path — leading to the arising of the existing body, leading to the arising of suffering (shares with Discourses 69 and 70 the words 「集」—“arising,” 「滅」—“ceasing,” 「邊」—“end,” and 「有」—“existence”)
「若趣薩迦耶集行,即是趣苦集行;若趣薩迦耶滅行,即是趣苦滅行」—“the practice that leads to the arising of the existing body is the practice that leads to the arising of suffering; the practice that leads to the ceasing of the existing body is the practice that leads to the ceasing of suffering”〔T30n1579 0789c22〕 「三者、有,是染著者更生義故」—“third, existence, because it means further birth for one who is defiled and attached”〔T30n1579 0789c29〕 「當知世間彼集、滅邊,及薩迦耶彼集、滅邊」—“know the ends of the arising and the ceasing of the world, and the ends of the arising and the ceasing of the existing body”〔T30n1579 0790a08〕 「一、應遍知行相,二、應永斷行相,三、應作證行相,四、應修習行相」—“first, the aspect of what is to be fully known; second, the aspect of what is to be abandoned forever; third, the aspect of what is to be realized; fourth, the aspect of what is to be cultivated”〔T30n1579 0790a13〕
10. The five of the ultimate (shares with the segments at the end of Discourse 71 the words 「究竟」—“ultimate,” 「梵行」—“pure conduct,” and 「阿羅漢」—“arhat”)
「有阿羅漢盡諸漏等所有差別」—“there are the distinctions of the arhat whose outflows are exhausted, and so on”〔T30n1579 0790a25〕 「有畢竟究竟」—“there is the ultimate end”〔T30n1579 0790a26〕「有畢竟無垢」—“there is ultimate freedom from stain”〔T30n1579 0790a27〕「有畢竟梵行以為後邊」—“there is ultimate pure conduct as the final limit”〔T30n1579 0790a28〕
11. The five marks of entering the palace of nirvāṇa (shares with the segment of Discourse 71 on 「斷關」—“cutting the barrier,” 「度塹」—“crossing the moat,” and 「法幢」—“the banner of the Dharma” the words 「五下分結」—“the five lower bonds” and 「有愛」—“craving for existence”; the treatise’s figures are the palace city, the moat, and the banner of victory)
「一者、闢宮城門;二者、超踰隍塹」—“first, throwing open the gate of the palace city; second, leaping over the moat”〔T30n1579 0790b03〕 「先斷能順五下分結,如彼闢門」—“first cutting off the five bonds that accord with the lower part, like throwing open that gate”〔T30n1579 0790b08〕 「已斷有愛」—“has already cut off craving for existence”〔T30n1579 0790b12〕 「遍於一切憍慢不起」—“no arrogance or conceit arises toward anything at all”〔T30n1579 0790b13〕 「於六恒住常攝受故」—“because he constantly takes up the six constant abidings”〔T30n1579 0790b20〕 「由與無學心善解脫、慧善解脫而共相應」—“because he is joined with the good liberation of mind and the good liberation of wisdom of one beyond training”〔T30n1579 0790c06〕
12. The summary of two groups — the dharmas to be fully known, full knowing, the accomplishment of full knowing (shares with Discourse 72 the word 「知」—“know” and the four statements on 「如來滅後」—“after the Tathāgata’s passing”)
「一、由所遍知法故;二、由遍知故;三、由成遍知故」—“first, by the dharmas to be fully known; second, by full knowing; third, by the accomplishment of full knowing”〔T30n1579 0790c13〕 「謂如來滅後若有、若無、亦有亦無、非有非無皆不可取,亦不可記」—“that is, whether after the Tathāgata’s passing he exists, does not exist, both exists and does not exist, or neither exists nor does not exist—none of these can be grasped, nor can they be declared”〔T30n1579 0790c20〕 「現量、比量及正教量所不量故,說名無量」—“because it is not measured by direct perception, by inference, or by the measure of right teaching, it is called immeasurable”〔T30n1579 0791a02〕
13. The three differences — bearing the burden (shares with Discourse 73 the word 「擔」—“burden”)
「一、所荷擔,二、能荷擔,三、荷擔時」—“first, what is borne; second, the one who bears; third, the time of bearing”〔T30n1579 0791a05〕 「愚夫乃以一切諸行為所荷擔」—“the foolish take all formations as what they bear”〔T30n1579 0791a07〕 「恒常荷擔大重擔故」—“because they constantly bear the great heavy burden”〔T30n1579 0791a12〕
14. The inner bond, Māra (shares with Discourse 74 the words 「內縛」—“inner bond,” 「魔」—“Māra,” 「自在」—“mastery,” 「魔縛」—“Māra’s bonds,” and 「魔手」—“Māra’s hand”)
「由五種相,愚夫內縛與彼外縛而有差別」—“in five respects the inner bond of the foolish differs from the outer bond”〔T30n1579 0791a16〕 「魔羅於彼不得自在」—“Māra has no mastery over him”〔T30n1579 0791a25〕 「未離欲位,魔縛所縛」—“in the state of not yet being free from desire, he is bound by Māra’s bonds”〔T30n1579 0791a27〕
15. The Tathāgata and the arhat liberated by wisdom (shares with Discourse 75 the words 「如來」—“Tathāgata,” 「慧解脫」—“liberated by wisdom,” 「阿羅漢」—“arhat,” and 「道」—“path”)
「略由四相,當知如來與慧解脫阿羅漢等,同分、異分」—“in brief, in four respects, know what the Tathāgata has in common with, and how he differs from, the arhat liberated by wisdom and the like”〔T30n1579 0791b01〕 「此中如來,無師自然修三十七菩提分法,現等正覺」—“here the Tathāgata, without a teacher, of himself cultivated the thirty-seven dharmas that are factors of awakening, and fully and perfectly awakened”〔T30n1579 0791b04〕 「如來如實了知一切種道為道」—“the Tathāgata knows as it really is every kind of path as path”〔T30n1579 0791b14〕
16. Resolve and abandoning (shares with Discourse 76 the word 「無我」—“without self,” and with Discourse 77 the word 「斷」—“abandon”)
「略有二種無我勝解」—“in brief, there are two kinds of resolve on not self”〔T30n1579 0791c03〕 「由四種相,應知諸行有二種斷」—“in four respects, know that formations have two kinds of abandoning”〔T30n1579 0791c10〕
17. Cycling on — the three kinds of hidden suffering (shares with Discourse 78 the words 「病」—“sickness,” 「老死」—“old age and death,” and 「苦」—“suffering”)
「有覆障苦」—“there is the suffering that is covered and obstructed”〔T30n1579 0791c18〕 「又彼諸行流轉生起初中後滅,當知即是三種苦滅」—“further, the ceasing of those formations at the beginning, middle, and end of their cycling and arising—know that this is the ceasing of the three kinds of suffering”〔T30n1579 0791c19〕
18. Existence (shares with Discourse 79 the words 「不顧」—“does not look back” and 「不欣」—“does not seek after”)
「謂無顧戀故,不欣樂故」—“that is, because there is no looking back with longing, and because there is no seeking after”〔T30n1579 0791c26〕
19. The not well purified and the well purified — the seal of the noble Dharma (shares with Discourse 80 the words 「空」—“emptiness,” 「無相」—“signlessness,” 「無所有」—“nothingness,” 「法印」—“Dharma seal,” and 「清淨」—“purity”)
「略有二種離增上慢觀無我見。何等為二?一、不善清淨,二、善清淨」—“In brief, there are two kinds of seeing that contemplates not self free of overweening conceit. What are the two? First, the not well purified; second, the well purified”〔T30n1579 0791c28〕 「我今於空能修能證,空是我有。由是空故,計我為勝。如空,無相及無所有,當知亦爾」—“‘I can now cultivate and realize emptiness; emptiness is mine.’ Because of this emptiness he reckons himself superior. As with emptiness, know that it is likewise with signlessness and nothingness”〔T30n1579 0792a12〕 「已滅壞故,滅壞法故,說名無常。諸業、煩惱所集成故,說名有為」—“because it has perished and because it is of the nature to perish, it is called impermanent; because it is assembled by deeds and afflictions, it is called conditioned”〔T30n1579 0792a21〕 「一切法中無有我性,名諸法印」—“that in all dharmas there is no nature of self is called the seal of dharmas”〔T30n1579 0792b02〕 「是故亦名眾聖法印」—“therefore it is also called the seal of the Dharma of all the noble ones”〔T30n1579 0792b05〕 「當知此中,由前名通達智,由後名善清淨見」—“know that here, by the former it is called penetrating knowledge, and by the latter it is called well-purified seeing”〔T30n1579 0792b06〕
20. The distinction of teachers who teach well and teach badly (shares with Discourse 81 the words 「外道」—“outsider,” 「弟子」—“disciple,” 「寂靜」—“quiet,” 「無因」—“without cause,” 「苦」—“suffering,” and 「樂」—“pleasure”)
「謂諸外道師及弟子,恒常住於憒鬧之住;內法師、弟,時時住於極寂靜住」—“that is, the outsider teachers and their disciples always dwell in a noisy dwelling; teachers and disciples within the Dharma at all times dwell in a dwelling of utmost quiet”〔T30n1579 0792b10〕 「外道師為諸弟子,依止無因、不平等因」—“the outsider teachers, for their disciples, rely on no cause or on unequal causes”〔T30n1579 0792b21〕 「由四種相,當知諸行非定苦染」—“in four respects, know that formations are not definitely defiled by suffering”〔T30n1579 0792c13〕
21. Suffering because impermanent; without self because suffering (shares with Discourses 82–87 the words 「無常」—“impermanent,” 「苦」—“suffering,” 「厭」—“weariness,” 「離欲」—“freedom from desire,” and 「解脫」—“liberation”; the treatise teaches this in an earlier passage 〔fascicle 85〕)
「如是觀無常故苦,苦故無我,是名智漸次」—“contemplating thus—suffering because impermanent, without self because suffering—this is called the gradual sequence of knowledge”〔T30n1579 0775b01〕 「謂厭、離欲、解脫、遍解脫」—“namely, weariness, freedom from desire, liberation, complete liberation”〔T30n1579 0775b02〕
22. The doctrine of no cause (shares with Discourse 81 the word 「無因」—“without cause”)
「由二種相,無因論者,於諸行中執無因轉」—“in two respects, those who hold the doctrine of no cause grasp that formations proceed without a cause”〔T30n1579 0796b08〕
Of the names at the end of Discourse 65, 「分別、種種分別、知、廣知、種種知、親近、親近修習、入、觸、證」—“discriminating, discriminating in various ways, knowing, knowing broadly, knowing in various ways, drawing near, drawing near and cultivating, entering, touching, and realizing,” the treatise shares only the one word in 「說名親近」—“is called drawing near”〔T30n1579 0783b03〕. For Discourse 63’s 「我知、我見」—“I know, I see,” Discourse 77’s 「截多羅樹頭」—“a palm tree with its crown cut,” Discourse 81’s 「離車」—“Licchavi” and 「七菴羅樹」—“the Seven Mango Trees,” and the question-and-answer form of Discourses 84–87: in the passages listed above the treatise has no sentence sharing their words; this is recorded honestly, and nothing is listed on the ground of nearness of meaning.
V. Divergent Readings of the Commentators
This fascicle has no divergent readings of the ancient masters. The Saṃyukta Āgama has no old line-by-line commentary; the Compendium of Topics is the only mirror, the teaching of a single school, with nothing to set in separate columns.
VI. Terms (first occurrences — glosses drawn only from the Compendium of Topics, verbatim)
The terms already established in Fascicle 1 (form · feeling · perception · formations · consciousness, the five aggregates of clinging, impermanent, suffering, empty, not self, right contemplation, weariness, delight and craving, liberation of mind, pure conduct, knowing as it really is, desire and craving, free from desire, gratification · danger · escape, clinging, arhat, bonds, conceit, nirvāṇa, subject to change, arising · cessation · the track of the path, and the rest) and in Fascicle 2 (aggregate · aggregate of clinging, outflows, station of consciousness · the four stations of consciousness, the four great elements, the six classes of feeling · the six classes of perception · the six classes of volition · the six classes of consciousness, name and form, the end of suffering, the ending of outflows · without outflows, liberation of mind · liberation by wisdom, the eightfold noble path, the six sense bases of contact, the mind element · the dharma element · the element of ignorance, contact with ignorance, arising and ceasing, the four foundations of mindfulness · the four right efforts · the four bases of supernormal power · the five faculties · the five powers · the seven factors of awakening · the factors of the eightfold noble path, conditioned, and the rest) are not repeated in this fascicle; only the terms that first appear in this fascicle are listed below.
| Term | First occurrence in this fascicle (verbatim) | Anchor | The Compendium of Topics |
|---|---|---|---|
| Views that go together with the former limit · with the latter limit (前際俱見·後際俱見) | 「前際俱見,永盡無餘」—“the views that go together with the former limit are exhausted forever without remainder” | 〔T02 0015c05〕 | Within the sentence 「一、由前際俱行故;二、由後際俱行故;三、由前後際俱行故」—“first, as going together with the former limit; second, as going together with the latter limit; third, as going together with both the former and the latter limit”〔T30n1579 0785c06〕 |
| Fastened (封著) | 「無所封著」—“fastened to nothing” | 〔T02 0015c08〕 | Not found in the treatise |
| One who follows by faith · one who follows by Dharma (隨信行·隨法行) | 「是名隨信行」—“this is called one who follows by faith” | 〔T02 0016a06〕 | The treatise does not establish the name 「隨信行」—“one who follows by faith”; it has 「法隨法行」—“practice of the Dharma in accordance with the Dharma”〔T30n1579 0778a27〕 |
| The leaving of birth · the stage of ordinary persons (離生·凡夫地) | 「超昇離生,越凡夫地」—“he rises up and enters the leaving of birth, passes beyond the stage of ordinary persons” | 〔T02 0016a06〕 | The treatise has 「正性離生」—“the right certainty that leaves birth behind” and 「異生地」—“the stage of ordinary beings”: 「若住中智,便名已入正性離生,超過異生地,未得預流果」—“if he abides in the middling knowledge, he is called one who has entered the right certainty that leaves birth behind, has passed beyond the stage of ordinary beings, and has not yet attained the fruit of stream-entry”〔T30n1579 0787b22〕 |
| The fruit of stream-entry (須陀洹果) | 「未得須陀洹果」—“has not yet attained the fruit of stream-entry” | 〔T02 0016a07〕 | The treatise has 預流果, “the fruit of stream-entry”; see above |
| The three bonds · the view of the body · clinging to precepts · doubt (三結·身見·戒取·疑) | 「三結盡斷知,謂身見、戒取、疑」—“the three bonds are cut off and known—namely, the view of the body, clinging to precepts, and doubt” | 〔T02 0016a11〕 | 「當知建立三結差別」—“know that the distinctions of the three bonds are set up”〔T30n1579 0787c10〕 |
| Saṃbodhi (三菩提) | 「必定正趣三菩提」—“he is certain to be rightly directed toward saṃbodhi” | 〔T02 0016a13〕 | The treatise does not explain this name |
| Going back and forth among gods and humans for seven rebirths (七有天人往生) | 「七有天人往生」—“goes back and forth among gods and humans for seven rebirths” | 〔T02 0016a13〕 | The treatise does not explain this name |
| Heavy burden (重擔) | 「捨離重擔」—“the heavy burden has been laid down” | 〔T02 0016a16〕 | 「恒常荷擔大重擔故」—“because they constantly bear the great heavy burden”〔T30n1579 0791a12〕 |
| Knowledge · contact with knowledge (明·明觸) | 「後明觸集起」—“contact with knowledge that comes after arises” | 〔T02 0016c02〕 | The treatise does not explain the name 「明觸」—“contact with knowledge” |
| Udāna verse (優陀那偈) | 「世尊歎優陀那偈」—“the World-Honored One uttered an udāna verse” | 〔T02 0016c06〕 | The treatise calls it 「世尊嗢拕南說」—“the World-Honored One’s uddāna utterance”: 「後結集者,於法門中,稱為世尊嗢拕南說」—“the later compilers, among the Dharma-gates, called it the World-Honored One’s uddāna utterance”〔T30n1579 0788b13〕 |
| The lower bonds · the five lower bonds (下分結·五下分結) | 「則斷下分結」—“cuts off the lower bonds” | 〔T02 0016c10〕 | 「亦永超越順下分結」—“and also passes forever beyond the bonds that accord with the lower part”〔T30n1579 0788c08〕 |
| Meditative reflection (禪思) | 「常當修習方便禪思」—“you should always cultivate skilful means and meditative reflection” | 〔T02 0017a24〕 | The treatise does not establish this name; it teaches the five limbs of cultivating abandoning; see Topic IV, item 8 |
| The existing body (有身) | 「有身集趣道及有身集滅道」—“the path leading to the arising of the existing body, and the path to the ceasing of the arising of the existing body” | 〔T02 0018a27〕 | The treatise has 薩迦耶, “the existing body”: 「若趣薩迦耶集行,即是趣苦集行」—“the practice that leads to the arising of the existing body is the practice that leads to the arising of suffering”〔T30n1579 0789c22〕 |
| The end of the existing body as suffering · the end of its arising · the end of its ceasing (有身苦邊·集邊·滅邊) | 「身苦邊、有身集邊、有身滅邊」—“the end of the existing body as suffering, the end of the arising of the existing body, and the end of the ceasing of the existing body” | 〔T02 0018b18〕 | 「當知世間彼集、滅邊,及薩迦耶彼集、滅邊」—“know the ends of the arising and the ceasing of the world, and the ends of the arising and the ceasing of the existing body”〔T30n1579 0790a08〕 |
| Craving for future existence (當來有愛) | 「謂受當來有愛」—“namely, the craving that takes up future existence” | 〔T02 0018b21〕 | 「三者、有,是染著者更生義故」—“third, existence, because it means further birth for one who is defiled and attached”〔T30n1579 0789c29〕 |
| Cutting the barrier · crossing the moat · the sentries · the banner of the noble Dharma (斷關·度塹·防邏·聖法幢) | 「斷關、度塹,超越境界,脫諸防邏,建聖法幢」—“cut the barrier, crossed the moat, passed beyond the boundary, escaped the sentries, and raised the banner of the noble Dharma” | 〔T02 0018c22〕 | The treatise’s figures are the gate of the palace city, the moat, and the banner of victory: 「一者、闢宮城門;二者、超踰隍塹」—“first, throwing open the gate of the palace city; second, leaping over the moat”〔T30n1579 0790b03〕 |
| Five limbs · six limbs (五枝·六枝) | 「斷五枝,成六枝,守護一,依四種」—“has cut off five limbs, has completed six limbs, guards the one, relies on the four” | 〔T02 0018c28〕 | The treatise does not explain them one by one; it has 「於六恒住常攝受故」—“because he constantly takes up the six constant abidings”〔T30n1579 0790b20〕 |
| Mind well liberated · wisdom well liberated (心善解脫·慧善解脫) | 「心善解脫,慧善解脫」—“whose mind is well liberated and whose wisdom is well liberated” | 〔T02 0018c29〕 | 「由與無學心善解脫、慧善解脫而共相應」—“because he is joined with the good liberation of mind and the good liberation of wisdom of one beyond training”〔T30n1579 0790c06〕 |
| What is to be known · knowledge · the knower (所知法·智·智者) | 「當說所知法、智及智者」—“I will teach what is to be known, knowledge, and the knower” | 〔T02 0019a05〕 | 「一、由所遍知法故;二、由遍知故;三、由成遍知故」—“first, by the dharmas to be fully known; second, by full knowing; third, by the accomplishment of full knowing”〔T30n1579 0790c13〕 |
| Taking up the burden · laying down the burden · the bearer of the burden (取擔·捨擔·擔者) | 「重擔、取擔、捨擔、擔者」—“the heavy burden, taking up the burden, laying down the burden, and the bearer of the burden” | 〔T02 0019a16〕 | 「一、所荷擔,二、能荷擔,三、荷擔時」—“first, what is borne; second, the one who bears; third, the time of bearing”〔T30n1579 0791a05〕 |
| Person (士夫) | 「謂士夫是」—“namely, the person” | 〔T02 0019a22〕 | The treatise has 「得入於彼諸行生起世俗言說士夫數中」—“enters the number of persons in the worldly speech that arises from those formations”〔T30n1579 0777a15〕; for the sentences below it beginning 「如是名」—“such a name,” see Topic III |
| Inner bond (內縛) | 「內縛所縛」—“bound by the inner bond” | 〔T02 0019b07〕 | 「由五種相,愚夫內縛與彼外縛而有差別」—“in five respects the inner bond of the foolish differs from the outer bond”〔T30n1579 0791a16〕 |
| Māra · Māra’s net · Māra’s hand (魔·魔網·魔手) | 「隨魔自在,入魔網中」—“he follows Māra’s mastery, enters Māra’s net” | 〔T02 0019b10〕 | 「魔羅於彼不得自在」—“Māra has no mastery over him”〔T30n1579 0791a25〕; 「出家位未脫魔手」—“in the state of one gone forth, he has not yet escaped Māra’s hand”〔T30n1579 0791a27〕 |
| Ford (津濟) | 「知津濟」—“knows the ford for crossing over” | 〔T02 0019b15〕 | Not found in the treatise |
| The Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One (如來、應、等正覺) | 「是名如來、應、等正覺」—“this is called the Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One” | 〔T02 0019b24〕 | 「此中如來,無師自然修三十七菩提分法,現等正覺」—“here the Tathāgata, without a teacher, of himself cultivated the thirty-seven dharmas that are factors of awakening, and fully and perfectly awakened”〔T30n1579 0791b04〕 |
| Arhat liberated by wisdom (阿羅漢慧解脫) | 「名阿羅漢慧解」—“is called an arhat liberated by wis-” | 〔T02 0019b26〕 | 「略由四相,當知如來與慧解脫阿羅漢等,同分、異分」—“in brief, in four respects, know what the Tathāgata has in common with, and how he differs from, the arhat liberated by wisdom and the like”〔T30n1579 0791b01〕 |
| The root of the Dharma · the eye of the Dharma · the support of the Dharma (法根·法眼·法依) | 「如來為法根、為法」—“the Tathāgata is the root of the Dharma, the …of the Dharma” | 〔T02 0019b29〕 | 「謂能引發一切梵行之法,皆用世尊為根本故,皆由世尊轉法眼故,皆以世尊為所依故」—“that is, because all the dharmas that can bring forth pure conduct have the World-Honored One as their root, because all come from the World-Honored One turning the Dharma eye, and because all have the World-Honored One as their support”〔T30n1579 0778b01〕 |
| Abandon and fully know (斷知) | 「得斷知」—“one abandons and fully knows” | 〔T02 0019c27〕 | Not found in the treatise |
| The samādhi of emptiness · signlessness · nothingness (空三昧·無相·無所有) | 「我於空三昧未有所得,而起無相、無所有、離慢知見」—“I have attained nothing yet in the samādhi of emptiness, yet I have given rise to the knowledge and seeing of signlessness, nothingness, and freedom from conceit” | 〔T02 0020a27〕 | Within the sentence 「如空,無相及無所有,當知亦爾」—“as with emptiness, know that it is likewise with signlessness and nothingness”〔T30n1579 0792a13〕 |
| Free of conceit (離慢) | As above | 〔T02 0020a27〕 | The treatise has “free of overweening conceit”: 「略有二種離增上慢觀無我見」—“in brief, there are two kinds of seeing that contemplates not self free of overweening conceit”〔T30n1579 0791c28〕 |
| The seal of the noble Dharma · the purity of seeing (聖法印·見清淨) | 「當說聖法印及」—“I will teach the seal of the noble Dharma and” | 〔T02 0020a26〕 | 「一切法中無有我性,名諸法印」—“that in all dharmas there is no nature of self is called the seal of dharmas”〔T30n1579 0792b02〕; 「是故亦名眾聖法印」—“therefore it is also called the seal of the Dharma of all the noble ones”〔T30n1579 0792b05〕; 「名見清淨;有餘惑故,非善清淨」—“this is called the purity of seeing; because delusion remains, it is not well purified”〔T30n1579 0787b26〕 |
| The samādhi of right reflection (正思惟三昧) | 「復有正思惟三昧」—“further, there is the samādhi of right reflection” | 〔T02 0020b12〕 | Not found in the treatise |
| Licchavi (離車) | 「有離車名摩訶男」—“there was a Licchavi named Mahānāma” | 〔T02 0020b29〕 | Not found in the treatise |
| Outsider · leader of a company (外道·眾主) | 「外道眾主」—“leader of a company of outsiders” | 〔T02 0020c05〕 | 「外道師為諸弟子,依止無因、不平等因」—“the outsider teachers, for their disciples, rely on no cause or on unequal causes”〔T30n1579 0792b21〕 |
| Without cause · without condition (無因·無緣) | 「無因、無緣,眾生有垢」—“without cause, without condition, beings are defiled” (Pūraṇa’s doctrine) | 〔T02 0020c14〕 | 「由二種相,無因論者,於諸行中執無因轉」—“in two respects, those who hold the doctrine of no cause grasp that formations proceed without a cause”〔T30n1579 0796b08〕 |
| Wholly (一向) | 「若色一向是苦」—“if form were wholly suffering” | 〔T02 0021a01〕 | 「由四種相,當知諸行非定苦染」—“in four respects, know that formations are not definitely defiled by suffering”〔T30n1579 0792c13〕; the treatise has 「定」—“definitely,” the sūtra 「一向」—“wholly” |
The terms of this fascicle are all Chinese; the corresponding Pali sounds the Taishō notes attach to names in the discourses are given at the end of part ② of the tenth topic; the Compendium of Topics gives no Sanskrit forms in this passage, and none is supplied here in its stead.
VII. Similes and Rhetoric
The discourses’ similes, in four places:
- The heavy burden (Discourse 73)—「我今當說重擔、取擔、捨擔、擔者」—“I will now teach the heavy burden, taking up the burden, laying down the burden, and the bearer of the burden”〔T02 0019a16〕; the discourse itself applies its figure: 「云何重擔?謂五受陰」—“What is the heavy burden? Namely, the five aggregates of clinging”〔T02 0019a18〕. The verse reads 「重任為大苦,捨任為大樂」—“to bear the load is great suffering, to lay the load down is great bliss”〔T02 0019a27〕.
- Māra’s net, Māra’s hand (Discourse 74)—「隨魔自在,入魔網中,隨魔所化,魔縛所縛,為魔所牽」—“he follows Māra’s mastery, enters Māra’s net, follows what Māra transforms, is bound by Māra’s bonds, and is led by Māra”〔T02 0019b10〕; 「不入魔手」—“does not enter Māra’s hand”〔T02 0019b17〕.
- A palm tree with its crown cut (Discourse 77)—「如截多羅樹頭,未來不復更生」—“as with a palm tree with its crown cut, which in the future will not grow again”〔T02 0019c28〕.
- Cutting the barrier, crossing the moat, the sentries, the banner of the Dharma (Discourse 71)—「是名比丘斷關、度塹,超越境界,脫諸防邏,建聖法幢」—“this is called a bhikṣu who has cut the barrier, crossed the moat, passed beyond the boundary, escaped the sentries, and raised the banner of the noble Dharma”〔T02 0018c22〕; the discourse itself explains its figure: 「云何斷關?謂斷五下分結。云何度塹?謂度無明深塹」—“What is cutting the barrier? Namely, cutting off the five lower bonds. What is crossing the moat? Namely, crossing the deep moat of ignorance”〔T02 0018c24〕.
The treatise’s simile (not found in the discourses; recorded for reference and not mixed with the text of the discourses)—the Compendium of Topics likens entering nirvāṇa to the five marks of entering a palace city: 「一者、闢宮城門;二者、超踰隍塹」—“first, throwing open the gate of the palace city; second, leaping over the moat”〔T30n1579 0790b03〕; 「勝幢既仆」—“once the banner of victory has been thrown down”〔T30n1579 0790b06〕. The treatise speaks of the gate of the palace city, the moat, and the banner of victory; the discourse speaks of the barrier, the moat, and the banner of the Dharma; the two differ in wording and are not forced into sameness.
Set formulas:
| Formula | Verbatim (first occurrence) | Anchor | Where found |
|---|---|---|---|
| Opening of a discourse | 「如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤」—“Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anātha-” | 〔T02 0015b10〕 | All twenty-nine discourses open with 「如是我聞」—“Thus have I heard” |
| The five aggregates of clinging | 「有五受陰。云何」—“There are five aggregates of clinging. What” | 〔T02 0015b11〕 | Discourses 59–63 and 74–76 open their teaching with it; from Discourse 60 on it is mostly 「何等為五?」—“What are the five?” |
| Self-realization | 「我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有」—“My births are exhausted, pure conduct has been established, what was to be done has been done; I know of myself that I will undergo no further existence” | — | Discourses 60, 64, 76, 82, and 84–86 have the full formula; it first appears in Discourse 60 (0015c10) |
| Close of a discourse · spoken by the Buddha | 「佛說此經已,時」—“When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, at that time” | 〔T02 0015b20〕 | Discourses 59 and 60 have 「佛說此經已,時諸比丘」—“When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus at that time”; the other discourses mostly have 「佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行」—“When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly”; Discourses 63, 70, and 71 have 「佛說是經已」—“When the Buddha had spoken this discourse” |
| Close of a discourse · the bhikṣus | 「時,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。」—“At that time the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.” | 〔T02 0021b12〕 | Discourse 82, without 「佛說此經已」—“When the Buddha had spoken this discourse” |
| Close of a discourse · while speaking | 「佛說此經時」—“When the Buddha spoke this discourse” | 〔T02 0021c03〕 | Discourse 83 |
| Close of a discourse · the Licchavi | 「歡喜隨喜,禮佛而退」—“rejoiced and rejoiced in accord, paid homage to the Buddha, and withdrew” | 〔T02 0021a22〕 | Discourse 81 |
| Request to teach | 「如來為法根、為法」—“the Tathāgata is the root of the Dharma, the …of the Dharma” | 〔T02 0019b29〕 | Discourse 75; Discourse 80 has 「佛為法根、法眼、法依」—“the Buddha is the root of the Dharma, the eye of the Dharma, the support of the Dharma”〔T02 0020b06〕; Discourses 82, 83, and 85 have 「世尊為法根、法眼、法依」—“the World-Honored One is the root of the Dharma, the eye of the Dharma, the support of the Dharma” |
| Listen closely | 「諦聽,善思念之,」—“Listen closely and reflect well,” | 〔T02 0018b18〕 | Discourse 70; Discourses 71–73, 75, 82, 83, and 85 have 「諦聽,善思,當為汝說」—“Listen closely and reflect well; I will explain it for you”; Discourse 80 has 「諦聽,善思」—“Listen closely and reflect well” |
| The three times, inner and outer | 「若所有色,若過去、若未」—“All form whatever—whether past, whether fu-” | 〔T02 0016b06〕 | Discourses 62, 82, 83, and 85–87 |
| Not self, not other than self | 「彼一切非我、不異我、不相在」—“all of it is not self, not other than self, and not within one another” | 〔T02 0019c18〕 | Discourses 76, 84, 85, and 87; Discourse 82 has 「彼一切皆非我、非異我、不相在」—“all of it is not self, not other than self, and not within one another,” Discourse 83 has 「彼一切皆非我、不異我、不相在」—“all of it is not self, not other than self, and not within one another,” and Discourse 86 has 「彼一切非我、非我所如實知」—“all of it is not self and not mine; know this as it really is” |
The structure of repetition and abbreviation:
- Repetition through the five aggregates—for each dharma, 「色」—“form” is taught first, and the rest are then gathered with the single sentence 「受、想、行、識亦復如是」—“So it is likewise with feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness”; Discourse 66 twice inserts, outside the quotation marks, 「受、想、行、識亦如是廣說」—“Feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness are likewise taught at length” (0017b24, 0017c02).
- “Up to”—Discourse 61, 「乃至滅盡、涅槃」—“up to extinction and nirvāṇa”〔T02 0015c25〕; Discourse 68, 「乃至純大苦聚生」—“up to: this whole great mass of suffering arises”〔T02 0018a12〕; Discourse 77, 「乃至未來世」—“up to: in a future life”〔T02 0019c29〕—abbreviate the middle with 「乃至」—“up to.”
- Abbreviation at the end of a discourse—the ends of Discourses 65–71 and 79 all carry words of abbreviation, given item by item in Topic I; Discourse 65 reads 「二經」—“two discourses,” Discourses 66–68 read 「十二經」—“twelve discourses”; the two numbers differ and are recorded as they stand.
- The ellipsis in Discourse 80—「是名比丘當說聖法印、知見清淨……」—“this is called what a bhikṣu should teach as the seal of the noble Dharma, the purity of knowledge and seeing …”〔T02 0020b25〕; the ellipsis of the base text is recorded as it stands and not filled in.
- The difference-segments at the end of Discourse 71—「又復差別者」—“There is a further difference” occurs six times; most begin with 「是名比丘」—“this is called a bhikṣu,” and each sets out a point of its own; see Topic I.
The question-and-answer type: the rhetorical question 「色為是常、無常耶?」—“Is form permanent or impermanent?” with the answer 「白佛」—“said to the Buddha” is the regular form of Discourses 82, 83, and 85–87, as in 「比丘!色為是常、無常耶?」—“Bhikṣus! Is form permanent or impermanent?”〔T02 0021b02〕; Discourse 76 raises its question with 「見有我、異我、相在不?」—“Do you see a self, other than self, or within one another?”; in Discourses 75 and 80 the World-Honored One himself raises the heading and the bhikṣus ask him to teach.
The form of the verses: the udāna verse of Discourse 64 is three lines, each line of ten characters (two phrases); the verse of Discourse 73 is four lines, each line of ten characters (two phrases); of the verse as repeated by the bhikṣu in Discourse 64 and the line cited by the World-Honored One, 「無我、無我所,二俱非當生」—“no self and nothing that is mine—the two will both not arise”〔T02 0016c29〕, the former stands within the line of prose and the latter stands as a line of its own.
The form of the summary verses: all four are set in two rows in the base text; in verses one, two, and three each row is of ten characters, and in verse four each row is of ten characters with enumeration commas within the row (「往詣、觀、欲貪」—“going to, contemplation, desire and craving” and 「法印、富蘭那」—“the Dharma seal, Pūraṇa”); the verses only name the discourses and do not state their meaning, and a single name gathers either one discourse or several (「一一十二種」—“each one, twelve kinds” and 「禪定三昧經」—“the meditation and samādhi discourses” gather Discourses 65–68; 「有身四種說」—“the existing body taught in four ways” and 「羅漢有六種」—“the arhat, of six kinds” both gather Discourse 71).
VIII. Citation and Carrying Forward
- The selection and gathering in the selection on formations of the Compendium of Topics—the places where the discourses of this fascicle are selected and gathered by the Compendium of Topics are already given verbatim in the third and fourth topics and in part ① of the tenth topic; here only the anchors are listed: 〔T30n1579 0779a02〕〔T30n1579 0785b10〕〔T30n1579 0785c05〕〔T30n1579 0787b22〕〔T30n1579 0787c28〕〔T30n1579 0788a13〕〔T30n1579 0788b13〕〔T30n1579 0788c14〕〔T30n1579 0789b10〕〔T30n1579 0789b28〕〔T30n1579 0789c22〕〔T30n1579 0790a13〕〔T30n1579 0790b03〕〔T30n1579 0790c13〕〔T30n1579 0791a05〕〔T30n1579 0791a16〕〔T30n1579 0791b01〕〔T30n1579 0791c28〕〔T30n1579 0792b02〕〔T30n1579 0792b21〕.
- The carrying forward of the summary verses—the Compendium of Topics explains where the summary verses come from with 「後結集者,為令聖教久住,結嗢拕南頌,隨其所應次第安布」—“the later compilers, so that the holy teaching might long endure, composed uddāna verses and set them in order as was fitting”〔T30n1579 0772c15〕; the treatise likewise speaks of the udāna of Discourse 64 with 「後結集者,於法門中,稱為世尊嗢拕南說」—“the later compilers, among the Dharma-gates, called it the World-Honored One’s uddāna utterance”〔T30n1579 0788b13〕. In selecting and gathering the discourses itself, the treatise likewise opens each passage with an uddāna (first topic).
- Cross-reference with Fascicle 2—the Taishō note under summary verse one of Fascicle 2, 「竹園…苦(六經)出第三卷(82-87).」—“Bamboo Grove … suffering (six discourses) come from the third fascicle (82–87).” (0008b13); see the first topic; recorded and not adjudicated.
IX. Placement Among the Recensions
The Taishō collation notes for this fascicle come to sixty-three in all (【大】 = the original Taishō printing; 【宋】【元】【明】 = the three editions, abbreviated 【三】 in the Taishō notes; 【宮-CB】【磧乙-CB】 are recorded by the current collated text; current reading = the character adopted in the current transcription; recorded together, without adjudication):
| No. | Anchor | Current reading | Variant readings |
|---|---|---|---|
| 01 | 0015b15 | 識 (consciousness) | 【宋】【元】 lack it |
| 02 | 0015b15 | 愛 (craving) | 【宋】【元】【明】受 (feeling) |
| 03 | 0015b16 | 愛 (craving) | 【宋】【元】【明】受 (feeling) |
| 04 | 0015b16 | 行 (formations) | 【明】行識 (formations, consciousness) |
| 05 | 0015b17 | 滅 (cessation) | 【宋】【元】【明】識滅 (cessation of consciousness) |
| 06 | 0015c24 | 受 (feeling) | 【宋】【元】【明】 lack it |
| 07 | 0016a06 | 是名隨 (this is called … follows) | 【宋】名隨是 (called follows this; the order transposed) |
| 08 | 0016a07 | 未 (not yet) | 【宋】來 (come) |
| 09 | 0016b23 | 為 (as) | 【宋】【元】【明】 lack it |
| 10 | 0016c29 | 二 (two) | 【元】一 (one) |
| 11 | 0017a06 | 問 (questioned) | 【宋】【元】【明】聞 (heard) |
| 12 | 0017a10 | 受 (feeling) | 【宋】【元】【明】受界 (the element of feeling) |
| 13 | 0017b03 | 惱、苦 (distress, pain) | 【宋】【元】【明】苦惱 (pain and distress) |
| 14 | 0017b07 | 受 (feeling) | 【宋】【元】【明】 lack it |
| 15 | 0017b09 | 惱、苦 (distress, pain) | 【宋】【元】【明】苦惱 (pain and distress) |
| 16 | 0017b29 | 如實知 (knows it as it really is) | 【宋】【元】【明】 lack it |
| 17 | 0017c05 | 苦 (suffering) | 【宋】【元】【明】苦純大苦 (suffering, this whole great suffering) |
| 18 | 0017c10 | 住 (staying) | 【明】在 (was at) |
| 19 | 0018a01 | 滅 (cessation) | 【宋】【元】【明】滅云何多聞聖弟子如實知受想行識識集識滅識味識患識離如實知知彼故不樂著彼識不讚歎於識不樂著讚歎識故樂愛滅樂愛滅故取滅取滅故有滅有滅故生滅生滅故老病死憂悲惱苦滅如是純大苦聚 (cessation; followed by a further passage: how the learned noble disciple knows as they really are feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness, and the arising, cessation, gratification, danger, and escape of consciousness, up to the cessation of old age, sickness, death, grief, lamentation, distress, and pain—thus this whole great mass of suffering) |
| 20 | 0018a16 | 及 (and) | 【大】乃至 (up to); 【磧乙-CB】【宋】【元】【明】及 (and) |
| 21 | 0018a18 | 緣意 (dependent on the mind) | 【宋】【元】【明】 lack it |
| 22 | 0018a19 | 受 (feeling) | 【大】愛 (craving); 【磧乙-CB】【宋】【元】【明】受 (feeling) |
| 23 | 0018a29 | (none) | 【大】見 (see) |
| 24 | 0018b06 | 集 (arising) | 【宋】【元】【明】 lack it |
| 25 | 0018b10 | 則 (then) | 【宋】【元】【明】 lack it |
| 26 | 0018b10 | 苦、惱 (pain, distress) | 【宋】【元】【明】惱苦 (distress and pain) |
| 27 | 0018b17 | 我 (I) | 【宋】【元】【明】 lack it |
| 28 | 0018b18 | 身苦 (the existing body as suffering) | 【大】身 (body); 【宋】【元】【明】身苦 (the existing body as suffering) |
| 29 | 0018b19 | 身苦 (the existing body as suffering) | 【大】身 (body); 【宋】【元】【明】身苦 (the existing body as suffering) |
| 30 | 0018b19 | 云何 (what) | 【宋】【元】【明】何等 (what) |
| 31 | 0018b20 | 身苦 (the existing body as suffering) | 【大】身 (body); 【宋】【元】【明】身苦 (the existing body as suffering) |
| 32 | 0018b21 | 受 (takes up) | 【元】【明】愛 (craving) |
| 33 | 0018b21 | 愛 (craving) | 【宋】【元】【明】 lack it |
| 34 | 0018b23 | 受 (takes up) | 【宋】【元】【明】愛 (craving) |
| 35 | 0018b23 | 愛 (craving) | 【宋】【元】【明】 lack it |
| 36 | 0018b24 | 吐 (cast out) | 【宋】苦 (suffering) |
| 37 | 0018b25 | 身苦 (the existing body as suffering) | 【大】身 (body); 【宋】【元】【明】身苦 (the existing body as suffering) |
| 38 | 0018c17 | 縛 (bind) | 【宮-CB】轉 (turn) |
| 39 | 0018c28 | 枝 (limb) | 【元】【明】支 (limb; a variant form) |
| 40 | 0018c28 | 枝 (limb) | 【元】【明】支 (limb; a variant form) |
| 41 | 0019b05 | 患 (danger) | 【宋】【元】【明】盡 (exhaustion) |
| 42 | 0019b05 | 不 (not) | 【宋】【元】【明】有 (there is) |
| 43 | 0019c08 | 復能 (further able) | 【宋】【元】【明】能復 (able further) |
| 44 | 0020a16 | 以 (because) | 【宋】已 (already) |
| 45 | 0020a20 | 有 (there is) | 【大】欲 (desire); 【磧乙-CB】【元】【明】有 (there is) |
| 46 | 0020b05 | 者 (one who) | 【宋】【元】【明】斷 (cut off) |
| 47 | 0020b05 | 法印 (Dharma seal) | 【大】弟子 (disciple) |
| 48 | 0020b13 | 相 (sign) | 【宋】想 (perception) |
| 49 | 0020b17 | 我、我 (self, mine) | 【大】我 (self); 【磧乙-CB】【宋】【元】【明】我我 (self, self) |
| 50 | 0020b17 | 正思惟三昧 (the samādhi of right reflection) | 【宋】【元】【明】思惟 (reflection) |
| 51 | 0020c10 | 寂靜 (quiet) | 【大】靜寂 (quiet; the order transposed); 【磧乙-CB】【宋】【元】【明】寂靜 (quiet) |
| 52 | 0020c23 | 坐 (seat) | 【宋】【元】【明】座 (seat; a variant form) |
| 53 | 0020c26 | 辨 (discerning) | 【宋】【元】【明】辯 (eloquent) |
| 54 | 0021a01 | (none) | 【大】非 (not) |
| 55 | 0021a04 | 是 (is) | 【大】非 (not) |
| 56 | 0021a06 | (none) | 【大】非 (not) |
| 57 | 0021a08 | 是 (is) | 【大】非 (not) |
| 58 | 0021b20 | 我 (self) | 【宋】【元】【明】 lack it |
| 59 | 0021b23 | 又 (again) | 【宋】【元】【明】復 (again) |
| 60 | 0022a26 | 非 (not) | 【宋】【元】【明】 lack it |
| 61 | 0022a29 | 得 (able) | 【明】行 (formation) |
| 62 | 0022b11 | 惱、苦 (distress, pain) | 【宋】【元】【明】苦惱 (pain and distress) |
| 63 | 0022b12 | 說 (spoke) | 【宋】【元】【明】說已 (had spoken) |
Eight matters worth recording (recorded together, without adjudication; the variant readings are recorded under the edition sigla, in the manner of the ninth topic):
- The additional text of the three editions in Discourse 67 (no. 19)—in 「如是純大苦聚滅,皆悉得滅」—“thus this whole great mass of suffering ceases and is entirely brought to cessation,” after the 「滅」—“cease” (0018a01), the three editions have an additional passage, beginning 「云何多聞聖弟子如實知受想行識」—“How does the learned noble disciple know feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness as they really are” and ending 「如是純大苦聚」—“thus this whole great mass of suffering,” resembling the text of the current reading from 「云何多聞聖弟子如實知」—“How does the learned noble disciple know as it really is”〔T02 0017c25〕 on; the original Taishō note itself records its count as eighty-three characters. Both are recorded.
- 「及」—“and” and 「受」—“feeling” in Discourse 68 (nos. 20 and 22)—before 「三事和合生觸,觸滅則受滅」—“the meeting of the three gives rise to contact; when contact ceases, feeling ceases,” in 「緣眼及色」—“dependent on the eye and forms,” the 「及」—“and” (0018a16) is 乃至 (up to) in 【大】; in 「觸滅則受滅」—“when contact ceases, feeling ceases,” the 「受」—“feeling” (0018a19) is 愛 (craving) in 【大】.
- 「有身苦邊」—“the end of the existing body as suffering” in Discourse 70 (nos. 28, 29, 31, and 37)—in 「有身苦邊」—“the end of the existing body as suffering,” the 「身苦」—“the existing body as suffering” in four places is 身 (body) in 【大】, so that 【大】 reads 有身邊 (the end of the existing body); the Taishō note at 0018b17 separately records the corresponding-sound note for 「有身邊」—“the end of the existing body” (given verbatim in part ② of the tenth topic), which matches the characters of 【大】. The current text follows the three editions in reading 「有身苦邊」—“the end of the existing body as suffering.” Both are recorded.
- 「縛」—“bind” in Discourse 71 (no. 38)—in 「是名比丘斷愛欲縛諸結等法」—“this is called a bhikṣu who has cut off craving and desire, the bonds that bind, and such things” (0018c17), the 「縛」—“bind” is 轉 (turn) in 【宮-CB】. The note of the current collated text: perhaps it should be 「轉」—“turn,” read as 轉諸結 (turning the bonds). Its reading is recorded without adjudication.
- 「法印」—“Dharma seal” in Discourse 80 (no. 47)—in 「云何為聖法印及見清淨?」—“What are the seal of the noble Dharma and the purity of seeing?” (0020b05), the 「法印」—“Dharma seal” is 弟子 (disciple) in 【大】.
- The four 「非」—“not” of 【大】 in Discourse 81 (nos. 54–57)—within the passage 「以色非一向是苦,是樂、隨樂」—“because form is not wholly suffering—it is pleasure, accompanied by pleasure” (0021a01–0021a08), 【大】 in four places either has an additional 「非」—“not” or has 「非」—“not” in place of 「是」—“is”; the collation notes list only the two readings of the current text and of 【大】, and do not reach the other editions. Both are recorded.
- 「二經」—“two discourses” in Discourse 65—in 「證二經」—“two discourses … realizing”〔T02 0017b15〕 at the end of Discourse 65, for the 「二」—“two” the Taishō has no collation note; the note of the current collated text: originally 「二」—“two”; in light of the three discourses that follow and of the summary verse, perhaps 「十二」—“twelve.” The present baihua follows the base text in reading 「二經」—“two discourses”; the note is recorded, without adjudication.
- 「二俱」—“the two both” in Discourse 64 (no. 10)—in 「無我、無我所,二俱非當生」—“no self and nothing that is mine—the two will both not arise” (0016c29), the 「二」—“two” is 一 (one) in 【元】.
Gaiji: the base text of this fascicle has no gaiji marks. Interlinear notes: none in this fascicle. The line form of the summary verses: all four summary verses are set in two rows in the base text, each row of ten characters; the present transcription records each row as it stands, without adding or removing a character. The line form of the verses: in the base text the udāna verse of Discourse 64 and the verse of Discourse 73 are set with each line on a row of its own; the present transcription records those rows as they stand.
X. Mātṛkā of the Compendium of Topics, Saṃyutta Coordinates, and Variants of the Alternate Translation
① The mātṛkā of the Compendium of Topics (discourse by discourse)—based only on places where the treatise’s words and the discourse’s words are the same words; where the sense is merely close, it is not listed as the mātṛkā.
| Discourse | Mātṛkā (verbatim) | Anchor | Shared words |
|---|---|---|---|
| 59 | 「謂憙集故、觸集故、名色集故,隨其所應,若色集、若受等集、若識集」—“that is, because of the arising of delight, because of the arising of contact, because of the arising of name and form, as is fitting, there is the arising of form, the arising of feeling and the rest, or the arising of consciousness”〔T30n1579 0779a02〕; 「一切行因,略有二種。一、共,二、不共。共因者,謂喜為先因」—“The causes of all formations are, in brief, of two kinds: first, shared; second, not shared. The shared cause is delight as the cause that goes before”〔T30n1579 0785b10〕 | — | 喜集 (the arising of delight); 觸集 (the arising of contact); 名色集 (the arising of name and form) |
| 60 | 「厭離為先,而得離欲;離欲為先,心善解脫」—“with weariness going before, one attains freedom from desire; with freedom from desire going before, the mind is well liberated”〔T30n1579 0785b26〕; 「又由三分,當知建立薩迦耶見以為根本一切見趣。一、由前際俱行故;二、由後際俱行故;三、由前後際俱行故」—“Further, know that all the courses of view rooted in the view of the existing body are set up in three divisions: first, as going together with the former limit; second, as going together with the latter limit; third, as going together with both the former and the latter limit”〔T30n1579 0785c05〕 | — | 心解脫 (liberation of mind); 前際 (the former limit); 後際 (the latter limit) |
| 61 | 「若住中智,便名已入正性離生,超過異生地,未得預流果」—“if he abides in the middling knowledge, he is called one who has entered the right certainty that leaves birth behind, has passed beyond the stage of ordinary beings, and has not yet attained the fruit of stream-entry”〔T30n1579 0787b22〕; 「終無中夭」—“he will never die untimely in between”〔T30n1579 0787b24〕; 「當知建立三結差別」—“know that the distinctions of the three bonds are set up”〔T30n1579 0787c10〕; 「名為愛盡」—“is called the ending of craving”〔T30n1579 0775a14〕 | — | 離生 (the leaving of birth); 三結 (the three bonds); 愛盡 (the ending of craving) |
| 62 | 「復有四種妄計我論。一者、宣說諸行是我,二者、宣說我有諸行,三者、宣說諸行屬我,四者、宣說我在行中」—“Further, there are four kinds of doctrine that falsely reckon a self: first, declaring that formations are self; second, declaring that the self has formations; third, declaring that formations belong to the self; fourth, declaring that the self is within formations” | 〔T30n1579 0787c28〕 | 是我 (is self); 我在 (the self within) |
| 63 | 「於見相應諸無明觸所生起受妄計為我」—“falsely reckons as self the feeling arisen from contact with ignorance associated with view”〔T30n1579 0788a13〕; 「後有意界」—“there is the mind element thereafter”〔T30n1579 0788a23〕; 「有無明種及無明界」—“there are the seeds of ignorance and the element of ignorance”〔T30n1579 0788a25〕; 「意所緣法界」—“the dharma element that is the object of mind”〔T30n1579 0788a26〕; 「由慢故者,謂我為勝」—“‘because of conceit’ means: I am superior”〔T30n1579 0788b03〕 | — | 無明觸 (contact with ignorance); 意界 (the mind element); 無明界 (the element of ignorance); 法界 (the dharma element); 我勝 (I am superior) |
| 64 | 「後結集者,於法門中,稱為世尊嗢拕南說」—“the later compilers, among the Dharma-gates, called it the World-Honored One’s uddāna utterance”〔T30n1579 0788b13〕; 「亦永超越順下分結」—“and also passes forever beyond the bonds that accord with the lower part”〔T30n1579 0788c08〕; 「於不應怖妄生怖畏」—“falsely give rise to fear toward what should not be feared”〔T30n1579 0788c12〕; 「謂唯有心住四識住,有轉有染;又唯有心斷四識住,無轉無染」—“that is, only the mind abiding in the four stations of consciousness has turning and has defilement; and only the mind that has cut off the four stations of consciousness has no turning and no defilement”〔T30n1579 0788c14〕; 「彼有漏識由永滅已,遍於十方皆無所趣」—“that consciousness with outflows, having ceased forever, has nowhere at all to go in the ten directions”〔T30n1579 0789b18〕; 「依初纏斷,說名寂靜;依第二斷,說名清涼」—“with respect to the cutting off of the first entanglement it is called stillness; with respect to the second cutting off it is called coolness”〔T30n1579 0789b20〕 | — | 下分結 (the lower bonds); 怖畏 (fear); 四識住 (the four stations of consciousness); 十方 (the ten directions); 寂靜 (stillness); 清涼 (coolness) |
| 65 | 「於率爾墮境所起受中,不如實知增上力故,能令諸行流轉雜染;如實知故,能令清淨」—“through the dominant force of not knowing as they really are the feelings that arise as one suddenly falls upon an object, formations are made to cycle on in defilement; through knowing them as they really are, they are made pure”〔T30n1579 0789c08〕; 「說名親近」—“is called drawing near”〔T30n1579 0783b03〕 | — | 受 (feeling); 如實知 (knowing as it really is); 親近 (drawing near) |
| 66 | 「諸修斷者,略由五支攝受於斷,能於諸行如實顯了。一、由身遠離故;二、由心遠離故;三、由奢摩他品三摩地故;四、由毘鉢舍那品三摩地故;五、由常委所作故。」—“Those who cultivate abandoning take up abandoning, in brief, through five limbs, and so can make formations truly manifest as they really are: first, by seclusion of body; second, by seclusion of mind; third, by the samādhi of the śamatha class; fourth, by the samādhi of the vipaśyanā class; fifth, by constant and devoted practice.” | 〔T30n1579 0789b28〕 | 如實 (as it really is) |
| 67 | 「謂於諸行中愛味、過患、出離觀察」—“that is, contemplating in formations their gratification, their danger, and the deliverance from them” | 〔T30n1579 0773c23〕 | 味·患·離 (gratification · danger · escape) |
| 68 | 「謂所造色因四大種,受等心法以觸為緣,所有諸識名色為緣」—“that is, derived form has the four great elements as its cause; feeling and the other mental dharmas have contact as their condition; all consciousnesses have name and form as their condition” | 〔T30n1579 0797b26〕 | 觸 (contact); 受 (feeling) |
| 69 | 「若趣薩迦耶集行,即是趣苦集行;若趣薩迦耶滅行,即是趣苦滅行」—“the practice that leads to the arising of the existing body is the practice that leads to the arising of suffering; the practice that leads to the ceasing of the existing body is the practice that leads to the ceasing of suffering” | 〔T30n1579 0789c22〕 | 苦集 (the arising of suffering); 苦滅 (the ceasing of suffering) |
| 70 | 「當知世間彼集、滅邊,及薩迦耶彼集、滅邊」—“know the ends of the arising and the ceasing of the world, and the ends of the arising and the ceasing of the existing body”〔T30n1579 0790a08〕; 「三者、有,是染著者更生義故」—“third, existence, because it means further birth for one who is defiled and attached”〔T30n1579 0789c29〕 | — | 集邊 (the end of the arising); 滅邊 (the end of the ceasing); 有 (existence) |
| 71 | 「一、應遍知行相,二、應永斷行相,三、應作證行相,四、應修習行相」—“first, the aspect of what is to be fully known; second, the aspect of what is to be abandoned forever; third, the aspect of what is to be realized; fourth, the aspect of what is to be cultivated”〔T30n1579 0790a13〕; 「先斷能順五下分結,如彼闢門」—“first cutting off the five bonds that accord with the lower part, like throwing open that gate”〔T30n1579 0790b08〕; 「已斷有愛」—“has already cut off craving for existence”〔T30n1579 0790b12〕; 「有阿羅漢盡諸漏等所有差別」—“there are the distinctions of the arhat whose outflows are exhausted, and so on”〔T30n1579 0790a25〕; 「由與無學心善解脫、慧善解脫而共相應」—“because he is joined with the good liberation of mind and the good liberation of wisdom of one beyond training”〔T30n1579 0790c06〕 | — | 知·斷·證·修 (know · abandon · realize · cultivate); 五下分結 (the five lower bonds); 有愛 (craving for existence); 阿羅漢盡諸漏 (the arhat whose outflows are exhausted); 心善解脫·慧善解脫 (mind well liberated · wisdom well liberated) |
| 72 | 「一、由所遍知法故;二、由遍知故;三、由成遍知故」—“first, by the dharmas to be fully known; second, by full knowing; third, by the accomplishment of full knowing”〔T30n1579 0790c13〕; 「謂如來滅後若有、若無、亦有亦無、非有非無皆不可取,亦不可記」—“that is, whether after the Tathāgata’s passing he exists, does not exist, both exists and does not exist, or neither exists nor does not exist—none of these can be grasped, nor can they be declared”〔T30n1579 0790c20〕; 「現量、比量及正教量所不量故,說名無量」—“because it is not measured by direct perception, by inference, or by the measure of right teaching, it is called immeasurable”〔T30n1579 0791a02〕 | — | 知法 (knowing dharmas); 有·無 (exists · does not exist); 無量 (immeasurable) |
| 73 | 「一、所荷擔,二、能荷擔,三、荷擔時」—“first, what is borne; second, the one who bears; third, the time of bearing”〔T30n1579 0791a05〕; 「恒常荷擔大重擔故」—“because they constantly bear the great heavy burden”〔T30n1579 0791a12〕; 「謂如是名、如是種類、如是族姓、如是飲食、如是領受若苦若樂、如是長壽、如是久住、如是所有壽量邊際」—“that is, such a name, such a kind, such a clan, such food and drink, such an experience of pain or pleasure, such long life, such long abiding, such a limit to his lifespan”〔T30n1579 0777a16〕 | — | 擔 (burden); 重擔 (heavy burden); 如是名……久住 (such a name … such long abiding) |
| 74 | 「由五種相,愚夫內縛與彼外縛而有差別」—“in five respects the inner bond of the foolish differs from the outer bond”〔T30n1579 0791a16〕; 「魔羅於彼不得自在」—“Māra has no mastery over him”〔T30n1579 0791a25〕; 「未離欲位,魔縛所縛」—“in the state of not yet being free from desire, he is bound by Māra’s bonds”〔T30n1579 0791a27〕 | — | 內縛 (inner bond); 自在 (mastery); 魔縛所縛 (bound by Māra’s bonds) |
| 75 | 「略由四相,當知如來與慧解脫阿羅漢等,同分、異分」—“in brief, in four respects, know what the Tathāgata has in common with, and how he differs from, the arhat liberated by wisdom and the like”〔T30n1579 0791b01〕; 「此中如來,無師自然修三十七菩提分法,現等正覺」—“here the Tathāgata, without a teacher, of himself cultivated the thirty-seven dharmas that are factors of awakening, and fully and perfectly awakened”〔T30n1579 0791b04〕; 「如來如實了知一切種道為道」—“the Tathāgata knows as it really is every kind of path as path”〔T30n1579 0791b14〕; 「謂能引發一切梵行之法,皆用世尊為根本故,皆由世尊轉法眼故,皆以世尊為所依故」—“that is, because all the dharmas that can bring forth pure conduct have the World-Honored One as their root, because all come from the World-Honored One turning the Dharma eye, and because all have the World-Honored One as their support”〔T30n1579 0778b01〕 | — | 如來 (Tathāgata); 慧解脫阿羅漢 (arhat liberated by wisdom); 道 (path); 法根·法眼·法依 (root of the Dharma · eye of the Dharma · support of the Dharma) |
| 76 | 「略有二種無我勝解」—“in brief, there are two kinds of resolve on not self”〔T30n1579 0791c03〕; 「所謂諸行都無有我,無有我所,亦無有餘互相繫屬」—“namely, formations have no self at all, nothing that is mine, nor anything else bound to one another”〔T30n1579 0777a23〕 | — | 無我 (without self); 我所 (mine) |
| 77 | 「由四種相,應知諸行有二種斷」—“in four respects, know that formations have two kinds of abandoning” | 〔T30n1579 0791c10〕 | 斷 (abandon) |
| 78 | 「有覆障苦」—“there is the suffering that is covered and obstructed”〔T30n1579 0791c18〕; 「又彼諸行流轉生起初中後滅,當知即是三種苦滅」—“further, the ceasing of those formations at the beginning, middle, and end of their cycling and arising—know that this is the ceasing of the three kinds of suffering”〔T30n1579 0791c19〕; 「一、生,二、滅,三、住異性」—“first, arising; second, ceasing; third, abiding and changing”〔T30n1579 0795c21〕 | — | 苦 (suffering); 病 (sickness); 滅 (ceasing) |
| 79 | 「當知過去、未來諸行尚定無常,何況現在」—“know that even past and future formations are certainly impermanent—how much more the present”〔T30n1579 0774b20〕; 「謂無顧戀故,不欣樂故」—“that is, because there is no looking back with longing, and because there is no seeking after”〔T30n1579 0791c26〕 | — | 過去·未來·現在 (past · future · present); 顧 (look back); 欣 (seek after) |
| 80 | 「略有二種離增上慢觀無我見。何等為二?一、不善清淨,二、善清淨」—“In brief, there are two kinds of seeing that contemplates not self free of overweening conceit. What are the two? First, the not well purified; second, the well purified”〔T30n1579 0791c28〕; 「我今於空能修能證,空是我有。由是空故,計我為勝。如空,無相及無所有,當知亦爾」—“‘I can now cultivate and realize emptiness; emptiness is mine.’ Because of this emptiness he reckons himself superior. As with emptiness, know that it is likewise with signlessness and nothingness”〔T30n1579 0792a12〕; 「一切法中無有我性,名諸法印」—“that in all dharmas there is no nature of self is called the seal of dharmas”〔T30n1579 0792b02〕; 「是故亦名眾聖法印」—“therefore it is also called the seal of the Dharma of all the noble ones”〔T30n1579 0792b05〕; 「名見清淨;有餘惑故,非善清淨」—“this is called the purity of seeing; because delusion remains, it is not well purified”〔T30n1579 0787b26〕 | — | 離慢 (free of conceit); 空·無相·無所有 (emptiness · signlessness · nothingness); 法印 (Dharma seal); 見清淨 (the purity of seeing) |
| 81 | 「謂諸外道師及弟子,恒常住於憒鬧之住;內法師、弟,時時住於極寂靜住」—“that is, the outsider teachers and their disciples always dwell in a noisy dwelling; teachers and disciples within the Dharma at all times dwell in a dwelling of utmost quiet”〔T30n1579 0792b10〕; 「外道師為諸弟子,依止無因、不平等因」—“the outsider teachers, for their disciples, rely on no cause or on unequal causes”〔T30n1579 0792b21〕; 「由四種相,當知諸行非定苦染」—“in four respects, know that formations are not definitely defiled by suffering”〔T30n1579 0792c13〕; 「由二種相,無因論者,於諸行中執無因轉」—“in two respects, those who hold the doctrine of no cause grasp that formations proceed without a cause”〔T30n1579 0796b08〕 | — | 外道 (outsider); 寂靜 (quiet); 無因 (without cause); 苦 (suffering) |
| 82 | 「如是觀無常故苦,苦故無我,是名智漸次」—“contemplating thus—suffering because impermanent, without self because suffering—this is called the gradual sequence of knowledge”〔T30n1579 0775b01〕; 「謂厭、離欲、解脫、遍解脫」—“namely, weariness, freedom from desire, liberation, complete liberation”〔T30n1579 0775b02〕 | — | 無常·苦 (impermanent · suffering); 厭·離欲·解脫 (weariness · freedom from desire · liberation) |
| 83 | 「謂我有行,行是我所,我在行中」—“that is, the self has formations, formations are what is mine, the self is within formations” | 〔T30n1579 0800b02〕 | 我在 (the self within) |
| 84 | 「如是觀無常故苦,苦故無我,是名智漸次」—“contemplating thus—suffering because impermanent, without self because suffering—this is called the gradual sequence of knowledge” | 〔T30n1579 0775b01〕 | 無常故苦 (suffering because impermanent) |
| 85 | 「謂我有行,行是我所,我在行中」—“that is, the self has formations, formations are what is mine, the self is within formations” | 〔T30n1579 0800b02〕 | 我所 (mine) |
| 86 | 「本性諸行眾緣生故,不得自在,亦無宰主。若有宰主,彼一切行雖性無常,應隨所樂流轉不絕;或不令生」—“because formations by their nature arise from many conditions, they have no mastery and no ruler. If there were a ruler, all those formations, though impermanent by nature, should cycle on unbroken as one pleased, or be kept from arising” | 〔T30n1579 0793a28〕 | 不令 (not let) |
| 87 | 「本性諸行眾緣生故,不得自在,亦無宰主。若有宰主,彼一切行雖性無常,應隨所樂流轉不絕;或不令生」—“because formations by their nature arise from many conditions, they have no mastery and no ruler. If there were a ruler, all those formations, though impermanent by nature, should cycle on unbroken as one pleased, or be kept from arising” | 〔T30n1579 0793a28〕 | 不令 (not let) |
② Saṃyutta coordinates (discourse by discourse · only the original Taishō notes recorded):
| Discourse | Taishō note (verbatim) | Anchor |
|---|---|---|
| 59 | 「S. 22. 5. Samādhi.」 | 0015b10 |
| 60 | 「S. 22. 5. Samādhi.」 | 0015b22 |
| 61 | Not matched in the Taishō | — |
| 62 | Not matched in the Taishō | — |
| 63 | 「S. 22. 47. Samanupassanā.」 | 0016b13 |
| 64 | 「S. 22. 55. Udāna.」 | 0016c04 |
| 65 | 「S. 22. 5-6. Samādhi.」 | 0017a23 |
| 66 | 「S. 22. 7. Upādāparītassanā.」 | 0017b16 |
| 67 | Not matched in the Taishō | — |
| 68 | Not matched in the Taishō | — |
| 69 | 「S. 22. 44. Paṭipadā.」 | 0018a26 |
| 70 | 「S. 22. 103. Anta.」 | 0018b16 |
| 71 | 「S. 22. 105. Sakkāya.」 | 0018b28 |
| 72 | 「S. 22. 23-24. Pariññā.」 | 0019a04 |
| 73 | 「S. 22. 22. Bhāra.」 | 0019a15 |
| 74 | 「S. 22. 65. Abhinandamāna.」 | 0019b02 |
| 75 | 「S. 22. 58. Sambuddha.」 | 0019b21 |
| 76 | 「cf. S. 22. 118-119. Parimucchita.」 | 0019c12 |
| 77 | 「S. 22. 25. Chandarāga.」 | 0019c25 |
| 78 | 「S. 22. 30. Uppādā.」 | 0020a03 |
| 79 | 「S. 22. 9-11. Atītānāgatapaccuppanna.」 | 0020a10 |
| 80 | Not matched in the Taishō | — |
| 81 | 「S. 22. 60. Mahāli.」 | 0020b28 |
| 82 | Not matched in the Taishō | — |
| 83 | Not matched in the Taishō | — |
| 84 | 「S. 22. 45. Aniccatā.」 | 0021c05 |
| 85 | 「S. 22. 46. Aniccatā.」 | 0021c15 |
| 86 | Not matched in the Taishō | — |
| 87 | Not matched in the Taishō | — |
Revisions of the current collated text, not original Taishō notes (not counted among the twenty entries in the table above; recorded verbatim for reference):
- Discourse 64 (0016c06): the current text adds 「優陀那 Udāna.」—“udāna [Udāna.]”; the original Taishō note here reads 「Udāna.」; see below.
- Discourse 81 (0020c04): the current text adds 「富蘭那迦葉 Pūraṇa Kassapa.」—“Pūraṇa Kāśyapa [Pūraṇa Kassapa.]”; the original Taishō note here reads 「Pūraṇa Kassapa.」—“Pūraṇa Kassapa.”; see below.
- In this fascicle the current collated text adds no S. coordinates.
The Taishō notes also give notes of corresponding sounds for names within the discourses; they are recorded verbatim for reference: 「Udāna.」 (0016c06); 「有身集趣道 Sakkāyasamudayagāmini.」 (0018a27); 「有身邊 Sakkāyanta.」 (0018b17); 「取擔 Bhārādāna.」 「捨擔 Bhāranikkhepana.」 「擔者 Bhārahāra.」 (0019a17); 「魔 Māra.」 (0019b10); 「截多羅樹頭 Tālāvatthukatā.」 (0019c28); 「毘耶離 Vesālī.」 (0020b28); 「離車 Licchavi.」 「摩訶男(Mahānāma?)Mahāli.」 (0020b29); 「Pūraṇa Kassapa.」 (0020c04). The Taishō note at 〔T02 0016c08〕 also gives the Pali original of this verse, which is not recorded here.
③ Variants of the alternate translation: no corresponding discourse is found in the alternate translation (see the second topic).